The huge command deck
was as calm, as peacefully dim, as ever, silent but for the small background
sounds of environmental recordings. The bulkheads were invisible beyond the
projection of star-specked space and the blue-white shape of a life-bearing
world. It was exactly as it ought to be, exactly as it always had
been—tranquil, well-ordered, as divorced from chaos as any setting could
possibly be.
But Captain Druaga's
face was grim as he stood beside his command chair and data flowed through his
neural feeds. He felt the whickering lightning of energy weapons like heated
irons, Engineering no longer responded—not surprisingly—and he'd lost both
Bio-Control One and Three. The hangar decks belonged to no one; he'd sealed
them against the mutineers, but Anu's butchers had blocked the transit shafts
with grab fields covered by heavy weapons. He still held Fire Control and most
of the external systems, but Communications had been the mutineers' primary
target. The first explosion had taken it out, and even an Utu-class ship
mounted only a single hypercom. He could neither move the ship nor report what
had happened, and his loyalists were losing.
Druaga deliberately
relaxed his jaw before his teeth could grind together. In the seven thousand
years since the Fourth Imperium crawled back into space from the last surviving
world of the Third, there had never been a mutiny aboard a capital ship of
Battle Fleet. At best, he would go down in history as the captain whose crew
had turned against him and been savagely suppressed. At worst, he would not go
down in history at all.
The status report ended,
and he sighed and shook himself.
The mutineers were
hugely outnumbered, but they had the priceless advantage of surprise, and Anu
had planned with care. Druaga snorted; no doubt the Academy teachers would have
been proud of his tactics. But at least—and thank the Maker for it!—he was only
the chief engineer, not a bridge officer. There were command codes of which he
had no knowledge.
"Dahak,"
Druaga said.
"Yes,
Captain?" The calm, mellow voice came from everywhere and nowhere, filling
the command deck.
"How long before
the mutineers reach Command One?"
"Three standard
hours, Captain, plus or minus fifteen percent."
"They can't be
stopped?"
"Negative, Captain.
They control all approaches to Command One and they are pushing back loyal
personnel at almost all points of contact."
Of course they
were, Druaga thought bitterly. They had combat armor and heavy weapons; the vast
majority of his loyalists did not.
He looked around the
deserted command deck once more. Gunnery was unmanned, and Plotting,
Engineering, Battle Comp, Astrogation. . . . When the alarms went, only he had
managed to reach his post before the mutineers cut power to the transit shafts.
Just him. And to get here he'd had to kill two subverted members of his own
staff when they pounced on him like assassins.
"All right,
Dahak," he told the all-surrounding voice grimly, "if all we still
hold is Bio Two and the weapon systems, we'll use them. Cut Bio One and Three
out of the circuit."
"Executed,"
the voice said instantly. "But it will take the mutineers no more than an
hour to put them back on line under manual."
"Granted. But it's
long enough. Go to Condition Red Two, Internal."
There was a momentary
pause, and Druaga suppressed a bitter smile.
"You have no suit,
Captain," the voice said unemotionally. "If you set Condition Red
Two, you will die."
"I know."
Druaga wished he was as calm as he sounded, but he knew Dahak's bio
read-outs gave him the lie. Yet it was the only chance he—or, rather, the
Imperium—had.
"You will give a
ten-minute warning count," he continued, sitting down in his command
chair. "That should give everyone time to reach a lifeboat. Once
everyone's evacuated, our external weapons will become effective. You will
carry out immediate decon, but you will allow only loyal personnel to re-enter
until you receive orders to the contrary from . . . your new captain. Any
mutinous personnel who approach within five thousand kilometers before loyal
officers have reasserted control will be destroyed in space."
"Understood."
Druaga could have sworn the voice spoke more softly. "Comp Cent core
programs require authentication of this order, however."
"Alpha-Eight-Sigma-Niner-Niner-Seven-Delta-Four-Alpha,"
he said flatly.
"Authentication
code acknowledged and accepted," the voice responded. "Please specify
time for implementation."
"Immediately,"
Druaga said, and wondered if he spoke so quickly to avoid losing his nerve.
"Acknowledged. Do
you wish to listen to the ten-count, Captain?"
"No, Dahak,"
Druaga said very softly.
"Understood,"
the voice replied, and Druaga closed his eyes.
It was a draconian
solution . . . if it could be called a "solution" at all. Red Two,
Internal, was the next-to-final defense against hostile incursion. It opened
every ventilation trunk—something which could be done only on the express,
authenticated order of the ship's commander—to flood the entire volume of the
stupendous starship with chemical and radioactive agents. By its very nature,
Red Two exempted no compartment . . . including this one. The ship would
become uninhabitable, a literal death trap, and only the central computer,
which he controlled, could decontaminate.
The system had never
been intended for this contingency, but it would work. Mutineers and loyalists
alike would be forced to flee, and no lifeboat ever built could stand up to Dahak's
weaponry. Of course, Druaga wouldn't be alive to see the end, but at least his
command would be held for the Imperium.
And if Red Two failed,
there was always Red One.
"Dahak," he
said suddenly, never opening his eyes.
"Yes,
Captain?"
"Category One
order," Druaga said formally.
"Recording,"
the voice said.
"I, Senior Fleet
Captain Druaga, commanding officer Imperial Fleet Vessel Dahak, Hull
Number One-Seven-Two-Two-Nine-One," Druaga said even more formally,
"having determined to my satisfaction that a Class One Threat to the
Imperium exists aboard my vessel, do now issue, pursuant to Fleet Regulation
Seven-One, Section One-Nine-Three, Subsection Seven-One, a Category One order
to Dahak Computer Central. Authentication code
Alpha-Eight-Delta-Sigma-Niner-Niner-Seven-Delta-Four-Omega."
"Authentication
code acknowledged and accepted," the voice said coolly. "Standing by
to accept Category One orders. Please specify."
"Primary mission of
this unit now becomes suppression of mutinous personnel in accordance with
instructions already issued," Druaga said crisply. "If previously
specified measures fail to restore control to loyal personnel, said mutinous
elements will be destroyed by any practicable means, including, if necessary,
the setting of Condition Red One, Internal, and total destruction of this
vessel. These orders carry Priority Alpha."
"Acknowledged,"
the voice said, and Druaga let his head rest upon the cushioned back of his
chair. It was done. Even if Anu somehow managed to reach Command One, he could
not abort the order Dahak had just acknowledged.
The captain relaxed. At
least, he thought, it should be fairly painless.
* * *
" . . . nine
minutes and counting," the computer voice said, and Fleet Captain (E) Anu,
Chief Engineer of the ship-of-the-line Dahak cursed. Damn Druaga! He
hadn't expected the captain to reach his bridge alive, much less counted on this.
Druaga had always seemed such an unimaginative, rote-bound, dutiful automaton.
"What shall we do,
Anu?"
Commander Inanna's eyes
were anxious through her armor's visor, and he did not blame her.
"Fall back to Bay
Ninety-One," he grated furiously.
"But that's—"
"I know. I know!
We'll just have to use them ourselves. Now get our people moving,
Commander!"
"Yes, sir,"
Commander Inanna said, and Anu threw himself into the central transit shaft.
The shaft walls screamed past him, though he felt no subjective sense of
motion, and his lips drew back in an ugly snarl. His first attempt had failed,
but he had a trick or two of his own. Tricks even Druaga didn't know about,
Breaker take him!
* * *
Copper minnows exploded
away from Dahak. Lifeboats crowded with loyal crew members fanned out
over the glaciated surface of the alien planet, seeking refuge, and scattered
among them were other, larger shapes. Still only motes compared to the ship
itself, their masses were measured in thousands upon thousands of tons, and
they plummeted together, outspeeding the smaller lifeboats. Anu had no
intention of remaining in space where Druaga—assuming he was still alive—might
recognize that he and his followers had not abandoned ship in lifeboats and use
Dahak's weapons to pick off his sublight parasites as easily as a child
swatting flies.
The engineer sat in the
command chair of the parasite Osir, watching the gargantuan bulk of the
camouflaged mother ship dwindle with distance, and his smile was ugly. He needed
that ship to claim his destiny, but he could still have it. Once the programs
he'd buried in the engineering computers did their job, every power room aboard
Dahak would be so much rubble. Emergency power would keep Comp Cent
going for a time, but when it faded, Comp Cent would die.
And with its death, Dahak's
hulk would be his.
"Entering
atmosphere, sir," Commander Inanna said from the first officer's couch.
"Papa-Mike Control,
this is Papa-Mike One-X-Ray, do you copy?"
Lieutenant Commander
Colin MacIntyre's radar pinged softly as the Copernicus mass driver hurled
another few tons of lunar rock towards the catcher ships of the Eden Three
habitat, and he watched its out-going trace on the scope as he waited, reveling
in the joy of solo flight, for secondary mission control at Tereshkova to
respond.
"One-X-Ray,
Papa-Mike Control," a deep voice acknowledged. "Proceed."
"Papa-Mike Control,
One-X-Ray orbital insertion burn complete. It looks good from here. Over."
"One-X-Ray, that's
affirmative. Do you want a couple of orbits to settle in before
initiating?"
"Negative, Control.
The whole idea's to do this on my own, right?"
"Affirmative,
One-X-Ray."
"Let's do it, then.
I show a green board, Pasha—do you confirm?"
"That's an
affirmative, One-X-Ray. And we also show you approaching our transmission
horizon, Colin. Communications loss in twenty seconds. You are cleared to
initiate the exercise."
"Papa-Mike Control,
One-X-Ray copies. See you guys in a little while."
"Roger, One-X-Ray.
Your turn to buy, anyway."
"Like hell it
is," MacIntyre laughed, but whatever Papa-Mike Control might have replied
was cut off as One-X-Ray swept beyond the lunar horizon and lost signal.
MacIntyre ran down his
final check list with extra care. It had been surprisingly hard for the test
mission's planners to pick an orbit that would keep him clear of Nearside's
traffic and cover a totally unexplored portion of the moon's surface.
But Farside was populated only by a handful of observatories and deep-system
radio arrays, and the routing required to find virgin territory combined with
the close orbit the survey instruments needed would put him out of touch with
the rest of the human race for the next little bit, which was a novel
experience even for an astronaut these days.
He finished his list and
activated his instruments, then sat back and hummed, drumming on the arms of
his acceleration couch to keep time, as his on-board computers flickered
through the mission programs. It was always possible to hit a glitch, but there
was little he could do about it if it happened. He was a pilot, thoroughly
familiar with the electronic gizzards of his one-man Beagle Three survey
vehicle, but he had only the vaguest idea about how this particular instrument
package functioned.
The rate of technical
progress in the seventy years since Armstrong was enough to leave any
non-specialist hopelessly behind outside his own field, and the Geo Sciences
team back at Shepard Center had wandered down some peculiar paths to produce
their current generation of esoteric peekers and pryers. "Gravitonic
resonance" was a marvelous term . . . and MacIntyre often wished he knew
exactly what it meant. But not enough to spend another six or eight years
tacking on extra degrees, so he contented himself with understanding what the
"planetary proctoscope" (as some anonymous wag had christened it) did
rather than how it did it.
Maneuvering thrusters
nudged his Beagle into precisely the proper attitude, and MacIntyre bent a
sapient gaze upon the read-outs. Those, at least, he understood. Which was just
as well, since he was slated as primary survey pilot for the Prometheus
Mission, and—
His humming paused
suddenly, dying in mid-note, and his eyebrows crooked. Now that was odd. A
malfunction?
He punched keys, and his
crooked eyebrows became a frown. According to the diagnostics, everything was
functioning perfectly, but whatever else the moon might be, it wasn't hollow.
He tugged on his
prominent nose, watching the preposterous data appear on the displays. The
printer beside him hummed, producing a hard-copy graphic representation of the
raw numbers, and he tugged harder. According to his demented instruments,
someone must have been a busy little beaver down there. It looked for all the world
as if a vast labyrinth of tunnels, passages, and God knew what had been carved
out under eighty kilometers of solid lunar rock!
He allowed himself a
muttered imprecation. Less than a year from mission date, and one of their
primary survey systems—and a NASA design, at that!—had decided to go gaga. But
the thing had worked perfectly in atmospheric tests over Nevada and Siberia, so
what the hell had happened now?
He was still tugging on
his nose when the proximity alarm jerked him up in his couch. Damnation! He was
all alone back here, so what the hell was that?
"That" was a
blip less than a hundred kilometers astern and closing fast. How had something
that big gotten this close before his radar caught it? According to his
instruments, it was at least the size of one of the old Saturn V boosters!
His jaw dropped as the
bogie made a crisp, clean, instantaneous ninety-degree turn. Apparently the
laws of motion had been repealed on behalf of whatever it was! But whatever else
it was doing, it was also maneuvering to match his orbit. Even as he watched,
the stranger was slowing to pace him.
Colin MacIntyre's
level-headedness was one reason he'd been selected for the first joint
US-Soviet interstellar flight crew, but the hair on the back of his neck stood
on end as his craft suddenly shuddered. It was as if something had touched the
Beagle's hull—something massive enough to shake a hundred-ton,
atmosphere-capable, variable-geometry spacecraft.
That shook him out of
his momentary state of shock. Whatever this was, no one had told him to expect
it, and that meant it belonged to neither NASA nor the Russians. His hands flew
over his maneuvering console, waking flaring thrusters, and the Beagle
quivered. She quivered, but she didn't budge, and cold sweat beaded MacIntyre's
face as she continued serenely along her orbital path, attitude unchanged. That
couldn't possibly be happening—but, then, none of this could be
happening, could it?
He chopped that thought
off and punched more keys. One thing he had was plenty of maneuvering
mass—Beagles were designed for lengthy deployments, and he'd tanked from the
Russkies' Gagarin Platform before departure on his trans-lunar flight plan—and
the ship shuddered wildly as her main engines came alive.
The full-power burn
should have slammed him back in his couch and sent the survey ship hurtling
forward, but the thundering engines had no more effect than his maneuvering
thrusters, and he sagged in his seat. Then his jaw clenched as the Beagle
finally started to move—not away from the stranger, but towards it! Whatever
that thing on his radar was, it was no figment of his imagination.
His mind raced. The only
possible explanation was that the blip had stuck him with some sort of . . . of
tractor beam, and that represented more than any mere quantum leap in
applied physics, which meant the blip did not come from any Terran technology.
He did not indulge himself with any more dirty words like
"impossible" or "incredible," for it was all too evident
that it was possible. By some unimaginable quirk of fate, Somebody Else
had come calling just as Mankind was about to reach out to the stars.
But whoever They were,
he couldn't believe they'd just happened to turn up while he was Farside with
blacked-out communications. They'd been waiting for him, or someone like him,
so they must have been observing Earth for quite some time. But if they had,
they'd had time to make their presence known—and to monitor Terrestrial
communication systems. Presumably, then, they knew how to contact him but had
chosen not to do so, and that suggested a lot of things, none particularly
pleasant. The salient point, however, was that they obviously intended to
collect him, Beagle and all, for purposes of their own, and Colin MacIntyre did
not intend to be collected if he could help it.
The exhaustive
Prometheus Mission briefings on first contact flowed through his mind, complete
with all the injunctions to refrain from hostile acts, but it was one thing to
consider yourself expendable in pursuit of communication with aliens you might
have gone calling on. It was quite another when they dropped in on you and
started hauling you in like a fish!
His face hardened, and
he flipped up the plastic shield over the fire control panel. There'd been
wrung hands at the notion of arming a "peaceful" interstellar probe,
but the military, which provided so many of the pilots, had enjoyed the final
word, and MacIntyre breathed a silent breath of thanks that this was a
full-dress training mission as weapon systems came alive. He fed targeting data
from his radar and reached for the firing keys, then paused. They hadn't tried
talking to him, but neither had he tried talking to them.
"Unknown
spacecraft, this is NASA Papa-Mike One-X-Ray," he said crisply into his
radio. "Release my ship and stand off."
There was no answer, and
he glowered at the blip.
"Release my ship or
I will fire on you!"
Still no reply, and his
lips thinned. All right. If the miserable buggers didn't even want to talk . .
.
Three small, powerful
missiles blasted away from the Beagle. They weren't nukes, but each carried a
three-hundred-kilo warhead, and they had a perfect targeting setup. He tracked
them all the way in on radar.
And absolutely nothing
happened.
Commander MacIntyre
sagged in his couch. Those missiles hadn't been spoofed by ECM or exploded
short of the target. They'd just . . . vanished, and the implications were
disturbing. Most disturbing.
He cut his engines.
There was no point wasting propellant, and he and his captors would be clearing
Heinlein's transmission horizon shortly anyway.
He tried to remember if
any of the other Beagles were up. Judging by his own total lack of success,
they would be none too effective against Whoever-They-Were, but nothing else in
this vicinity was armed at all. He rather thought Vlad Chernikov was at
Tereshkova, but the flight schedules for the Prometheus crews had grown so
hectic of late it was hard to keep track.
His Beagle continued to
move towards the intruder, and now he was turning slowly nose-on to it. He
leaned back as nonchalantly as possible, watching through his canopy. He ought
to see them just about . . . now.
Yes, there they were.
And mighty disappointing they were, too. He didn't really know what he'd expected,
but that flattened, featureless, round-tipped, double-ended cylinder certainly
wasn't it. They were barely a kilometer clear, now, but aside from the fact
that the thing was obviously artificial, it seemed disappointingly undramatic.
There was no sign of engines, hatches, ports, communication arrays . . .
nothing at all but smooth, mirror-bright metal. Or, at least, he assumed it was
metal.
He checked his
chronometer. Communications should come back in any second now, and his lips
stretched in a humorless smile at how Heinlein Base was going to react when the
pair of them came over the radar horizon. It ought to be—
They stopped. Just like
that, with no apparent sense of deceleration, no reaction exhaust from the
cylinder, no . . . anything.
He gaped at the intruder
in disbelief. Or, no, not disbelief, exactly. More like a desire to
disbelieve. Especially when he realized they were motionless relative to the
lunar surface, neither climbing away nor tumbling closer. The fact that the
intruder could do that was somehow more terrifying than anything else that had
happened—a terror made only worse by the total, prosaic familiarity of his own
cockpit—and he clutched the arms of his couch, fighting an irrational
conviction that he had to be falling.
But then they were
moving again, zipping back the way they'd come at a velocity that beggared the
imagination, all with absolutely no sense of acceleration. His attitude
relative to the cylinder altered once more; it was behind him now, its rounded
tip barely a hundred meters clear of his own engines, and he watched the lunar
surface blur below him.
His Beagle and its
captor swooped lower, arrowing straight for a minor crater, and his toes curled
inside his flight boots while his hands tried to rip the arms off his couch.
The things he'd already seen that cylinder do told his intellect they were not
about to crash, but instinct was something else again. He fought his panic
stubbornly, refusing to yield to it, yet his gasp of relief was explosive when
the floor of the crater suddenly zipped open.
The cylinder slowed to a
few hundred kilometers per hour, and MacIntyre felt the comfort of catatonia
beckoning to him, but something made him fight it as obstinately as he had
fought his panic. Whatever had him wasn't going to find him curled up and
drooling when they finally stopped, by God!
A mighty tunnel
enveloped them, a good two hundred meters across and lit by brilliant strip
lights. Stone walls glittered with an odd sheen, as if the rock had been fused
glass-slick, but that didn't last long. They slid through a multi-ply hatch big
enough for a pair of carriers, and the tunnel walls were suddenly metallic. A
bronze-like metal, gleaming in the light, stretching so far ahead of him even
its mighty bore dwindled to a gleaming dot with distance.
Their speed dropped
still further, and more hatches slid past. Dozens of hatches, most as
large as the one that had admitted them to this impossible metal gullet. His
mind reeled at the structure's sheer size, but he retained enough mental
balance to apologize silently to the proctoscope's designers.
One huge hatch flicked
open with the suddenness of a striking snake. Whoever was directing their
flight curved away from the tunnel, slipping neatly through the open hatch, and
his Beagle settled without a jar to a floor of the same bronze-like alloy.
They were in a dimly-lit
metal cavern at least a kilometer across, its floor dotted with neatly parked
duplicates of the cylinder that had captured him. He gawked through the canopy,
wishing a Beagle's equipment list ran to sidearms. After his missiles' failure
he supposed there was no reason to expect a handgun to work, either, but it
would have been comforting to be able to try.
He licked his lips. If
nothing else, the titanic size of this structure ruled out the possibility that
the intruders had only recently discovered the solar system, but how had they
managed to build it without anyone noticing?
And then, at last, his
radio hummed to life.
"Good afternoon,
Commander MacIntyre," a deep, mellow voice said politely. "I regret
the rather unorthodox nature of your arrival here, but I had no choice. Nor, I
am afraid, do you."
"W—who are
you?" MacIntyre demanded a bit hoarsely, then paused and cleared his
throat. "What do you want with me?" he asked more levelly.
"I fear that
answering those questions will be a bit complicated," the voice said
imperturbably, "but you may call me Dahak, Commander."
MacIntyre drew a deep
breath. At least the whatever-they-weres were finally talking to him. And in
English, too. Which inspired a small, welcome spurt of righteous indignation.
"Your apologies
might carry a little more weight if you'd bothered to communicate with me before
you kidnaped me," he said coldly.
"I realize
that," his captor replied, "but it was impossible."
"Oh? You seem to
have overcome your problems rather nicely since." MacIntyre was comforted
to find he could still achieve a nasty tone.
"Your communication
devices are rather primitive, Commander." The words were almost apologetic.
"My tender was not equipped to interface with them."
"You're
doing quite well. Why didn't you talk to me?"
"It was not
possible. The tender's stealth systems enclosed both you and itself in a field
impervious to radio transmissions. It was possible for me to communicate with
the tender using my own communication systems, but there was no on-board
capability to relay my words to you. Once more, I apologize for any
inconvenience you may have suffered."
MacIntyre bit off a
giggle at how calmly this Dahak person produced a neat, thousand percent
understatement like "inconvenience," and the incipient hysteria of
his own sound helped sober him. He ran shaky fingers through his sandy-brown
hair, feeling as if he had taken a punch or two too many.
"All right . . .
Dahak. You've got me—what do you intend to do with me?"
"I would be most
grateful if you would leave your vessel and come to the command deck, Commander."
"Just like
that?"
"I beg your
pardon?"
"You expect me to
step out of my ship and surrender just like that?"
"Excuse me. It has
been some time since I have communicated with a human, so perhaps I have been
clumsy. You are not a prisoner, Commander. Or perhaps you are. I should like to
treat you as an honored guest, but honesty compels me to admit that I cannot
allow you to leave. However, I assure you upon the honor of the Fleet that no
harm will come to you."
Insane as it all
sounded, MacIntyre felt a disturbing tendency to believe it. This Dahak could
have lied and promised release as the aliens' ambassador to humanity, but he
hadn't. The finality of that "cannot allow you to leave" was more
than a bit chilling, but its very openness was a sort of guarantor of honesty,
wasn't it? Or did he simply want it to be? But even if Dahak was a
congenital liar, he had few options.
His consumables could be
stretched to about three weeks, so he could cower in his Beagle that long,
assuming Dahak was prepared to let him. But what then? Escape was obviously
impossible, so his only real choice was how soon he came out, not whether or
not he did so.
Besides, he felt a
stubborn disinclination to show how frightened he was.
"All right,"
he said finally. "I'll come."
"Thank you,
Commander. You will find the environment congenial, though you may, of course,
suit up if you prefer."
"Thank
you." MacIntyre's sarcasm was automatic, but, again, it was only a matter
of time before he had to rely on whatever atmosphere the voice chose to
provide, and he sighed. "Then I suppose I'm ready."
"Very well. A
vehicle is now approaching your vessel. It should be visible to your
left."
MacIntyre craned his
neck and caught a glimpse of movement as a double-ended bullet-shape about the
size of a compact car slid rapidly closer, gliding a foot or so above the
floor. It came to a halt under the leading edge of his port wing, exactly
opposite his forward hatch, and a door slid open. Light spilled from the
opening, bright and welcoming in the dim metal cavern.
"I see it," he
said, pleased to note that his voice sounded almost normal again.
"Excellent. If you
would be so kind as to board it, then?"
"I'm on my
way," he said, and released his harness.
He stood, and discovered
yet another strangeness. MacIntyre had put in enough time on Luna, particularly
in the three years he'd spent training for the Prometheus Mission, to grow
accustomed to its reduced gravity—which was why he almost fell flat on his face
when he rose.
His eyes widened. He
couldn't be certain, but his weight felt about right for a standard gee, which
meant these bozos could generate gravity to order!
Well, why not? The one
thing that was crystal clear was that these . . . call them people . . . were
far, far ahead of his own twenty-first-century technology, right?
His muscles tightened
despite Dahak's reassurances as he opened the hatch, but the air that swirled
about him had no immediately lethal effect. In fact, it smelled far better than
the inside of the Beagle. It was crisp and a bit chill, its freshness carrying
just a kiss of a spicy evergreen-like scent, and some of his tension eased as
he inhaled deeply. It was harder to feel terrified of aliens who breathed
something like this—always assuming they hadn't manufactured it purely for his
own consumption, of course.
It was four-and-a-half
meters to the floor, and he found himself wishing his hosts had left gravity
well enough alone as he swung down the emergency hand-holds and approached the
patiently waiting vehicle with caution.
It seemed innocuous
enough. There were two comfortable-looking chairs proportioned for something
the same size and shape as a human, but no visible control panel. The most
interesting thing, though, was that the upper half of the vehicle's hull was
transparent—from the inside. From the outside, it looked exactly the same as
the bronze-colored floor under his feet.
He shrugged and climbed
aboard, noticing that the silently suspended vehicle didn't even quiver under
his weight. He chose the right-hand seat, then made himself sit motionless as
the padded surface squirmed under him. A moment later, it had
reconfigured itself exactly to the contours of his body and the hatch licked
shut.
"Are you ready,
Commander?" His host's voice came from no apparent source, and MacIntyre
nodded.
"Let 'er rip,"
he said, and the vehicle began to move.
At least there was a
sense of movement this time. He sank firmly back into the seat under at least
two gees' acceleration. No wonder the thing was bullet-shaped! The little
vehicle rocketed across the cavern, straight at a featureless metal wall, and
he flinched involuntarily. But a hatch popped open an instant before they hit,
and they darted straight into another brightly-lit bore, this one no wider than
two or three of the vehicles in which he rode.
He considered speaking
further to Dahak, but the only real purpose would be to bolster his own nerve
and "prove" his equanimity, and he was damned if he'd chatter to hide
the heebie-jeebies. So he sat silently, watching the walls flash by, and tried
to estimate their velocity.
It was impossible. The
walls weren't featureless, but speed reduced them to a blur that was long
before the acceleration eased into the familiar sensation of free-fall, and
MacIntyre felt a sense of wonder pressing the last panic from his soul. This
base dwarfed the vastest human installation he'd ever seen—how in God's name
had a bunch of aliens managed an engineering project of such magnitude without
anyone even noticing?
There was a fresh spurt
of acceleration and a sideways surge of inertia as the vehicle swept through a
curved junction and darted into yet another tunnel. It seemed to stretch
forever, like the one that had engulfed his Beagle, and his vehicle scooted
down its very center. He kept waiting to arrive, but it was a very, very long
time before their headlong pace began to slow.
His first warning was
the movement of the vehicle's interior. The entire cockpit swiveled smoothly,
until he was facing back the way he'd come, and then the drag of deceleration
hit him. It went on and on, and the blurred walls beyond the transparent canopy
slowed. He could make out details once more, including the maws of other
tunnels, and then they slowed virtually to a walk. They swerved gently down one
of those intersecting tunnels, little wider than the vehicle itself, then slid
alongside a side opening and stopped. The hatch flicked soundlessly open.
"If you will
debark, Commander?" the mellow voice invited, and MacIntyre shrugged and
stepped down onto what looked for all the world like shag carpeting. The
vehicle closed its hatch behind him and slid silently backwards, vanishing the
way it had come.
"Follow the guide,
please, Commander."
He looked about blankly
for a moment, then saw a flashing light globe hanging in mid-air. It bobbed
twice, as if to attract his attention, then headed down a side corridor at a
comfortable pace.
A ten-minute walk took
him past numerous closed doors, each labeled in a strangely attractive, utterly
meaningless flowing script, and air as fresh and cool as the docking cavern's
blew into his face. There were tiny sounds in the background, so soft and
unintrusive it took him several minutes to notice them, and they were not the
mechanical ones he might have expected. Instead, he heard small, soft
stirrings, like wind in leaves or the distant calls of birds, forming a soothing
backdrop that helped one forget the artificiality of the environment.
But then the corridor
ended abruptly at a hatch of that same bronze-colored alloy. It was bank-vault
huge, and it bore the first ornamentation he'd seen. A stupendous, three-headed
beast writhed across it, with arched wings poised to launch it into flight. Its
trio of upthrust heads faced in different directions, as if to watch all
approaches at once, and cat-like forefeet were raised before it, claws
half-extended as if to simultaneously proffer and protect the spired-glory
starburst floating just above them.
MacIntyre recognized it
instantly, though the enormous bas-relief dragon was neither Eastern nor
Western in interpretation, and he paused to rub his chin, wondering what a
creature of Earthly mythology was doing in an extra-terrestrial base hidden on
Earth's moon. But that question was a strangely distant thing, surpassed by a
greater wonder that was almost awe as the huge, stunningly life-like eyes
seemed to measure him with a calm, dispassionate majesty that might yet become
terrible wrath if he transgressed.
He never knew precisely
how long he stood staring at the dragon and stared at by it, but in the end,
his light-globe guide gave a rather impatient twitch and drifted closer to the
hatch. MacIntyre shook himself and followed with a wry half-smile, and the
bronze portal slid open as he approached. It was at least fifteen centimeters
thick, yet it was but the first of a dozen equally thick hatches, forming a
close-spaced, immensely strong barrier, and he felt small and fragile as he
followed the globe down the silently opening passage. The multi-ply panels
licked shut behind him, equally silently, and he tried to suppress a feeling of
imprisonment. But then his destination appeared before him at last and he
stopped, all other considerations forgotten.
The spherical chamber
was larger than the old war room under Cheyenne Mountain, larger even than main
mission control at Shepard, and the stark perfection of its form, the featureless
sweep of its colossal walls, pressed down upon him as if to impress his
tininess upon him. He stood on a platform thrust out from one curving wall—a
transparent platform, dotted with a score of comfortable, couch-like chairs
before what could only be control consoles, though there seemed to be
remarkably few read-outs and in-puts—and the far side of the chamber was
dominated by a tremendous view screen. The blue-white globe of Earth floated in
its center, and the cloud-swirled loveliness caught at MacIntyre's throat. He
was back in his first shuttle cockpit, seeing that azure and argent beauty for
the first time, as if the mind-battering incidents of the past hour had made
him freshly aware of his bond with all that planet was and meant.
"Please be seated,
Commander." The soft, mellow voice broke into his thoughts almost gently,
yet it seemed to fill the vast space. "Here." The light globe danced
briefly above one padded chair—the one with the largest console, at the very
lip of the unrailed platform—and he approached it gingerly. He had never
suffered from agoraphobia or vertigo, but it was a long, long way down, and the
platform was so transparent he seemed to be striding on air itself as he
crossed it.
His "guide"
disappeared as he settled into the chair, not even blinking this time as it
conformed to his body, and the voice spoke again.
"Now, Commander, I
shall try to explain what is happening."
"You can
start," MacIntyre interrupted, determined to be more than a passive
listener, "by explaining how you people managed to build a base this size
on our moon without us noticing."
"We built no base,
Commander."
MacIntyre's green eyes
narrowed in irritation.
"Well somebody sure
as hell did," he growled.
"You are suffering
under a misapprehension, Commander. This is not a base 'on' your moon. It is
your moon."
* * *
For just an instant,
MacIntyre was certain he'd misunderstood.
"What did you
say?" he asked finally.
"I said this is
your moon, Commander. In point of fact, you are seated on the command bridge of
a spacecraft."
"A spacecraft? As
big as the moon?" MacIntyre said faintly.
"Correct. A vessel
some three thousand-three-two-oh-two-point-seven-nine-five, to be precise—of
your kilometers in diameter."
"But—"
MacIntyre's voice died in shock. He'd known the installation was huge, but no
one could replace the moon without someone noticing, however
advanced their technology!
"I don't believe
it," he said flatly.
"Nonetheless, it is
true."
"It's not
possible," MacIntyre said stubbornly. "If this thing is the size you
say, what happened to the real moon?"
"It was
destroyed," his informant said calmly. "With the exception of
sufficient of its original material to make up the negligible difference in
diameter, it was dropped into your sun. It is standard Fleet procedure to
camouflage picket units or any capital ship that may be required to spend
extended periods in systems not claimed by the Imperium."
"You camouflaged
your ship as our moon? That's insane!"
"On the contrary,
Commander. A planetoid-class starship is not an easy object to hide. Replacing
an existing moon of appropriate size is by far the simplest means of
concealment, particularly when, as in this case, the original surface contours
are faithfully recreated as part of the procedure."
"Preposterous!
Somebody on Earth would have noticed something going on!"
"No, Commander,
they would not. In point of fact, your species was not on Earth to observe
it."
"What?!"
"The events I have
just described took place approximately fifty-one thousand of your years
ago," his informant said gently.
MacIntyre sagged around
his bones. He was mad, he thought calmly. That was certainly the most
reasonable explanation.
"Perhaps it would
be simpler if I explained from the beginning rather than answering
questions," the voice suggested.
"Perhaps it would
be simpler if you explained in person!" MacIntyre snapped, suddenly savage
in his confusion.
"But I am
explaining in person," the voice said.
"I mean
face-to-face," MacIntyre grated.
"Unfortunately,
Commander, I do not have a face," the voice said, and MacIntyre could have
sworn he heard wry amusement in it. "You see, in a sense, you are sitting
inside me."
"Inside—?"
MacIntyre whispered.
"Precisely,
Commander. I am Dahak, the central command computer of the Imperial
ship-of-the-line Dahak."
"Gaaa,"
MacIntyre said softly.
"I beg your
pardon?" Dahak said calmly. "Shall I continue?"
MacIntyre gripped the
arms of his chair and closed his eyes, counting slowly to a hundred.
"Sure," he said
at last, opening his eyes slowly. "Why don't you do that?"
"Very well. Please
observe the visual display, Commander."
Earth vanished, and
another image replaced it. It was a sphere, as bronze-bright as the cylinder
that had captured his Beagle, but despite the lack of any reference scale, he
knew it was far, far larger.
The image turned and
grew, and details became visible, swelling rapidly into vast blisters and
domes. There were no visible ports, and he saw no sign of any means of
propulsion. The hull was completely featureless but for those smoothly rounded
protrusions . . . until its turning motion brought him face-to-face with a
tremendous replica of the dragon that had adorned the hatch. It sprawled over
one face of the sphere like a vast ensign, arrogant and proud, and he
swallowed. It covered a relatively small area of the hull, but if that sphere
was what he thought it was, this dragon was about the size of Montana.
"This is Dahak,"
the voice told him, "Hull Number One-Seven-Two-Two-Nine-One, an Utu-class
planetoid of Battle Fleet, built fifty-two thousand Terran years ago in the
Anhur System by the Fourth Imperium."
MacIntyre stared at the
screen, too entranced to disbelieve. The image of the ship filled it entirely,
seeming as if it must fall from the display and crush him, and then it
dissolved into a computer-generated schematic of the monster vessel. It was too
stupendous for him to register much, and the schematic changed even as he
watched, rolling to present him with an exploded polar view of deck after
inconceivable deck as the voice continued.
"The Utu-class
were designed both for the line of battle and for independent, long-term survey
and picket deployment, with core crews of two hundred and fifty thousand.
Intended optimum deployment time is twenty-five Terran years, with provision
for a sixty percent increase in personnel during that period. Maximum deployment
time is virtually unlimited, assuming crew expansion is contained.
"In addition to
small, two-seat fighters that may be employed in either attack or defense, Dahak
deploys sublight parasite warships massing up to eighty thousand tons.
Shipboard weaponry centers around hyper-capable missile batteries backed up by
direct-fire energy weapons. Weapon payloads range from chemical warheads
through fusion, anti-matter, and gravitonic warheads. Essentially, Commander,
this ship could vaporize your planet."
"My God!"
MacIntyre whispered. He wanted to disbelieve—God, how he wanted to!—but
he couldn't.
"Sublight
propulsion," Dahak went on, ignoring the interruption, "relies upon
phased gravitonic progression. Your present terminology lacks the referents for
an accurate description, but for purposes of visualization, you may consider it
a reactionless drive with a maximum attainable velocity of fifty-two-point-four
percent that of light. Above that velocity, a vessel of this size would lose
phase lock, and be destroyed.
"Unlike previous
designs, the Utu-class do not rely upon multi-dimensional drives—what
your science fiction writers have dubbed 'hyper drives,' Commander—for
faster-than-light travel. Instead, this ship employs the Enchanach Drive. You
may envision it as the creation of converging artificially-generated 'black
holes,' which force the vessel out of phase with normal space in a series of
instantaneous transpositions between coordinates in normal space. Under
Enchanach Drive, dwell time in normal space between transpositions is
approximately point-seven-five Terran femtoseconds.
"The Enchanach
Drive's maximum effective velocity is approximately Cee-six factorial. While
this is lower than that of the latest hyper drives, Enchanach Drive vessels
have several tactical advantages. Most importantly, they may enter, maneuver
in, and leave a supralight state at will, whereas hyper drive vessels may enter
and leave supralight only at pre-selected coordinates.
"Power generation
for the Utu-class—"
"Stop."
MacIntyre's single word halted Dahak's voice instantly, and he rubbed his eyes
slowly, wishing he could wake up at home in bed.
"Look," he
said finally, "this is all very interesting, uh, Dahak." He felt a
bit silly speaking to a machine, even one like this. "But aside from
convincing me that this is one mean mother of a ship, it doesn't seem very
pertinent. I mean, I'm impressed as hell, but what does anyone need with a ship
like this? Thirty-two hundred kilometers in diameter, eighty-thousand-ton
parasite warships, two-hundred-thousand-man crews, vaporize planets. . . .
Jesus H. Christ! What is this 'Fourth Imperium'? Who in God's name does
it need that kind of firepower against, and what the hell is it doing
here?!"
"I will explain, if
I may resume my briefing," Dahak said calmly, and MacIntyre snorted, then
waved for it to continue. "Thank you, Commander.
"You are correct:
technical data may be left to the future. But for you to understand my
difficulty—and the reason it is your difficulty, as well—I must summarize some
history. Please understand that much of this represents reconstruction and
deduction based upon very scant physical evidence.
"Briefly, the
Fourth Imperium is a political unit, originating upon the Planet Birhat in the
Bia System some seven thousand years prior to Dahak's entry into your
solar system. As of that time, the Imperium consisted of some fifteen hundred
star systems. It is called the Fourth Imperium because it is the third such
interstellar entity to exist within recorded history. The existence of at least
one prehistoric imperium, designated the 'First Imperium' by Imperial
historians, has been conclusively demonstrated, although archaeological
evidence suggests that, in fact, a minimum of nine additional prehistoric
imperia intervened between the First and Second Imperium. All, however, were
destroyed in part or in whole by the Achuultani."
A formless chill tingled
down MacIntyre's spine.
"And just what were
the Achuultani?" he asked, trying to keep his strange, shadowy emotions
out of his voice.
"Available data are
insufficient for conclusive determinations," Dahak replied.
"Fragmentary evidence suggests that the Achuultani are a single species,
possibly of extra-galactic origin. Even the name is a transliteration of a
transliteration from an unattested myth of the Second Imperium. More data may
have been amassed during actual incursions, but most such information was lost
in the general destruction attendant upon such incursions or during the
reconstruction that followed them. What has been retained pertains more
directly to tactics and apparent objectives. On the basis of that data,
historians of the Fourth Imperium conclude that the first such incursion
occurred on the close order of seventy million Terran years ago."
"Seventy
mil—?!" MacIntyre chopped himself off. No species could
survive over such an incredible period. Then again, the moon couldn't be an
alien starship, could it? He nodded jerkily for Dahak to continue.
"Supporting
evidence may be found upon your own planet, Commander," the computer said
calmly. "The sudden disappearance of terrestrial dinosaurs at the end of
your Mesozoic Era coincides with the first known Achuultani incursion. Many
Terran scientists have suggested that this may have been the consequence of a
massive meteor impact. My own observations suggest that they are correct, and
the Achuultani have always favored large kinetic weapons."
"But . . . but why?
Why would anyone wipe out dinosaurs?!"
"The Achuultani
objective," Dahak said precisely, "appears to be the obliteration of
all competing species, wherever situated. While it is unlikely that terrestrial
dinosaurs, who were essentially a satisfied life form, might have competed with
them, that would not prevent them from striking the planet as a long-term
precaution against the emergence of a competitor. Their attention was probably
drawn to Earth by the presence of a First Imperium colony, however. I base this
conclusion on data that indicate the existence of a First Imperium military
installation on your fifth planet."
"Fifth
planet?" MacIntyre parroted, overloaded by what he was hearing. "You
mean . . . ?"
"Precisely,
Commander: the asteroid belt. It would appear they struck your fifth planet a
bit harder than Earth, and it was much smaller and less geologically stable to
begin with."
"Are you
sure?"
"I have had
sufficient time to amass conclusive observational data. In addition, such an
act would be consistent with recorded Achuultani tactics and the deduced
military policies of the First Imperium, which apparently preferred to place
system defense bases upon centrally-located non-life-bearing bodies."
Dahak paused, and
MacIntyre sat silent, trying to grasp the sheer stretch of time involved. Then
the computer spoke again.
"Shall I
continue?" it asked, and he managed another nod.
"Thank you.
Imperial analysts speculate that the periodic Achuultani incursions into this
arm of the galaxy represent sweeps in search of potential competitors—what your
own military might term 'search and destroy' missions—rather than attempts to
expand their imperial sphere. The Achuultani culture would appear to be
extremely stable, one might almost say static, for very few technological
advances have been observed since the Second Imperium. The precise reasons for
this apparent cultural stasis and for the widely varying intervals between such
sweeps are unknown, as is the precise locus from which they originate. While
some evidence does suggest an extra-galactic origin for the species, pattern
analysis suggests that the Achuultani currently occupy a region far to the
galactic east. This, unfortunately, places Sol in an extremely exposed
position, as your solar system lies on the eastern fringe of the Imperium. In
short, the Achuultani must pass Sol to reach the Imperium.
"This has not mattered
to your planet of late, as there has been nothing to attract Achuultani
attention to this system since the end of the First Incursion. That protection
no longer obtains, however. Your civilization's technical base is now
sufficiently advanced to produce an electronic and neutrino signature that
their instruments cannot fail to detect."
"My God!"
MacIntyre turned pale as the implications struck home.
"Precisely,
Commander. Your sun's location also explains Dahak's presence in this
region. Dahak's mission was to picket the Noarl System, directly in the
center of the traditional Achuultani incursion route. Unfortunately—or, more
precisely, by hostile design—Dahak suffered catastrophic failure of a
major component of its Enchanach Drive while en route to its intended station,
and Senior Fleet Captain Druaga was forced to stop here for repairs."
"But if the damage
was repairable, why are you still here?"
"Because there was,
in fact, no damage." Dahak's voice was as measured as ever, but
MacIntyre's hyper-sensitive mind seemed to hear a hidden core of anger.
"The 'failure' was contrived by Dahak's chief engineer, Fleet
Captain (Engineering) Anu, as the opening gambit in a mutiny against Fleet
authority."
"Mutiny?"
"Mutiny. Fleet
Captain Anu and a minority of sympathizers among the crew feared that a new
Achuultani incursion was imminent. As an advanced picket directly in the path
of any such incursion, Dahak would very probably be destroyed. Rather
than risk destruction, the mutineers chose to seize the ship and flee to a
distant star in search of a colonizable planet."
"Was that
feasible?" MacIntyre asked in a fascinated tone.
"It was. Dahak's
cruising radius is effectively unlimited, Commander, with technical
capabilities sufficient to inaugurate a sound technology base on any habitable
world, and the crew would provide ample genetic material for a viable planetary
population. Moreover, the simulation of a major engineering failure was a
cleverly conceived tactic to prevent detection of the mutiny until the
mutineers could move beyond possible interception by other Fleet units. Fleet
Captain Anu knew that Senior Fleet Captain Druaga would transmit a malfunction
report. If no further word was received, Fleet Central's natural assumption
would be that the damage had been sufficient to destroy the ship."
"I see. But I
gather from your choice of tense that the mutiny failed?"
"Incorrect,
Commander."
"Then it
succeeded?" MacIntyre asked, scratching his head in puzzlement.
"Incorrect,"
Dahak said again.
"Well it must have
done one or the other!"
"Incorrect,"
Dahak said a third time. "The mutiny, Commander, has not yet been
resolved."
* * *
MacIntyre sighed and
leaned back in resignation, crossing his arms. Dahak's last statement was
preposterous. Yet his concept of words like "preposterous" was
acquiring a certain punch-drunk elasticity.
"All right,"
he said finally. "I'll humor you. How can a mutiny that started fifty
thousand years ago still be unresolved?"
"In essence,"
Dahak said, seemingly impervious to MacIntyre's irony, "it is a condition
of deadlock. Senior Fleet Captain Druaga instructed Comp Cent to render the
interior of the ship uninhabitable in order to force evacuation of the vessel
by mutineers and loyalists alike, after which Dahak's weaponry would
command the situation. Only loyal officers would be permitted to reenter the
vessel once the interior had been decontaminated, at which point Fleet control
would be restored.
"Unknown to Senior
Fleet Captain Druaga, however, Fleet Captain Anu had implanted contingency
instructions in his back-up engineering computers and isolated them from Comp
Cent's net. Those instructions were intended to destroy Dahak's internal
power rooms, with the ultimate goal of depriving Comp Cent of power and so
destroying it. As chief engineer, and armed with complete knowledge of how the
sabotage had been achieved, it would have been comparatively simple for him to
effect repairs and assume control of the ship.
"When Comp Cent
implemented Senior Fleet Captain Druaga's orders, all loyal personnel abandoned
ship in lifeboats. Fleet Captain Anu, however, had secretly prepared several
sublight parasites for the apparent purpose of marooning any crewmen who
refused to accept his authority. In the event, his own followers made use of
those transports and a small number of armed parasites when they evacuated Dahak,
with the result that they carried to Earth a complete and functional, if
limited, technical base. The loyalists, by contrast, had only the emergency
kits of their lifeboats.
"This would not
have mattered if Fleet Captain Anu's sabotage programs had not very nearly
achieved their purpose. Before Comp Cent became aware of and deactivated them,
three hundred and ten of Dahak's three hundred and twelve fusion power
plants had been destroyed, dropping Dahak's internal power net below
minimal operational density. Sufficient power remained to implement a defensive
fire plan as per Senior Fleet Captain Druaga's orders, but not to
simultaneously decontaminate the interior and effect emergency repairs, as
well. As a result, Comp Cent was unable to immediately and fully execute its
orders. It was necessary to repair the damage before Comp Cent could
decontaminate, yet repairs amounted to virtual rebuilding and required more
power than remained. Indeed, power levels were so low that it was impossible
even to operate Dahak's core tap. This, in turn, meant that emergency
power reserves were quickly drained and that it was necessary to spend extended
periods rebuilding those reserves between piecemeal repair activities.
"Because of these
extreme conditions, Comp Cent was dysfunctional for erratic but extended
periods, though automatic defensive programs remained operational. Scanner
recordings indicate that seven mutinous parasites were destroyed during the
repair period, but each defensive action drained power levels still further,
which, in turn, extended Comp Cent's dysfunctional periods and further slowed
repairs by extending the intervals required to rebuild reserve power to permit
reactivation of sufficient of Comp Cent to direct each new stage of work.
"Because of this,
approximately eleven Terran decades elapsed before Comp Cent once more became
fully functional, albeit at marginal levels, and so was able to begin
decontamination. During that time, the lifeboats manned by loyal personnel had
become inoperable, as had all communication equipment aboard them. As a result,
it was not possible for any loyalist to return to Dahak."
"Why didn't you
just pick them up?" MacIntyre demanded. "Assuming any of them were
still alive, that is."
"Many remained
alive." There was a new note in Dahak's voice. Almost a squirmy one, as if
it were embarrassed. "Unfortunately, none were bridge officers. Because of
that, none carried Fleet communicator implants, making it impossible to contact
them. Without that contact, command protocols in Comp Cent's core programming
severely limited Dahak's options."
The voice paused, and
MacIntyre wrinkled his brow. Command protocols?
"Meaning
what?" he asked finally.
"Meaning,
Commander, that it was not possible for Comp Cent to consider retrieving
them," Dahak admitted, and the computer's embarrassment was now
unmistakable. "You must understand that Comp Cent had never been intended
by its designers to function independently. While self-aware in the crudest
sense, Comp Cent then possessed only very primitive and limited versions of
those qualities which humans term 'imagination' and 'initiative.' In addition,
strict obedience to the commands of lawful superiors is thoroughly—and quite
properly—embedded in Comp Cent's core programs. Without an order to send
tenders to retrieve loyal officers, Comp Cent could not initiate the action;
without communication, no loyal officer could order Comp Cent to do so.
Assuming, of course, that any such loyal officers had reason to believe that Dahak
remained functional to retrieve them."
"Damn!"
MacIntyre said softly. "Catch twenty-two with a vengeance."
"Precisely,
Commander." Dahak sounded relieved to have gotten that bit of explanation
behind it.
"But the mutineers
still had a functional tech base," MacIntyre mused. "So what happened
to them?"
"They remain on
Earth," Dahak said calmly, and MacIntyre bolted upright.
"You mean they died
there, don't you?" he asked tensely.
"Incorrect, Commander.
They—and their parasites—still exist."
"That's ridiculous!
Even assuming everything you've told me so far is true, we'd have to be aware
of the presence of an advanced alien civilization!"
"Incorrect,"
Dahak said patiently. "Their installation is and has been concealed
beneath the surface of your continent of Antarctica. For the past five thousand
Terran years, small groups of them have emerged to mingle briefly with your
population, then returned to their enclave to rejoin the bulk of their fellows
in stasis-suspended animation, in your own terms."
"Damn it,
Dahak!" MacIntyre exploded. "Are you telling me bug-eyed monsters can
stroll around Earth and nobody even notices?!"
"Negative,
Commander. The mutineers are not 'bug-eyed monsters.' On the contrary; they are
humans."
Colin MacIntyre slumped
back into his chair, eyes suddenly full of horror.
"You mean . . .
?" he whispered.
"Precisely,
Commander. Every Terran human is descended from Dahak's crew."
MacIntyre felt numb.
"Wait," he said
hoarsely. "Wait a minute! What about evolution? Damn it, Dahak, homo
sapiens is related to every other mammal on the planet!"
"Correct,"
Dahak said unemotionally. "Following the First Imperium's fall, one of its
unidentified non-human successor imperia re-seeded many worlds the Achuultani
struck. Earth was one such planet. So also was Mycos, the true homeworld of the
human race and the capital of the Second Imperium until its destruction some
seventy-one thousand years ago. The same ancestral fauna were used to re-seed
all Earth-type planets. Earth's Neanderthals were thus not ancestors of your
own race but rather very distant cousins. They did not, I regret to say, fare
well against Dahak's crew and its descendants."
"Sweet suffering
Jesus!" MacIntyre breathed. Then his eyes narrowed. "Dahak, do you
mean to tell me that you've sat on your electronic ass up here for fifty
thousand years and done absolutely nothing?"
"That is one way of
phrasing it," Dahak admitted uncomfortably.
"But why,
goddamn it?!"
"What would you
have had me do, Commander? Senior Fleet Captain Druaga issued Priority Alpha
Category One orders to suppress the mutineers. Such priority one orders take
absolute precedence over all directives with less than Alpha Priority and may
be altered only by the direction of Fleet Central. No lesser
authority—including the one that first issued them—may change them.
Accordingly, Dahak has no option but to remain in this system until such
time as all surviving mutineers are taken into custody or destroyed."
"So why didn't you
seek new orders from this Fleet Central of yours?" MacIntyre grated.
"I cannot. Fleet
Captain Anu's attack on Communications inflicted irreparable damage."
"You can rebuild
three-hundred-plus fusion plants and you can't fix a frigging radio?!"
"The situation is
somewhat more complicated than that, Commander," Dahak replied, with what
MacIntyre unwillingly recognized as commendable restraint. "Supralight
communication is maintained via the multi-dimensional communicator, commonly
referred to as the 'hypercom,' a highly refined derivative of the much
shorter-ranged 'fold-space' communicator used by Fleet personnel. Both combine
elements of hyperspace and gravitonic technology to distort normal space and
create a point-to-point congruence between distant foci, but in the case of the
hypercom these distortions or 'folds' may span as many as several thousand
light-years. A hypercom transmitter is a massive installation, and certain of
its essential components contain Mycosan, a synthetic element that cannot be
produced out of shipboard resources. As all spare components are currently
aboard Fleet Captain Anu's parasites, repairs are impossible. Dahak can
receive hypercom transmissions, but cannot initiate a signal."
"That's the only
way you can communicate?"
"The Imperium
abandoned primitive light-speed communications several millennia before the
mutiny, Commander. Since, however, it was evident that repair of Dahak's
hypercom was impossible and no Fleet unit had been sent to investigate Dahak's
original malfunction report, Comp Cent constructed a radio transmitter and sent
a report at light speed to the nearest Fleet base. It is improbable that the
Imperium would have abandoned a base of such importance, and Comp Cent
therefore concluded that the message was not recognized by its intended
recipients. Whatever the reason, Fleet Central has never responded, thus
precluding any modification of Dahak's Alpha Priority
instructions."
"But that doesn't
explain why you didn't carry out your original orders and blast the bastards as
they left the ship!" MacIntyre snarled venomously.
"That is an
incorrect interpretation of Comp Cent's orders, Commander. Senior Fleet Captain
Druaga's instructions specified the destruction of mutinous vessels approaching
within five thousand kilometers; they did not specify the destruction of
mutinous vessels departing Dahak."
"They
didn't—!" MacIntyre stopped himself and silently recited the names of the
Presidents. "All right," he said finally, "I can accept that, I
suppose. But why haven't you blasted them off the planet since? Surely that
comes under the heading of taking them into custody or destroying them?"
"It does. Such
action, however, would conflict with Alpha Priority core programs. This vessel
has the capacity to penetrate the defenses Fleet Captain Anu has established to
protect his enclave, but only by using weaponry that would destroy seventy
percent of the human race upon the planet. Destruction of non-Achuultani
sentients except in direct self-defense is prohibited."
"Well, what have they
been doing all this time?"
"I cannot say with
certainty," Dahak admitted. "It is impossible for my sensors to
penetrate their defensive systems, and it is apparent that they have chosen to
employ a substantial amount of stealth technology. Without observational data
of their inner councils, meaningful analysis is impossible."
"You must have some
idea!"
"Affirmative.
Please remember, however, that all is speculation and may be offered only as
such."
"So go ahead and speculate,
damn it!"
"Acknowledged,"
Dahak said calmly. "It is my opinion that the mutineers have interacted
with Terra-born humans since such time as your planetary population attained
sufficient density to support indigenous civilizations. Initially, this contact
was quite open, leading to the creation of the various anthropomorphic
pantheons of deities. Interaction with your own Western Civilization, however,
particularly since your sixteenth century, has been surreptitious and designed
to accelerate your technical development. Please note that this represents a
substantive change in the mutineers' original activities, which were designed
to promote superstition, religion, and pseudo-religion in place of rationalism
and scientific thought."
"Why should they
try to slow our development?" MacIntyre demanded. "And if they did,
why change tactics?"
"In my opinion,
their original intent was to prevent the birth of an indigenous technology that
might threaten their own safety, on the one hand, or attract the Achuultani, on
the other. Recall that their original motive for mutiny was to preserve
themselves from destruction at Achuultani hands.
"Recently,
however—" MacIntyre winced at hearing someone refer to the sixteenth
century as "recently" "—the focus of their activities has
altered. Perhaps they believe the incursion they feared has already occurred
and that they are therefore safe, or perhaps there has been a change in their
leadership, leading to changes in policy. My opinion, however, is that they
have concluded that Dahak is not and will not again become fully
operational."
"What? Why should
that matter?"
"It would matter if
they assume, as I am postulating that they have, that sufficient damage was
inflicted upon Dahak's power generation capacity as to preclude repairs.
Fleet Captain Anu cannot know what Senior Fleet Captain Druaga's final
instructions were. As he is unaware that Senior Fleet Captain Druaga's Alpha
Priority orders have required Dahak to remain on station, he may well
conclude that Dahak's failure to depart in search of assistance
indicates that supralight travel is no longer possible for Dahak. Yet if
there were sufficient power for repairs, Dahak would be
supralight-capable, as there was never an actual failure of the Enchanach
Drive. Dahak's very presence here may thus be construed as empirical
evidence of near-total incapacity."
"So why not come
out and grab you?"
"Because he has
conclusive evidence that sufficient power does remain for pre-programmed
defensive fire plans, yet no fire has been directed against the primitive
spacecraft Terra-born humans have dispatched to their 'moon.' Accordingly, he
may believe Dahak's command capabilities are too deeply impaired to
re-program those defensive fire plans and that those plans do not provide for
interference with locally-produced spacecraft. Assuming this entirely
speculative chain of reasoning is correct, he may well hope to push your planet
into developing interstellar craft in order to escape this star system. This
theory is consistent with observed facts, including the world wars and
Soviet-American 'cold war' of the twentieth-century, which resulted in
pressurized research and development driven by military requirements."
"But the cold war
ended decades ago," MacIntyre pointed out.
"Agreed. Yet that,
too, is consistent with the theory I have offered. Consider, Commander: the
superpowers of the last century have been drawn together in cooperation against
the growing militancy of your so-called Third World, particularly the
religio-political blocs centered on radical Islam and the Asian Alliance. This
has permitted the merger of the First World technical base—ConEuropean,
Russian, North American, and Australian—Japanese alike—while maintaining the
pressure of military need. In addition, certain aspects of Imperial technology
have begun to appear in your civilization. Your gravitonic survey instruments
are a prime example of this process, for they are several centuries in advance
of any other portion of your technology."
"I see."
MacIntyre considered the computer's logic carefully, so caught up in Dahak's
story he almost forgot his own part in it. "But why push for starships?
Why not just use a 'locally-produced' ship to take you over?"
"It is possible
that he intends to do precisely that, Commander. Indeed, had your vessel not
fired upon mine, I might have taken your sub-surface survey device as just such
an attempt, in which case I would have destroyed you." MacIntyre shivered
at how calmly Dahak spoke. "My preliminary bio-scans indicated that you
were not yourself a mutineer, but had you demanded entry, had you failed to
resist—had you, in fact, done anything that indicated either an awareness of Dahak's
existence or a desire to enter—my core programming would have assumed at least
the possibility that you were in Fleet Captain Anu's service. That assumption
would have left me no choice but to destroy you as per Senior Fleet Captain
Druaga's final directives.
"However," the
computer continued serenely, "I do not believe he would make that attempt.
Either Dahak had sufficient power to repair the damage, in which case
the ship is, in fact, fully operational and would destroy him or his minions,
or else Dahak had insufficient power to decontaminate the vessel's
interior, in which case re-entry would remain effectively impossible without
Imperial technology—which would activate any operational defensive
programming." The computer's voice gave MacIntyre the strong impression of
a verbal shrug. "In either case, Dahak would be useless to
him."
"But he expects you
to let locally-produced starships get away from you?" MacIntyre asked
skeptically.
"If," Dahak
said patiently, "this unit were, indeed, no longer fully operational,
automatic defensive fire plans would not be interested in vessels leaving the
star system."
"But you aren't
inoperative, so what would you do?"
"I would dispatch
one or more armed parasites to bio-scan range and scan their personnel. If
mutineers were detected on board them, I would have no choice but to destroy
them."
MacIntyre frowned.
"Uh, excuse me, Dahak, but wouldn't that be a rather broader
interpretation of your orders? I mean, you let the mutineers escape to the
planet because you hadn't been ordered to stop them, right?"
"That is correct,
Commander. It has occurred to me, however, that Comp Cent's original
interpretation of Senior Fleet Captain Druaga's orders, while essentially
correct, did not encompass Senior Fleet Captain Druaga's full intent.
Subsequent analysis suggests that had he known the mutineers would employ
parasites so readily distinguishable from the loyal crew's lifeboats, he would
have ordered their immediate destruction. Whether or not this speculation is
correct, the fact remains that no mutineer may be allowed to leave this star
system by any means. Allowing any mutinous personnel to escape would conflict
with Dahak's Alpha Priority orders to suppress the mutiny."
"I can see
that," MacIntyre murmured, then paused, struck by a new thought.
"Wait a minute. You say Anu's assumed you're no longer operational—"
"Incorrect,
Commander," Dahak interrupted. "I stated that I have speculated
to that effect."
"All right, so it's
speculative. But if he has, haven't you blown it? You couldn't have grabbed my
Beagle if you were inoperative, could you?"
"I could not,"
Dahak conceded, "yet he cannot be certain that I did so."
"What? Well then,
what the hell does he think happened?"
"It was my
intention to convince him that your vessel was lost due to an onboard
malfunction."
"Lost?" MacIntyre
jerked up in his couch. "What d'you mean, 'lost'?"
"Commander,"
Dahak said almost apologetically, "it was necessary. If Fleet Captain Anu
determines that Dahak is indeed functional, he may take additional
protective measures. The destruction of his enclave's present defenses by brute
force would kill seventy percent of all Terran humans; if he becomes
sufficiently alarmed to strengthen them still further the situation may well
become utterly impossible of resolution."
"I didn't ask why
you did it!" MacIntyre spat. "I asked what you meant by 'lost,'
goddamn it!"
Dahak did not answer
directly. Instead, MacIntyre suddenly heard another voice—his voice,
speaking in the clipped, emotionless tones every ex-test pilot seems to drop
into when disaster strikes.
" . . . ayday.
Mayday. Heinlein Base, this is Papa-Mike One-X-Ray. I have an explosion in
number three fuel cell. Negative function primary flight computers. I am
tumbling. Negative response attitude control. I say again. Negative response
attitude control."
"Heinlein copies,
One-X-Ray," a voice crackled back. He recognized that soft Southern
accent, he thought in a queerly detached way. Sandy Tillotson—Lieutenant
Colonel Sandra Tillotson, that was. "We have you on scope."
"Then you see what
I see, Sandy," his own voice said calmly. "I make it roughly ten
minutes to impact."
There was a brief pause,
then Tillotson's voice came back, as flat and calm as "he" was.
"Affirmative,
Colin."
"I'm gonna take a
chance and go for crash ignition," his voice said. "She's tumbling
like a mother, but if I can catch her at the right attitude—"
"Understood, Colin.
Luck."
"Thanks. Coming up
on ignition—now." There was another brief pause, and then he heard
"himself" sigh. "No joy, Sandy. Caught it wrong. Tell Sean
I—"
And then there was only
silence.
* * *
MacIntyre swallowed. He
had just heard himself die, and the experience had not been pleasant. Nor was
the realization of how completely Dahak had covered its tracks. As far as any
living human knew, Lieutenant Commander Colin MacIntyre no longer existed, for
no one would wonder what had become of him once they got to the crash site.
Somehow he never doubted there would be a crash site, but given the nature of
the "crash" he'd just listened to, it would consist of very, very
tiny bits and pieces.
"You bastard,"
he said softly.
"It was
necessary," Dahak replied unflinchingly. "If you had completed your
flight with proof of Dahak's existence, would not your superiors have
mounted an immediate expedition to explore your find?" MacIntyre gritted
his teeth and refused to answer.
"What would you
have had me do, Commander? Fleet Captain Anu could not enter this vessel using
the parasites in which he escaped to Earth, but could I know positively that
any Terra-born humans sent to explore Dahak's interior had not been
suborned by him? Recall that my own core programming would compel me to
consider that any vessel that deliberately sought entry but did not respond
with proper Fleet authorization codes was under mutinous control. Should I have
allowed a situation in which I must fire on every ship of any type that came
near? One that would also require me to destroy every enclave your people have
established on the lunar surface? You must realize as well as I that if I had
acted in any other way, Fleet Captain Anu would not merely suspect but know
that Dahak remains operational. Knowing that, must I not assume that any
effort to enter Dahak—or, indeed, any further activity on the lunar
surface of any type whatever—might be or fall under his direct control?"
MacIntyre knew Dahak was
a machine, but he recognized genuine desperation in the mellow voice and,
despite himself, felt an unwilling sympathy for the huge ship's dilemma.
He glared down at his
clenched fists, bitter anger fighting a wash of sympathetic horror. Yes, Dahak
was a machine, but it was a self-aware machine, and MacIntyre's human soul
cringed as he imagined its endless solitary confinement. For fifty-one millennia,
the stupendous ship had orbited Earth, powerful enough to wipe the planet from
the face of the universe yet forever unable to carry out its orders, caught
between conflicting directives it could not resolve. Just thinking of such a
purgatory was enough to ice his blood, but understanding didn't change his own
fate. Dahak had "killed" him. He could never go home again, and that
awareness filled him with rage.
The computer was silent,
as if allowing him time to come to grips with the knowledge that he had joined
its eternal exile, and he clenched his fists still tighter. His nails cut his
palms, and he accepted the pain as an external focus, using it to clear his
head as he fought his emotions back under control.
"All right,"
he grated finally. "So what happens now? Why couldn't you just've killed
me clean?"
"Commander,"
Dahak said softly, "without cause to assume your intent was hostile, I
could not destroy your vessel without violating Alpha Priority core
programming. But even if I could have, I would not have done so, for I have
received hypercom transmissions from unmanned surveillance stations along the
traditional Achuultani incursion routes. A new incursion has been detected, and
a Fleet alert has been transmitted."
MacIntyre's face went
white as a far more terrible horror suddenly dwarfed the shock and fury of
hearing himself "die."
"Yet I have
monitored no response, Commander," the computer said even more softly.
"Fleet Central is silent. No defensive measures have been initiated."
"No,"
MacIntyre breathed.
"Yes, Commander.
And that has activated yet another Alpha Priority command. Dahak is a
Fleet unit, aware of a threat to the existence of the Imperium, and I must
respond to it . . . but I can not respond until the mutiny is
suppressed. It is a situation that cannot be resolved by Comp Cent, yet it must
be resolved. Which is why I need you."
"What can I
do?" MacIntyre whispered hoarsely.
"It is quite
simple, Commander MacIntyre. Under Fleet Regulation Five-Three-Three,
Subsection Nine-One, Article Ten, acting command of any Fleet unit devolves
upon the senior surviving crewman. Under Fleet Regulation Three-Seven,
Subsection One-Three, any descendant of any core crewman assigned to a vessel
for a given deployment becomes a crew member for the duration of that
deployment, and Senior Fleet Captain Druaga's deployment has not been
terminated by orders from Fleet Central."
MacIntyre gurgled a
horrified denial, but Dahak continued mercilessly.
"You, Commander,
are directly descended from loyal members of Senior Fleet Captain Druaga's core
crew. You are on board Dahak. By definition, therefore, you become the
senior member of Dahak's crew, and thus—"
MacIntyre's gurgling
noises took on a note of dreadful supplication.
"—command devolves
upon you."
* * *
He argued, of course.
His sense of betrayal
vanished, for it seemed somehow petty to worry about his own fate in the face
of catastrophe on such a cosmic scale. Yet the whole idea was . . . well, it
was preposterous, even if that was a word he'd been over-using of late. He was
absolutely, totally, beyond a shadow of a doubt, utterly unqualified for the
job, and he told Dahak so.
But the old ship was
stubborn. He was, the computer argued, a trained spacecraft pilot with a
military background and a command mentality. Which, MacIntyre pointed out
acidly, was to say that he was well-qualified to paddle aboriginal canoes and
about as well-versed in FTL tactics as a Greek hoplite. But, Dahak countered,
those were merely matters of education; he had the proper mental orientation.
And even if he had not had it, all that really mattered was that he had the
rank for the job. Which, MacIntyre retorted, was merely to say that he was a
member of the human race. Except, Dahak rejoined, that he was the first
member of the human race to re-embark in Dahak, which gave him seniority
over all other Terrans—except, of course, the mutineers who, by their own
actions, had forfeited all rank and crew status.
It went on for hours,
until MacIntyre's voice was hoarse and exhaustion began to dull his desperate
determination to squirm out of the responsibility. He finally offered to accept
command long enough to turn it over to some better-qualified individual or
group, but Dahak actually sounded a bit petulant when it rejected that
suggestion. MacIntyre was the first human aboard in fifty-one thousand years;
ergo he had the seniority, he always would have the seniority, and no
substitutions were acceptable.
It really was unfair,
MacIntyre thought wearily. Dahak was a machine. It—or "he," as he'd come
to think of the computer—could go right on arguing until he keeled over
from exhaustion . . . and seemed quite prepared to do so.
MacIntyre supposed some
people would jump at the chance to command a ship that could vaporize planets—which
was undoubtedly an indication that they shouldn't be offered it—but he
didn't want it! Oh, he felt the seductive allure of power and, even more, the
temptation to cut ten or fifteen thousand years off Terran exploration of the
universe. And he was willing to admit someone had to help the old
warship. But why did it have to be him?!
He lay back, obscurely
resentful that his chair's self-adjusting surface kept him from scrunching down
to sulk properly, and felt six years old again, arguing over who got to be the
sheriff and who had to be the horse thief.
The thought made him
chuckle unwillingly, and he grinned, surprised by his own weary humor. Dahak
clearly intended to keep on arguing until he gave in, and how could he out-wait
a machine that had mounted its own lonely watch for fifty millennia? Besides,
he felt a bit ashamed even to try. If Dahak could do his duty for that
tremendous stretch of time, how could MacIntyre not accept his own
responsibility to humankind? And if he was caught in the Birkenhead
drill, he could at least try to do his best till the ship went down.
He accepted it, and, to
his surprise, it was almost easy. It scared the holy howling hell out of him,
but that was another matter. He was, after all, a spacecraft command pilot, and
the breed was, by definition, an arrogant one. MacIntyre had accepted long ago
that he'd joined the Navy and then transferred to NASA because deep inside he
had both the sneaking suspicion he was equal to any challenge and the desire to
prove it. And look where it had gotten him, he thought wryly. He'd sweated
blood to make the Prometheus Mission, only to discover that he'd anted up for a
far bigger game than he'd ever dreamed of. But the chips were on the table, and
other cliches to that effect.
"All right, Dahak,"
he sighed. "I give. I'll take the damned job."
"Thank you,
Captain," Dahak said promptly, and he shuddered.
"I said I'd take
it, but that doesn't mean I know what to do with it," he said defensively.
"I am aware of
that, Captain. My sensors indicate that you are badly in need of rest at the
moment. When you have recovered your strength, we can swear you in and begin
your education and biotechnic treatments."
"And just
what," MacIntyre demanded warily, "might biotechnic treatments
be?"
"Nothing harmful,
Captain. The bridge officer program includes sensory boosters, neural feeds for
computer interface, command authority authentication patterns, Fleet
communicator and bio-sensor implants, skeletal reinforcement, muscle and tissue
enhancement, and standard hygienic, immunization, and tissue renewal
treatments."
"Now wait a minute,
Dahak! I like myself just the way I am, thank you!"
"Captain, I make
all due allowance for inexperience and parochialism, but that statement cannot
be true. In your present condition, you could lift barely a hundred and fifty
kilos, and I would estimate your probable life span at no more than one Terran
century under optimal conditions."
"I could—"
MacIntyre paused, an arrested light in his eyes. "Dahak," he said
after a moment, "what was the life expectancy for your crewmen?"
"The average life
expectancy of Fleet personnel is five-point-seven-nine-three Terran
centuries," Dahak said calmly.
"Uh,"
MacIntyre replied incisively.
"Of course,
Captain, if you insist, I will have no choice but to forgo the biotechnic
portion of your training. I must respectfully point out, however, that should
you thereafter confront one of the mutineers, your opponent will have
approximately eight times your strength, three times your reaction speed, and a
skeletal muscular structure and circulatory system capable of absorbing on the
order of eleven times the damage your own body will accept."
MacIntyre blinked. He
was none too crazy about the word "biotechnic." It smacked of surgery
and hospital time and similar associated unpleasantnesses. But on the other
hand . . . yes, indeedy deed. On the other hand. . . .
"Oh, well,
Dahak," he said finally. "If it'll make you happy. I've been meaning
to get back into shape, anyway."
"Thank you,
Captain," Dahak said, and if there was a certain smugness in the
computer's bland reply, Acting Senior Fleet Captain Colin MacIntyre,
forty-third commanding officer of Imperial Fleet Unit Dahak, hull number
172291, chose to ignore it.
MacIntyre lowered
himself into the hot, swirling water with a groan of relief, then leaned back
against the pool's contoured lip and looked around his quarters. Well, the
captain's quarters, anyway. He supposed it made sense to make a man assigned to
a twenty-five-year deployment comfortable, but this—!
His hot tub was big
enough for at least a dozen people and designed for serious relaxation. He set
his empty glass on one of the pop-out shelves and watched the built-in auto-bar
refill it, then adjusted the water jets with his toes and allowed himself to
luxuriate as he sipped.
It was the spaciousness
that truly impressed him. The ceiling arched cathedral-high above his hot tub,
washed in soft, sourceless light. The walls—he could not for the life of him
call them "bulkheads"—gleamed with rich, hand-rubbed wood paneling,
and any proletariat-gouging billionaire would envy the art adorning the
luxurious chamber. One statue particularly fascinated him. It was a rearing,
lynx-eared unicorn, too "real" feeling to be fanciful, and MacIntyre
felt a strangely happy sort of awe at seeing the true image of the alien
foundation of one of his own world's most enduring myths.
Yet even the furnishings
were over-shadowed by the view, for the tub stood on what was effectively a
second-story balcony above an enormous atrium. The rich, moist smells of soil
and feathery, alien greenery surrounded him as soft breezes stirred fronded
branches and vivid blossoms, and the atrium roof was invisible beyond a blue sky
that might have been Earth's but for a sun that was just a shade too yellow.
And this, MacIntyre
reminded himself, was but one room of his suite. He knew rank had its
privileges, but he'd never anticipated such magnificence and space—no doubt
because he still thought of Dahak as a ship. Which it was, but on a
scale so stupendous as to render his concept of "ship" meaningless.
Yet he'd paid a price
for all this splendor, he reflected, thrashing the water with his feet like a
little boy to work some of the cramps from his calves. It seemed unfair to be
subject to things like cramps after all he'd been through in the past few
months. On the other hand, he was still adjusting to the changes Dahak had
wrought upon and within him . . . and if Dahak called them "minor"
one more time, he intended to find out if Fleet Regs provided the equivalent of
keelhauling a computer.
The life of a NASA
command pilot was not a restful thing, but Dahak gave a whole new meaning to
the word "strenuous." A much younger Colin MacIntyre had thought Hell
Week at Annapolis was bad, but then he'd gone on to Pensacola and known
flight school was worst of all . . . until the competitive eliminations and
training schedule of the Prometheus Mission. But all of that had proved the
merest setting-up exercise for his training program as Dahak's
commander.
Nor was the strain
decreased by the inevitable stumbling blocks. Dahak was a machine, when all was
said, designed toward an end and shaped by his design. He was also, by dint of
sheer length of existence and depth of knowledge, far more cosmopolitan (in the
truest possible sense) than his "captain," but he was still a
machine.
It gave him a rather
different perspective, and that could produce interesting results. For
instance, it was axiomatic to Dahak that the Fourth Imperium was the preeminent
font of all true authority, automatically superceding such primitive, ephemeral
institutions as the United States of America.
But MacIntyre saw things
a bit differently, and Dahak had been taken aback by his stubborn refusal to
swear any oath that might conflict with his existing one as a naval officer in
the service of the said United States.
In the end, he'd also
seemed grudgingly pleased, as if it confirmed that MacIntyre was a man of
honor, but that hadn't kept him from setting out to change his mind. He'd
pointed out that humanity's duty to the Fourth Imperium predated its duty to
any purely terrestrial authority—that the United States was, in effect, no more
than a temporary governing body set up upon a desert island to regulate the
affairs of a mere portion of a shipwrecked crew. He had waxed eloquent, almost
poetic, but in vain; MacIntyre remained adamant.
They hammered out a
compromise eventually, though Dahak accepted it only grudgingly. After his
experience with the conflict between his own "Alpha Priority" orders,
he was distinctly unhappy to have his new captain complete his oath " . .
. insofar as obedience to Fleet Central and the Fourth Imperium requires no
action or inaction harmful to the United States of America." Still, if
those were the only terms on which the ancient warship could get itself a
captain, Dahak would accept them, albeit grumpily.
Yet it was only fair for
Dahak to face a few surprises of his own. Though MacIntyre had recognized
(however dimly) and dreaded the responsibility he'd been asked to assume, he
hadn't considered certain other aspects of what he was letting himself in for.
Which was probably just as well, since he would have refused point-blank if he had
considered them.
Like "biotechnic
enhancement." The term had bothered him from the start, for as a spacer
he'd already endured more than his share of medical guinea pigdom, but the
thought of an extended lifespan and enhanced strength had been seductive.
Unfortunately, his quaint, twenty-first-century notions of what the Fourth
Imperium's medical science could do had proven as outmoded as his idea of what
a "ship" was.
His anxiety had become
acute when he discovered he was expected to submit to a scalpel-wielding
computer, especially after he found out just how radical the
"harmless" process was. In effect, Dahak intended to take him apart
for reassembly into a new, improved model that incorporated all the advantages
of modern technology, and something deep inside had turned nearly hysterical at
the notion of becoming, for all intents and purposes, a cyborg. It was as if he
feared Doctor Jekyll might emerge as Mister Hyde, and he'd resisted with all
the doggedness of sheer, howling terror, but Dahak had been patient. In fact,
he'd been so elaborately patient he made MacIntyre feel like a bushman refusing
to let the missionary capture his soul in his magic box.
That had been the
turning point, he thought now—the point at which he'd truly begun to accept
what was happening . . . and what his own part had to be. For he'd yielded to
Dahak's ministrations, though it had taken all his will power even after Dahak
pointed out that he knew far more about human physiology than any Terran
medical team and was far, far less likely to make a mistake.
MacIntyre had known all
that, intellectually, yet he'd felt intensely anxious as he surrendered to the
anesthesia, and he'd looked forward rather gloomily to a lengthy stay in bed.
He'd been wrong about that part, for he was up and about again after mere days,
diving head-first into a physical training program he'd discovered he needed
surprisingly badly.
Yet he'd come close to
never emerging at all, and that memory was still enough to break a cold sweat
upon his brow. Not that he should have had any problems—or, at least, not such
severe ones—if he'd thought things through. But he'd neither thought them
through nor followed the implications of Dahak's proposed changes to their
logical conclusions, and the final results had been almost more appalling than
delightful.
When he'd first reopened
his eyes, his vision had seemed preternaturally keen, as if he could identify
individual dust motes across a tennis court. And he very nearly could, for one
of Dahak's simpler alterations permitted him to adjust the focal length of his
eyes, not to mention extending his visual range into both the infrared and
ultraviolet ranges.
Then there was the
"skeletal muscular enhancement." He'd been primitive enough to feel
an atavistic shiver at the thought that his bones would be reinforced with the
same synthetic alloy from which Dahak was built, but the chill had
become raw terror when he encountered the reality of the many "minor"
changes the ship had wrought. His muscles now served primarily as actuators for
micron-thin sheaths of synthetic tissue tougher than his Beagle and powerful
enough to stress his new skeleton to its limit, and his circulatory and
respiratory systems had undergone similar transformations. Even his skin had
been altered, for it must become tough enough to endure the demands his new
strength placed upon it. Yet for all that, his sense of touch—indeed, all his
perceptions—had been boosted to excruciating sensitivity.
And all those
improvements together had been too much. Dahak had crammed the changes at him
too quickly, without any suspicion he was doing so, for neither the computer
nor the human had realized the enormous gap between the things they took for
granted.
For Dahak, the changes
that terrified MacIntyre truly were "minor," routine medical
treatments, no more than the Fourth Imperium's equivalent of a new recruit's
basic equipment. And because they were so routine—and, perhaps, because for all
the power of his intellect Dahak was a machine, inherently susceptible to
upgrading and with no experiential referent for "natural limitations"—he
had never considered the enormous impact they would have on MacIntyre's concept
of himself.
It had been his own
fault, too, MacIntyre reflected, leaning forward to massage the persistent
cramp in his right calf. He'd been too impressed by Dahak's enormous
"lifespan" and his starkly incredible depth of knowledge to recognize
his limits. Dahak had analyzed and pondered for fifty millennia. He could
predict with frightening accuracy what groups of humans would do and had
a grasp of the flow of history and a patience and inflexible determination that
were, quite literally, inhuman, but for all that, he was a creature born of the
purest of pure intellects.
He himself had warned
MacIntyre that "Comp Cent" was sadly lacking in imagination, but the
very extent of his apparent humanism had fooled the human. MacIntyre had been
prepared to be led by the hand by the near-god who had kidnaped him. Aware of
his own ignorance, frightened by the responsibility thrust upon him, he had
been almost eager to accept the role of the figurehead authority Dahak needed
to break the logjam of his conflicting imperatives, and as part of his
acceptance he had assumed Dahak would make allowances in what would be demanded
of him.
Well, Dahak had tried to
make allowances, but he'd failed, and his failure had shaken MacIntyre into a
radical re-evaluation of their relationship.
When MacIntyre awoke
after his surgery, he had gone mad in the sheer horror of the intensity with
which his environment beat in upon him. His enhanced sense of smell was capable
of separating scents with the acuity and precision of a good chemistry lab. His
modified eyes could track individual dust motes and even choose which part of
the spectrum they would use to see them. He could snap a baseball bat
barehanded or pick up a sixteen-inch shell and carry it away and subsist for up
to five hours on the oxygen reservoir in his abdomen. Tissue renewal,
techniques to scavenge waste products from his blood, surgically-implanted
communicators, direct neural links to Dahak and any secondary computer the
starship or any of its parasites carried. . . .
The powers of a god had
been given to him, but he hadn't realized he was about to inherit godhood, and
he'd had absolutely no idea how to control his new abilities. He
couldn't stop seeing and hearing and feeling with a terrible vibrancy
and brilliance. He couldn't restrain his new strength, for he had never
required the delicacy of touch his enhanced muscles demanded. And as the uproar
and terror of the quiet sickbay had crashed in upon him so that he'd flailed
his mighty limbs in berserk, uncomprehending horror, smashing sickbay fixtures
like matchwood, Dahak had recognized his distress . . . and made it
incomparably worse by activating his neural linkages in an effort to by-pass his
intensity-hashed physical senses.
MacIntyre wasn't certain
he would have snapped if the computer hadn't recognized his atavistic panic for
what it was so quickly, but it had been a very near thing when those alien
fingers wove gently into the texture of his shuddering brain.
Yet if Dahak had lacked
the imagination to project the consequences, he was a very fast learner, and
his memory banks contained a vast amount of information on trauma. He had
withdrawn from MacIntyre's consciousness and used the sickbay's emergency
medical over-rides to damp his sensory channels and draw him back from the
quivering brink of insanity, then combined sedative drugs and soothing sonic
therapy to keep him there.
Dahak had driven his
terror back without clouding his intellect, and then—excruciatingly slowly to
his tormented senses and yet with dazzling rapidity by the standards of the
universe—had helped him come to grips with the radically changed environment of
his own body. The horror of the neural implants had faded. Dahak was no longer
a terrifying alien presence whispering in his brain; he was a friend and
mentor, teaching him to adjust and control his newfound abilities until he was
their master and not their victim.
But for all Dahak's
speed and adaptability, it had been a near thing, and they both knew it. The
experience had made Dahak a bit more cautious, but, even more importantly, it
had taught MacIntyre that Dahak had limits. He could not assume the machine
always knew what it was doing or rely upon it to save him from the consequences
of his own folly. The lesson had stuck, and when he emerged from his trauma he
discovered that he was the captain, willing to be advised and counseled
by his inorganic henchman and crew but starkly aware that his life and fate
were as much in his own hands as they had ever been.
It was a frightening
thought, but Dahak had been right; MacIntyre had a command mentality. He
preferred the possibility of sending himself to hell to the possibility of
being condemned to heaven by another, which might not speak well for his
humility but meant he could survive—so far, at least—what Dahak demanded of
him. He might castigate the computer as a harsh taskmaster, but he knew he was
driving himself at least as hard and as fast as Dahak might have.
He sighed again,
slumping back in the water as the painful cramp subsided at last. Thank God!
Cramps had been bad enough when only his own muscles were involved, but they
were pure, distilled hell now. And it seemed a bit unfair his magic muscles
could not simply spring full blown from Dahak's brow, as it were. The computer
had never warned him they would require exercise just as implacably as the
muscle tissues nature had intended him to have, and he felt vaguely cheated by
the discovery. Relieved, but cheated.
Of course, the mutineers
would feel cheated if they knew everything he'd gotten, for Dahak had spent the
last few centuries making "minor" improvements to the standard Fleet
implants. MacIntyre suspected the computer had seen it as little more than a way
to pass the time, but the results were formidable. He'd started out with a
bridge officer's implants, which were already far more sophisticated than the
standard Fleet biotechnics, but Dahak had tinkered with almost all of them. He
was not only much stronger and tougher, and marginally faster, than any
mutineer could possibly be, but the range and acuity of his electronic and
enhanced physical senses were two or three hundred percent better. He knew they
were, for Dahak had demonstrated by stepping his own implants' capabilities
down to match those of the mutineers.
He closed his eyes and
relaxed, smiling faintly as his body half-floated. He'd assumed all those
modifications would increase his weight vastly, yet they hadn't. His body density
had gone up dramatically, but the Fourth Imperium's synthetics were
unbelievably light for their strength. His implants had added no more than
fifteen kilos—and he'd sweated off at least that much fat in return, he thought
wryly.
"Dahak," he
said without opening his eyes.
"Yes, Colin?"
MacIntyre's smile
deepened at the form of address. That was another thing Dahak had resisted, but
MacIntyre was damned if he was going to be called "Captain" and
"Sir" every time his solitary subordinate spoke to him, even if he
did command a starship a quarter the size of his homeworld.
"What's the status
on the search mission?"
"They have
recovered many fragments from the crash site, including the serial number
plates we detached from your craft. Colonel Tillotson remains dissatisfied by
the absence of any organic remains, but General Yakolev has decided to
terminate operations."
"Good,"
MacIntyre grunted, and wondered if he meant it. The Joint Command crash
investigation had dragged on longer than expected, and he was touched by
Sandy's determination to find "him," but he thought he was truly
relieved it was over. It was a bit frightening, like the snipping of his last
umbilical, but it had to happen if he and Dahak were to have a chance of
success.
"Any sign of a
reaction from Anu's people?"
"None," Dahak
replied. There was a brief pause, and then the computer went on just a bit
plaintively. "Colin, you could acquire data much more rapidly if you would
simply rely upon your neural interface."
"Humor me,"
MacIntyre said, opening one eye and watching clouds drift across his atrium's
projected sky. "And don't tell me your other crews used their
implants all the time, either, because I don't believe it."
"No," Dahak
admitted, "but they made much greater use of them than you do.
Vocalization is often necessary for deliberate cognitive manipulation of data,
Colin—human thought processes are, after all, inextricably bound up in and
focused by syntax and semantics—yet it can be a cumbersome process, and it is
not an efficient way to acquire data."
"Dahak,"
MacIntyre said patiently, "you could dump your whole damn memory core into
my brain through this implant—"
"Incorrect, Colin.
The capacity of your brain is severely limited. I calculate that no more
than—"
"Shut up,"
Colin said with a reluctant twinkle. If Dahak's long sojourn in Earth orbit
hadn't made him truly human, it had come close in many ways. He rather doubted
Comp Cent's designers had meant Dahak to have a sense of humor.
"Yes, Colin,"
Dahak said so meekly that MacIntyre knew the computer was indulging in the
electronic equivalent of silent laughter.
"Thank you. Now,
what I meant is that you can pour information into my brain with a funnel, but
that doesn't make it mine. It's like a . . . an encyclopedia. It's a
reference source to look things up in, not something that pops into my mind
when I need it. Besides, it tickles."
"Human brain tissue
is not susceptible to physical sensation, Colin," Dahak said rather
primly.
"I speak
symbolically," MacIntyre replied, pushing a wave across his tub and
wiggling his toes. "Consider it a psychosomatic manifestation."
"I do not
understand psychosomatic phenomena," Dahak reminded him.
"Then just take my
word for it. I'm sure I'll get used to it, but until I do, I'll go right on
asking questions. Rank, after all, hath its privileges."
"I suppose you
think that concept is unique to your own culture."
"You suppose
wrongly. Unless I miss my guess, it's endemic to the human condition, wherever
the humans came from."
"That has been my
own observation."
"You cannot imagine
how much that reassures me, oh Dahak."
"Of course I
cannot. Many things humans find reassuring defy logical analysis."
"True, true."
MacIntyre consulted the ship's chronometer through his implant and sighed
resignedly. His rest period was about over, and it was time for his next
session with the fire control simulator. After that, he was due on the hand
weapon range, followed by a few relaxing hours acquiring the rudiments of
supralight astrogation and ending with two hours working out against one of Dahak's
hand-to-hand combat training remotes. If rank had its privileges, it also had
its obligations. Now there was a profound thought.
He climbed out and
wrapped himself in a thick towel. He could have asked Dahak to dry him with a
swirl of warmed air. For that matter, his new internal equipment could have
built a repellent force field on the surface of his skin to shed water like a
duck, but he enjoyed the towel's soft sensuality, and he luxuriated shamelessly
in it as he padded off to his bedroom to dress.
"Back to the salt
mines, Dahak," he sighed aloud.
"Yes, Colin,"
the computer said obediently.
"Anything more on
the NASA link, Dahak?"
MacIntyre reclined in
the captain's couch in Command One. He was the same lean, rangy, pleasantly
homely young man he'd always been—outwardly, at least—but he wore the
midnight-blue of Battle Fleet, the booted feet propped upon his console were
encased in chagor-hide leather, and there was a deeper, harder glint of
purpose in his innocent green eyes.
"Negative, Colin. I
have examined the biographies of all project heads associated with the
gravitonic survey program, and all appear to be Terra-born. It is possible the
linkage was established earlier—during the college careers of one or more of
the researchers, perhaps—yet logic dictates direct mutineer involvement in the
single portion of the Prometheus program that is so far in advance of all other
components."
"Damn."
MacIntyre pulled at the tip of his nose and frowned. "If we can't identify
someone where we know there's a link, we'll just have to avoid any
official involvement. Jesus, that's going to make it tougher!" He sighed.
"Either way, I've got to get started—and you know it as well as I
do."
"I would still
prefer to extend your training time, Colin," Dahak replied, but he sounded
so resigned MacIntyre grinned wryly. While it would be too much ever to call
Dahak irresolute, there were things he hesitated to face, and foremost among
them was the prospect of permitting his fledgling commander to leave the nest.
Particularly when he could not communicate with him once MacIntyre returned to
Earth. It could not be otherwise; the mutineers could scarcely fail to detect
an active Fleet fold-space link to the moon.
The fact was that Dahak
was fiercely protective, and MacIntyre wondered if that stemmed from his core
programming or his long isolation. The ship finally had a captain again—did the
thought of losing him frighten the computer?
Now there was a thought.
Could the ancient computer feel fear? MacIntyre didn't know and
preferred to think of Dahak as fearless, but there was no doubt Dahak had at
least an intellectual appreciation of what fear was.
MacIntyre looked about
him. The "viewscreen" of his first visit had vanished, and his
console seemed to float unshielded in the depths of space. Stars burned about
him, their unwinking, merciless points of light vanishing into the silent
depths of eternity, and the blue-white planet of his birth turned slowly
beneath him. The illusion was terrifyingly perfect, and he had a pretty shrewd
notion how he would have reacted if Dahak had casually invited him to step out
into it on their first meeting.
It was as if Dahak had
realized external technology might frighten him without quite grasping what
would happen when that same technology was inside him. Or had the computer
simply assumed that, like himself, MacIntyre would understand all as soon as
things had been explained a single time?
Whatever, Dahak had been
cautious that first day. Even the vehicle that he'd provided had been part of
it. The double-ended bullet was a ground car, and the computer had actually
disabled part of its propulsive system so that his "guest" could feel
the acceleration he expected.
In fact, the ground car
had been unnecessary, and MacIntyre had sampled the normal operation of the
transit shafts now, but not before Dahak had found time to explain them. Which
was just as well, for while they were undoubtedly efficient, MacIntyre had
still turned seven different shades of green the first time he'd gone hurtling
through the huge tunnels at thousands of kilometers per hour, subjective sense
of movement or not. Even now, after months of practice, he couldn't entirely
rid himself of the notion that he was falling to his doom whenever he consigned
himself to the gravitonic mercies of the system.
MacIntyre shook himself
sternly. He was woolgathering again, and he knew why. He wanted to think about
anything but the task that faced him.
"I know you'd like
more training time," he said, "but we've had six months, and they're
ready to schedule Vlad Chernikov for another proctoscope mission. You know we
can't grab off another Beagle without tipping Anu off."
There was a moment of
silence, a pause that was one of Dahak's human mannerisms MacIntyre most
appreciated. It was a bit difficult to keep his own thoughts focused when the
other half of the conversation "thought" and responded virtually
instantaneously.
"Very well,"
Dahak said at last. "I respectfully submit, however, that your 'plan'
consists solely of half-formed, ill-conceived generalities."
"So? You've had a
few dozen millennia to think about it—can you come up with a better
idea?"
"Unfair. You are
the captain, and command decisions are your function, not mine."
"Then shut up and
soldier." MacIntyre spoke firmly, but he smiled.
"Very well,"
Dahak repeated.
"Good. Is the
suppressor ready?"
"Affirmative. My
remotes have placed it in your cutter." There was another pause, and MacIntyre
closed his eyes. Dahak, he thought, could give a Missouri mule stubborn
lessons. "I still believe you would be better advised to use one of the
larger—and armed—parasites, however."
"Dahak,"
MacIntyre said patiently, "there are at least five thousand mutineers,
right? With eight eighty-thousand-ton sublight battleships?"
"Correct.
However—"
"Can it! I'm
pontificating, and I'm the captain. They also have a few heavy cruisers,
armored combat vehicles, trans-atmospheric fighters, and the personnel to man
them—not to mention their personal combat armor and weapons—plus the
ability to jam your downlinks to any remotes you send down, right?"
"Yes, Colin,"
Dahak sighed.
"Then this is a
time for finesse and sneakiness, not brute strength. I have to get the suppressor
inside their enclave perimeter and let you take out their defensive shield from
here or we're never going to get at them."
"But to do so you
will require admittance codes and the locations of access points, which you can
obtain only from the mutineers themselves."
"I know."
MacIntyre recrossed his ankles and frowned, pulling harder on his nose, but the
unpalatable truth remained. There was no doubt the mutineers had penetrated
most major governments—they must have done so, given the way they had manipulated
Terran geopolitics over the last two centuries.
Which meant any approach
to Terran authorities was out of the question. It was a pity Dahak couldn't
carry out bio-scans at this range; that, at least, would tell them who was an
actual mutineer. But even that couldn't have revealed which Terra-born humans
might have been suborned, possibly without ever knowing who had suborned them
or even that they had been suborned.
So the only option was
the one both he and Dahak dreaded. Somehow, he had to gain access to the
mutineers' base and deactivate its shield. It was a daunting prospect, but once
he'd taken out the defenses that held Dahak's weapons at bay, the
mutineers would have no choice but to surrender or die, and MacIntyre didn't
much care which they chose as long as they decided quickly.
The first of the
automatic scanner stations had gone off the air, destroyed by the outriders of
the Achuultani. Despite the relatively low speed of the Achuultani ships,
humanity had little more than two and a half years before they reached Sol . .
. and for him to find a way to stop them.
That was the real reason
he wanted to find the link between Anu and NASA. If he could get his hands on
just one mutineer—just one—then he could get the information he and Dahak
needed one way or the other, he thought grimly. Yet how did he take that first
step? He still didn't know, but he did know he couldn't do it from here. And he
intended to admit to Dahak neither that he meant to play things entirely by ear
nor who his single Terran ally would be lest the computer stage a mutiny of its
own and refuse to let him off the ship!
"Well," he
said with forced cheeriness, "I'd better get going." He dropped his
feet to the invisible deck and stood, feeling as if the universe were drifting
beneath his bootsoles.
"Very well,
Colin," Dahak said softly, and the first hatch slid open, spilling bright
light like a huge rift among the stars. MacIntyre squared his shoulders and
walked into it.
"Good hunting,
Captain," the computer murmured.
"I'll nail 'em to
the wall," MacIntyre said confidently, and wished he could just convince
himself of that.
* * *
A sliver of midnight
settled silently amid the night-struck mountains of Colorado. It moved with less
noise than the whispering breeze, showing no lights, nor did it register on any
radar screen. Indeed, the stealth field about it transformed it into more of a
velvety-black, radiation-absorbing absence than a visible object, for
not even starlight reflected from it.
It drifted lower,
sliding into an unnamed alpine meadow between Cripple Creek and Pikes Peak, and
Colin MacIntyre watched the light-stained clouds glow above Colorado Springs to
the east as the cutter extended its landing legs and grounded with a soft
whine.
He sat in his command
chair for a moment, studying the miniature duplicate of Command One's imaging
system fed by the passive scanners. He examined the night carefully for long,
long minutes, and his emotions puzzled him.
There was a deep,
inarticulate relief at touching once more the soil of home, but it was overlaid
by other, less readily understood feelings. A sense of the alien. An awareness
of the peril that awaited him, yet more than that, as if the last six months
had changed him even more than he had thought.
He was no longer a
citizen of Earth, he thought sadly. His horizons had been broadened. Whether he
liked it or not, he had become an emigré, yet that bittersweet realization
actually made him love his homeworld even more. He was a stranger, but Earth
was his source, the home of which he would always dream, and its remembered
beauty would always be purer and more lovely than its reality.
He shook himself out of
his musings. The night beyond the cutter's hull was silent, filled only with
life that ran on four feet or flew, and he could not justify remaining aboard.
He switched off the
display and interior lights and bent to free the suppresser webbed to the deck
behind his command seat. It was not a huge device in light of what it could do,
but it was heavy. He might have included a small anti-grav generator, but he
hadn't dared to. Inactive, the suppresser was simply an inert, apparently solid
block of metal and plastic, its webs of molecular circuitry undetectable even
by the mutineers. An active anti-grav was another matter, and the mere fact of
its detection would spell the doom of his mission. Besides, the suppressor
weighed less than three hundred kilos.
He slipped his arms
through the straps and adjusted it on his back like the knapsack it had been
camouflaged to resemble, then opened the hatch and stepped down to the grassy
earth. Night smells tickled his nostrils, and the darkness turned
noonday-bright as he adjusted his vision to enhanced imaging.
He backed away from the
cutter, and its hatch licked obediently shut as he concentrated on the commands
flowing over his neural feed. The cutter's computers were moronic shadows of
Dahak, and it was necessary to phrase instructions carefully. The landing legs
retracted, the cutter hovered silently for an instant, and then it faded
equally silently into the heavens, visible only as a solid blot that occluded
occasional stars.
MacIntyre watched it go,
then turned away and consulted his built-in inertial guidance system. The
terrain looked rough to his enhanced eyes, but not rugged enough to
inconvenience him. He hooked his thumbs into the knapsack straps and set out,
moving like a bit of the blackness brought to life.
* * *
It took him an hour to
top out on a ridge with a direct view of Colorado Springs, and he paused. Not
because he needed a rest, but because he wanted to study the glowing lights
spread out below him.
The mushrooming space
effort had transformed Colorado Springs over the past forty years. Venerable
old Goddard Center still guided and controlled NASA's unmanned deep-system
probes and handled a lot of experimental work, but Goddard was too small and
long in the tooth to keep pace with the bustling activity in near-Earth space.
Just the construction activity around the Lagrange Point habitats would have
required the big, new facilities, like the Russians' Klyuchevskaya Station,
ConEurope's Werner von Braun Space Control, or the Canadian-American Shepard
Space Center at Colorado Springs.
The city had become the
nation's number three growth area, ballooning out to envelope the old military
installations before surging on into the mountains beyond, and the gargantuan
sprawl of Shepard Center—centered on one-time Peterson Air Force Base—gleamed
to the east, seething with activity despite the late hour. Shepard was
primarily a control center, without the hectic heavy-lift launches that
streaked day and night skies over bases like Kennedy, Vandenburg, and Corpus
Christi, but he could see the landing lights of a Valkyrie personnel shuttle
sweeping in for a landing and another taxiing to a launch area, heavy with
booster pods. The view was silent with distance, but memory and imagination
supplied the noises and the bustle, the frenetic effort that sometimes
threatened to reduce the wonder of space to a grinding routine.
He opened the binocular
case hanging from his neck. There were limits even to his magic vision, but the
device he raised to his eyes was as different from a standard pair of
electronic binoculars as those were from an eighteenth-century spyglass, and
the distant space center was suddenly at arm's length.
He watched the airborne
Valkyrie flare out on final approach, its variable sweep wings fully forward.
He could almost hear the whine of the spoilers, the sudden snarl of the
reversed thrusters, and it was odd how exciting and powerful it all still
seemed. The two-hundred-ton bird moved with strong, purposeful grace, and he
saw it through two sets of eyes. One remembered his own experiences, barely six
months in the past, when that sleek shape had seemed an expression of the very
frontier of human knowledge; the other had seen Dahak and recognized the
quaint, primitive inefficiency of the design.
He sighed and moved his
viewpoint over the sprawling installation, zooming in to examine details that
caught his eye. He sat motionless for long, long minutes, absorbing the
familiarity of his eventual objective and wondering.
He was a bit surprised
by how normal it all looked, but only briefly. He was aware of how
monumentally the universe had been changed, but the thousands of people
hustling about Shepard were not. Yet there was a hesitance in him, a
disinclination to plunge back into intercourse with his own kind. He'd felt the
same sensation before after extended missions, but now it was far stronger.
He made a wry face and
lowered the binoculars, wondering what he'd expected to see through them. The
link he sought was hardly likely to stand on top of White Tower or McNair
Center and wave a lighted placard at him, for God's sake! But deep inside, he
knew he'd been looking for some sign that he was still part of them. That those
hurrying, scurrying people were still his when all was said. But he wouldn't
see that sign, because they no longer truly were. They were his people,
but not his kind, and the distinction twisted him with another stab of
that bittersweet regret.
He put away the
binoculars, then hitched up the waist of the blue jeans Dahak had provided.
Uncaring stars twinkled down with detached disinterest, and he shivered as wind
drove sea-like waves across the grass and he thought of the deadly menace
sweeping closer beyond those distant points of light. His new body scarcely
felt the cold mountain air, but the chill within was something else.
This world, that
starscape, were no longer his. Perhaps it was always that way? Perhaps someone
always had to give up the things he knew and loved to save them for others?
Philosophy had never
been Colin MacIntyre's strong suit, but he knew he would risk anything, lose
anything to save the world he had lost. It was a moment of balance, of seeing
himself for what he was and the mutineers for what they were: a
hindrance. A barrier blocking his single hope of protecting his home.
He shook himself,
conscious of a vast sense of impatience. There was an obstacle to be removed,
and he was suddenly eager to be about it.
He started hiking once
more. It was forty kilometers to his destination, and he wanted to be there by
dawn. He needed an ally, and there was one person he could trust—or, if he
could not, there was no one in the universe he could—and he wondered how Sean
would react when his only brother returned from the dead?
Dawn bled in the east,
and the morning wind was cold as the sandy-haired hiker paused by the mailbox.
He studied the small house carefully, with more than human senses, for it was
always possible Anu and his mutineers had not, in fact, bought the official
verdict on the late Colin MacIntyre.
The morning light
strengthened, turning the cobalt sky pewter and rose-blush blue, and he
detected absolutely nothing out of the ordinary. His super-sensitive ears
recognized the distant thunder of the Denver–Colorado Springs magtrain as it
tore through the dawn. Somewhere to the west a long-haul GEV with an
off-balance skirt fan whined down the highway. The rattle and clink of glass
counter-pointed the hum of a milk truck's electric motor and birds spoke
softly, but every sound was as it should have been, without menace or threat.
Devices within his body
sampled far more esoteric data-electronic, thermal, gravitonic—and found
nothing. It was possible Anu's henchmen had contrived some observation system
even he couldn't detect, but only remotely.
He shook himself. He was
wasting time, trying to postpone the inevitable.
He adjusted his
"knapsack" and walked briskly up the drive, listening to the scrunch
of gravel underfoot. Sean's ancient four-wheel-drive Cadillac Bushmaster was in
the carport, even more scratched and dinged than the last time he'd seen it,
and he shook his head with an indulgent, off-center smile. Sean would go on
paying the emission taxes on his old-fashioned, gasoline-burning hulk until it
literally fell apart under him one day. Colin had opted for the glitz, glitter,
and excitement of technology's cutting edge while Sean had chosen the Forestry
Service and the preservation of his environment, but it was Sean who clung to
his pollution-producing old Caddy like death.
His boots fell crisp and
clean in the still morning on the flagged walk, and he opened the screen door
onto the enclosed front porch and stepped up into it. He felt his pulse race
slightly and automatically adjusted his adrenalin level, then reached out and,
very deliberately, pressed the doorbell.
The soft chimes echoed through
the house, and he waited, letting his enhanced hearing chart events. He heard
the soft thud as Sean's bare feet hit the floor and the rustle of cloth as he
dragged on a pair of pants. Then he heard him padding down the hall, grumbling
under his breath at being disturbed at such an ungodly hour. The latch rattled,
and then the door swung open.
"Yes?" his
brother's deep voice was as sleepy as his eyes. "What can I—"
Sean MacIntyre froze in
mid-word, and the rags of sleep vanished from his sky-blue eyes. The stubble of
his red beard stood out boldly as his tanned face paled, and he grabbed the
edge of the door frame.
"Morning,
Sean," Colin said softly, a glint of humor mingling with the sudden
prickling of his own eyes. "Long time no see."
* * *
Sean MacIntyre sat in
his painfully neat bachelor's kitchen, hugging a mug in both hands, and glanced
again at the refrigerator Colin had carted across the kitchen to substantiate
his claims. Echoes of disbelief still shadowed his eyes, and he looked a bit
embarrassed over the bear hug he had bestowed upon the brother he had believed
dead, but he was coming back nicely-helped, no doubt, by the hefty shot of
brandy in his coffee.
"Christ on a
Harley, Colin," he said finally, his voice deceptively mild. "That
has to be the craziest story anyone ever tried to sell me. You're damned lucky
you came back from the dead to tell it, or I still wouldn't believe it!
Even if you have turned into a one-man moving company."
"You wouldn't
believe it?! How d'you think I feel about it?"
"There's
that," Sean agreed, smiling at last. "There's that."
Colin felt himself relax
as he saw that slow smile. It was the way his big brother had always smiled
when things got a bit tight, and he felt his lips twitch as he remembered the
time Sean had pulled a trio of much older boys off of him. Colin had, perhaps,
been unwise to challenge their adolescent cruelty so openly, but he and Sean
had ended up thrashing all three of them. Throughout his boyhood, Colin had
looked for that smile when he was in trouble, knowing things couldn't be all that
bad with Sean there to bail him out.
"Well," Sean
said finally, setting down his empty mug, "you always were a scrapper. If
this Dahak of yours had to pick somebody, he made a good choice."
"Right. Sure,"
Colin snorted.
"No, I mean
it." Sean doodled on the tabletop with a fingertip. "Look at you. How
many people would still be rational—well, as rational as you've ever been—after
what you've been through?"
"Spare my
blushes," Colin growled, and Sean laughed. Then he sobered.
"All right,"
he said more seriously. "I'm glad you're still alive—" their eyes
met, warm with an affection they had seldom had to express "—but I don't
imagine you dropped by just to let me know."
"You're
right," Colin said. He propped his elbows on the table and leaned forward.
"I need help, and you're the one person I can trust."
"I can see that,
Colin, and I'll do whatever I can—you know that—but I'm a ranger, not an
astronaut. How can I help you find this link of yours?"
"I don't know that
you can," Colin admitted, "but there are drawbacks to being dead. All
of my ID is useless, my accounts are locked—I couldn't even check into a motel
without using bogus identification. In fact—"
"Wait a
minute," Sean interrupted. "I can see where you'd need a base of
operations, but couldn't this Dahak just whip up any documentation you
need?"
"Sure, but it
wouldn't help for what I really need to do. Normally, Dahak can get in and out
of any Terran computer like a thief, Sean, but he's cut all his com links now
that I'm down here. They're all stealthed, but we can't risk anything that
might tip off the mutineers now. Besides, he can't do much with human minds,
and you recognized me as soon as you got the sleep out of your eyes—do
you think the security people at Shepard wouldn't?"
"That's what you
get for being a glamour-ass astronaut. Or not resorting to a little plastic
surgery." Sean studied his brother thoughtfully. "Would've been a
wonderful chance to improve—extensively—on nature, too."
"Very funny.
Unfortunately, neither Dahak nor I considered it before he tinkered with my
gizzards. Even if we had used cosmetic surgery, the last thing I need is
to try waltzing my biotechnics past Shepard's security!"
"What big teeth you
have," Sean murmured with a grin.
"Ha, ha,"
Colin said blightingly. Then his face turned more serious. "Wait till you
hear what I need before you get too smartass, Sean."
Sean MacIntyre sat back
at the sudden somberness of Colin's voice. His brother's eyes were as serious
as his voice, filled with a determination Sean had never seen in them, and he
realized that Colin had changed more than simply physically. There was a new
edge to him, a . . . ruthlessness. The gung-ho jet-jockey hot-dog Sean had
loved for so many years had found a cause.
No, that wasn't fair;
Colin had always had a cause, but it had been a searching, questing cause. One
that burned to push back boundaries, to go further and faster than anyone yet
had, yet held a formlessness, a willingness to go wherever the wind blew and
open whatever frontier offered. This one was concentrated and intense, almost
desperate, waking a focused determination to use the tremendous strength Sean
had always known lay fallow within him. For all his achievements, his brother
had never truly been challenged. Not like this. Colin had become a driven man,
and Sean wondered if, in the process, he might not have found the purpose for
which he had been born. . . .
"All right,"
he said softly. "Tell me."
"I wish I didn't
have to ask this of you," Colin said, anxiety tightening his voice,
"but I do. Have you collected my effects from Shepard yet?"
Sean was taken briefly
aback by the apparent change of subject, then shook his head. "NASA sent
me a box of your stuff, but I didn't collect anything."
"Then I want you
to," Colin said, withdrawing a pen from his shirt pocket. "There're
some personal files in my office computer in White Tower—I doubt anyone even
bothered to check them, but we can arrange for you to 'find' a note about them
among my papers and Major Simmons will let you through to White for Chris
Yamaguchi to pull them for you."
"Well, sure,"
Sean said. "But why do you need them?"
"I don't. What I
need is to get you inside White Tower with this." He extended the pen.
Sean took it with a baffled air, and Colin smiled unhappily.
"That's not exactly
what it looks like, Sean. You can write with it, but it's actually a relay for
my own sensors. With that in your pocket, I can carry out a full-spectrum scan
of your surroundings. And if you take the L Block elevators, you'll pass right
through Geo Sciences on your way upstairs."
"Oh ho!" Sean
said softly. "In other words, it'll get you in by proxy?"
"Exactly. If Dahak
is right—and he usually is—somebody in Geo Sciences is in cahoots with the
mutineers. We think they're all Terra-born, but whoever it is may have a few
items of Imperial technology in or near his work area."
"How likely is
that?"
"I wish I
knew," Colin admitted. "Still, if I were a mutineer, I'd be mighty
tempted to give my buddies a leg up if they need it. There're a lot of fairly
small gadgets that could help enormously—test gear, micro-tools,
mini-computers, maybe even a com link to check in if they hit a glitch."
"Com link?"
"The Imperium
hasn't used radio in a long, long time. Give your boy a fold-space link, and
you've got totally secure communications, unless somebody physically overhears
a conversation, of course."
"I can see that,
but do you really think they're going to leave stuff like that just lying
around?"
"Why not? Oh,
they'll try to keep anything really bizarre under wraps—I mean, the place is
crawling with scientists—but who's going to suspect? Nobody on the planet knows
any more about what's really going on than I did before Dahak grabbed me,
right?"
"There's
that," Sean agreed slowly. "And this gizmo—" he waved the
"pen" gently "—will let you pick up on anything like that?"
"Right.
Unfortunately—" Colin met his brother's eyes levelly "—it could also
be picked up on. It doesn't use radio either, Sean, and I'll be using active
sensors. If you pass too close to anyone with the right detection rig, you'll
stand out like a Christmas tree in June. And if you do . . ."
"I see," Sean
said softly. He pursed his lips and drew the relay slowly through his fingers,
then smiled that same slow smile and slid it neatly into his shirt pocket.
"In that case, you'd better jot down that 'note' of yours in case Major
Simmons wants to see it, hadn't you?"
* * *
The sentries carried
slung assault rifles, and artfully camouflaged auto-cannon covered Sean's old
Caddy as he braked gently at the security barricade's concrete dragon's teeth.
The last major attack by the Black Mecca splinter faction of the old Islamic
Jihad had been over a year ago, but it had killed over three hundred people and
inflicted a quarter-billion dollars' worth of damage on ConEurope's Werner von
Braun Space Control.
The First World had
grown unhappily accustomed to terrorism, both domestic and foreign. Most of the
world—including the vast majority of Islam—might condemn them, but Dark Age
mentalities could do terrible amounts of damage with modern technology. As
Black Mecca had proven when it used a man-portable SAM to knock down a
fully-loaded ConEuropean Valkyrie just short of the runway . . . onto a pad
twelve minutes from launch with a Perseus heavy-lifter. Terrorism continued to
flow in erratic cycles, but it seemed to be back on the upsurge after a
two-year hiatus, and the aerospace industry had apparently become Black Mecca's
prime target this time around. No one knew exactly why—unless it was the way
aerospace epitomized the collective "Great Satan's" wicked, evil,
liberalizing, humanizing technology—but Shepard Center was taking no chances.
"Good morning,
sir." A guard touched the brim of his cap as he bent beside the window.
"I'm afraid this is a restricted area. Public access is off Fountain
Boulevard."
"I know," Sean
replied, glancing at the man's neat NASA nameplate. "Major Simmons is
expecting me, Sergeant Klein."
"I see. May I have
your name, sir?" The sergeant raised an eyebrow as he uncased his belt
terminal and brought the small screen to life.
"I'm Sean
MacIntyre, Sergeant."
"Thank you."
Klein studied his terminal, comparing the minute image to Sean's face, then
nodded. "Yes, sir, you're on the cleared list." A raised hand
beckoned to one of his fellows. "Corporal Hansen will escort you to White
Tower, Mr. MacIntyre."
"Thank you,
Sergeant." Sean leaned across to open the passenger door for Corporal
Hansen, and the guard climbed in and settled his compact assault rifle
carefully beside him.
"You're welcome,
Mr. MacIntyre," Klein said. "And may I extend my condolences on your
brother's death, sir?"
"Thank you,"
Sean said again, and put the car back into gear as Klein touched his cap once
more.
The remark could have
been a polite nothing, but Klein had sounded entirely sincere, and Sean was
touched by it.
He'd always known his
brother was popular with his fellows, but not until Colin "died" had
he suspected how much the rank and file of the space effort had admired him.
He'd expected a certain amount of instant veneration. It was traditional, after
all—no matter how klutzy a man was, he became a hero when he perished doing
something heroic—but Colin had been one of the varsity.
Colin's selection as the
Prometheus Mission's chief survey pilot had been a measure of his professional
standing; the grief over his reported death, whether it was the loss felt by
his personal friends or by men and women like Sergeant Klein who'd never even
met him, measured another side of him.
If they only knew, Sean
thought, and barely managed to stop himself before he chuckled. Corporal Hansen
would not understand his amusement at all.
* * *
The corporal guided Sean
through three more checkpoints, then down a shortcut through the towering
silver domes of Shepard Center's number two tank farm, where vapor clouds
plumed from pressure relief valves high overhead. The distant thunder of a
shuttle launch rattled the Bushmaster's windows gently as they emerged on the
far side, and White Tower's massive, gleaming needle of mirrored glass loomed
before them. Clouds moved with pristine grace across the deep-blue sky
reflected from its face, and not even the clutter of communications relays atop
the tower could lessen the power of its presence.
Sean parked in the
indicated slot, and he and the corporal climbed out.
"Take the main
entrance and tell the security desk you're here to see Major Simmons, sir.
They'll handle it from there."
"Thanks, Corporal.
Are you going to get back to the gate all right?"
"No sweat, sir.
There's a jitney heading back in about ten minutes."
"Then I'll be
going," Sean said with a nod, and strode briskly through the indicated
entrance and its metal detectors. A trefoil-badged holo sign on the wall warned
of x-ray scanners, as well, and Sean grinned, appreciating Colin's reasons for
recruiting him for this task. Even if no one recognized him, his various
implants would undoubtedly give the security systems fits!
The security desk passed
him through to Major Simmons. Sean and the major had met before, and Simmons
shook his hand, his firm grip a silent expression of sympathy for his
"loss," and handed him a clip-on security badge.
"This'll get you up
to Captain Yamaguchi's office—it's good anywhere in the Green Area—and she's
already pulled Colin's personal data for you. Do you know your way there, or
should I assign a guide?"
"No, thank you,
Major. I've been here a couple of times; I can find my own way, I think. Should
I just hand this—" he touched the pass "—back in at the security desk
as I leave?"
"That would be
fine," Simmons agreed, and Sean headed for the elevators. He walked past
the first bank, and punched for a car in the L Block, humming softly and
wishing his palms weren't a bit damp as he waited. A musical tone chimed and
the floor light lit above the doors. They opened quietly.
"Here we go,
kid," Sean murmured sotto voce. "Hope it works."
* * *
Colin lay back on his
brother's bed, hands clasped behind his head, and his unfocused eyes watched
sun patterns on the wall. He hated involving Sean—and hated it all the more
because he'd known Sean would agree. The odds were tremendously against anyone noticing
the scanner relay . . . but humanity's very presence on this planet resulted
from a far more unlikely chain of events.
It was a strange
sensation to lie here and yet simultaneously accompany Sean. There was a
duality to his senses and his vision, as if he personally rode in his brother's
shirt pocket even as he lay comfortably on the bed.
His implants reached out
through the disguised relay, probing and peering, exploring the webs of
electronics around Sean like insubstantial fingers. He could almost touch the
flow of current as the elevator floor lights lit silently, just as he could
feel the motion of the elevator as it climbed the hollow, empty-tasting shaft.
Security systems, computers, electric pencil sharpeners, telephones, intercoms,
lighting conduits, heating and air- conditioning sensors, ventilation shafts—he
felt them about him and quested through them like a ghost, sniffing and prying.
And then, like a bolt of
lightning, a fiery little core of brighter, fiercer power surged in his
perceptions.
Colin stiffened, closing
his eyes as he concentrated. The impression was faint, but he closed in on it,
tuning out the background. His immaterial fingers reached out, and his brows
creased in surprise. It was a com link, all right—a fold-space com, very
similar to the implant in his own skull—but there was something strange about
it. . . .
He worried at it,
focusing and refining his data, and then he had it. It was a security link, not
a standard hand com. He would never have spotted it if Dahak hadn't improved
his built-in sensors, but that explained why it seemed so similar to his
implant. He insinuated his perceptions into the heart of the tiny device,
confirming his identification. Definitely a security link; there were the
multi-dimensional shift circuits to bounce it around. Now why should the
mutineers bother with a security link? Even in a worst-case scenario that
assumed Dahak was fully operational, that was taking security to paranoid
extremes. Dahak could do many things, but tapping a fold-space com from lunar
orbit wasn't one of them, and no one on Earth would even recognize one.
He considered consulting
with Dahak, but only for a moment. None of the mutineers' equipment could tap
his link with the computer, but that didn't mean they couldn't detect it. The
device he'd found had a piddling little range—no more than fifteen thousand
kilometers—and detecting something like that would be practically impossible
with its shift circuits in operation. But his implant's range was over a
light-hour, and that very power would make it stand out like a beacon on any
Imperial detector screen on the planet.
He muttered pungently,
then shrugged. It didn't really matter why the mutineers had given that
particular com to their minion; what mattered was that he'd found it, and he
concentrated on pinning down its precise location.
Ahhhhhh yesssssss. . . .
There it was. Right down in—
Colin sat up with a
jerk. Cal Tudor's office?! That was insane!
But there was no doubt
about it. The damned thing was not only in his office but hidden inside
his work terminal!
Colin swung his legs
shakenly off the bed. He knew Cal well—or he'd thought he did. They were
friends—such good friends he would have risked contacting Cal if Sean hadn't
been available—and the one word Colin had always associated with him was
"integrity." True, Cal was young for his position, but he lived,
breathed, and dreamed the Prometheus Mission. . . . Could that be the very way they'd gotten to him?
Colin could think of no
other explanation. Yet the more he considered it, the less he understood why
they would have picked Cal at all. He was a member of the proctoscope team, but
a very junior one. Colin put his elbows on his knees and leaned his chin in his
palms as he consulted the biographies Dahak had amassed on the team's members.
As usual, there was a
curious, detached feeling to the data. He was getting used to it, but the
dividing line between knowledge he'd acquired experientially and that which
Dahak had shoveled into a handy empty spot in his brain was surprisingly sharp.
The implant data came from someone else and felt like someone else's. Despite a
growing acceptance, it was a sensation he found uncomfortable, and he was
beginning to suspect he always would.
But the point at issue
was Cal's background, not the workings of his implant. It helped Colin to
visualize the data as if it had been projected upon a screen, and he frowned as
the facts flickered behind his eyelids.
Cal Tudor. Age
thirty-six years. Wife's name Frances; two daughters—Harriet and Anna, fourteen
and twelve. Theoretical physicist, Lawrence Livermore by way of MIT Denver,
then six years at Goddard before he moved to Shepard. . . .
Colin flicked through
more data then stiffened. Dear God! How the hell had Dahak missed it? He knew
how he had, and the nature of his implant was a factor, for he'd
never realized how seldom Cal ever mentioned his family.
Yet the information was
there, and only the "otherness" of the data Dahak had provided had
kept it at arm's length from Colin and prevented him from spotting the
impossible "coincidence." Dahak had checked for connections with the
mutineers as far back as college, but Cal's connection pre-dated more than his
college career; it pre-dated his birth! If Dahak had a human-sized imagination
(or, for that matter, if Colin had personally—and thoroughly—checked the data)
they would have recognized it, for Cal's very failure to mention it to one of
his closest friends would have underscored it in red.
Cal Tudor: son of
Michael Tudor, only living grandson of Andrew and Isis Hidachi Tudor,
and great-grandson of Horace Hidachi, "the Father of Gravitonics."
The brilliant, intuitive genius who over sixty years before had single-handedly
worked out the basic math that underlay the entire field!
Colin pounded his knee
gently with a fist. He and Dahak had even speculated on Horace Hidachi's
possible links with the mutineers, for the stature of his
"breakthrough" had seemed glaringly suspicious. Yet they obviously
hadn't delved deeply enough for reasons that—at the time—had seemed good and
sufficient.
Hidachi had spent twenty
years as a researcher before he evolved "his" theory and he'd never done
anything with his brilliant theoretical work. Nor had anyone else during the
course of his life. At the time he propounded his theory, it had been an
exercise in pure math, a hypothesis that was impossible to test; by the time
the hardware became available, he was dead. Nor had his daughter shown any
particular interest in his work. If Colin remembered correctly (and thanks to
Dahak he did), she'd gone into medicine, not physics.
Which was why Dahak and
Colin had stopped worrying about Hidachi. If he'd been a minion of the
mutineers, he would scarcely have invested that much time building a cover
merely to produce an obscure bit of mathematical arcanum. He would have carried
through with the hardware to prove it. At the very least, the mutineers
themselves would scarcely have allowed his work to lie fallow for so long. As
it was, Dahak had decided that Hidachi must have produced that rarest of
rarities: a genuine, fundamental breakthrough so profound no one had even
recognized what it was. Indeed, the computer had computed a high probability
that the lag between theory and practice simply resulted from how long it took
the mutineers to realize what Hidachi had done and prod a later generation of
scientists down the path it opened.
But this—!
Colin castigated himself
for forgetting the key fact about the mutineers' very existence. Wearisome as
the passing millennia had been for Dahak, they had not been that for
Anu's followers. They could take refuge in stasis, ignoring the time that
passed between contacts with the Terra-born. Why shouldn't they think in
generations? For all Colin and Dahak knew, the last, unproductive fifteen years
of Hidachi's life had been a simple case of a missed connection!
But if, in fact, the
mutineers had once contacted a Hidachi, why not again? Especially if Horace
Hidachi had left some record of his own dealings with Anu and company. It might
even explain how a man like Cal, whose integrity was absolute, could be working
with them. For all Cal might know, the mutineers were on the side of goodness
and light!
And his junior position
on the proctoscope team made him a beautiful choice. He had access to project
progress reports, yet he was unobtrusive . . .
and quite probably primed for contact with the same "visitors"
who had contacted his great-grandfather.
But if so, he didn't
realize who he was truly helping, Colin decided. It was possible he was wrong,
but he couldn't believe he was that wrong. Cal had to think he
was working on the side of the angels, and why shouldn't he? If the mutineers
had, indeed, provided the expertise to develop the proctoscope, then they'd
advanced the frontiers of human knowledge by several centuries in barely sixty
years. How could that seem an "evil" act to someone like Cal?
Which meant there was a
possibility, here. He'd found exactly the connection he sought . . . and
perhaps he could not only convince Cal of the truth but actually enlist him as
an ally!
"You should let me
go."
Sean MacIntyre's
stubborn face was an unhealthy red in his Bushmaster's dash LEDs, and despite
the high-efficiency emission-controls required by law, the agonizing stench of
burning hydrocarbons had forced Colin to step his sensory levels down to little
more than normal.
"No," he said
for the fifth—or sixth—time.
"If you're wrong—if
he is a bad guy and he's got some kind of panic button—he's gonna punch
it the instant he opens the door and sees you."
"Maybe. But the
shock of seeing me alive may keep him from doing anything hasty till we've had
time to talk, too. Besides, if he does send out a signal, I can pick it up and
bug out. Can you?"
"Be better not to
spook him into sending one at all," Sean grumbled.
"Agreed. But he's
not going to. I'm positive he doesn't know what those bastards are really up
to—or what they've already done to the human race."
"I'm glad you
are!"
"I've already
gotten you in deep enough, Sean," Colin said as the Caddy snarled up a
grade. "If I am wrong, I don't want you in the line of fire."
"I appreciate
that," Sean said softly, "but I'm your brother. I happen to love you.
And even if I didn't, this poor world will be in a hell of a mess a couple of
years down the road if you get your ass killed, you jerk!"
"I'm not going
to," Colin said firmly, "so stop arguing. Besides—" Sean turned
off the highway onto a winding mountain road "—we're almost there."
"All right, goddamn
it," Sean sighed, then grinned unwillingly. "You always were almost
as stubborn as me."
* * *
The Caddy ghosted to a
stop on the shoulder of the road. The view out over Colorado Springs was
breathtaking, though neither brother paid it much heed, but the mountain above
them was dark and sparsely populated. The Tudor home was a big, modern
split-level, but it was part of a small, well-spread out "environment
conscious" development, carefully designed to merge with its surroundings
and then dropped into a neat, custom-tailored hole bitten out of the slope. It
was two-thirds underground, and only the front porch light gleamed above him as
Colin climbed out into the breezy night.
"Thanks,
Sean," he said softly, leaning back into the car to squeeze his brother's
shoulder with carefully restrained strength. "Wait here. If that
thing—" he gestured at the small device sitting on the console between the
front seats "—lights up, then shag ass out of here. Got it?"
"Yes," Sean
sighed.
"Good. See you later."
Colin gave another gentle squeeze, wishing his brother's unenhanced eyes could
see the affection on his face, then turned away into the windy blackness. Sean
watched him go, vanishing into the night, before he opened the glove
compartment.
The heavy magnum
automatic gleamed in the starlight as he checked the magazine and shoved the
pistol into his belt, and he drummed on the wheel for a few more moments. He
didn't know how good Colin's new hearing really was, and he wanted to give him
plenty of time to get out of range before he followed.
* * *
Colin climbed straight
up the mountainside, ignoring the heavy weight on his back. He could have left
the suppresser behind, but he might need a little extra evidence to convince
Cal he knew what he was talking about. Besides, he felt uneasy about letting it
out of reach.
He let his enhanced
sight and hearing coast up to maximum sensitivity as he neared the top, and his
eyes lit as they touched the house. His electronic and gravitonic sensors were
in passive mode lest he trip any waiting detectors, but there was a background
haze of additional Imperial power sources in there, confirmation, if any had
been needed, that Cal was his man.
He climbed over the
split-rail fence he'd helped Cal build last spring and eased into the gap
between the house and the sheer south wall of the deep, terrace-like notch
blasted out of the mountain to hold it, circling to approach through the tiny
backyard and wondering how Cal would react when he saw him. He hoped he was
right about his friend. God, how he hoped he was!
He slipped through
Frances Tudor's neat vegetable garden towards the back door like a ghost,
checking for any security devices, Terran or Imperial, as he went. He found
none, but his nerves tightened as he felt the soft prickle of an active
fold-space link. He couldn't separate sources without going active with his own
sensors, but it felt like another security com. No traffic was going out, but
the unit was up, as if waiting to receive . . . or transmit. The last thing he
needed was to find Cal sitting in front of a live mike and have him blurt out
an alarm before his guest had a chance to open his mouth!
He sighed. He'd just
have to hope for the best, but even at the worst, he should be able to vanish
before anyone could respond to any alarm Cal raised.
He eased into the silent
kitchen. It was dark, but that hardly mattered to him. He started toward the
swinging dining room door, then stopped as he touched the bevel-edged glass
hand plate.
There was a strange,
time-frozen quality about the darkened kitchen. A wooden salad bowl on the
counter was half-filled with shredded lettuce, but the other salad ingredients
still lay neatly to one side, as if awaiting the chef's hand, and a chill wind
seemed to gust down his spine. It wasn't like Cal or Frances to leave food
sitting out like that, and he opened his sensors wide, going active despite the
risk of detection.
What the—? A portable
stealth field behind him?! His muscles bunched and he prepared to whirl,
but—
"Right
there," a voice said very softly, and he froze, one hand still on the
dining room door, for the voice was not Cal's and it did not speak in English.
"Hands behind your head, scum," it continued in Imperial Universal.
"No little implant signals, either. Don't even think about doing anything
but what I tell you to, or I'll burn your spine in two."
Colin obeyed, moving very
slowly and cursing himself for a fool. He'd been wrong about Cal—dead wrong—and
his own caution had kept him from looking hard enough to spot somebody with a
stealth field. But who would have expected one? No one but another Imperial
could possibly have picked up their implants, anyway. Which meant . . .
His blood went icy.
Jesus, they'd been expecting him! And that meant they'd picked up the
scanner relay—and that they knew about Sean, too!
"Very nice,"
the voice said. "Now just push the door open with your shoulder and move
on through it. Carefully."
Colin obeyed, and the
ashes of defeat were bitter in his mouth.
* * *
Sean longed for some of
Colin's enhanced strength as he picked his way up the steep, dew-slick
mountainside, but he made it to the fence and climbed over it at last. Then he
stopped with a frown.
Unlike Colin, Sean
MacIntyre had spent his nights under the stars rather than out among them. He'd
joined the Forestry Service out of love, almost unable to believe that anyone
would actually pay him to work in the protected wilderness of parks and
nature reservations. Along the way, he'd refined a natural empathy for the
world about him, one which relied on more than the sheer strength of his
senses, and so it was that he noted what Colin had not.
The Tudor house was
still and black, with no lights, no feel of life, and every nerve in Sean's
body screamed "Trap!"
He took the automatic
off "safe" and worked the slide. From what Colin had said, the
"biotechnic" enhanced mutineers would take a lot of killing, but Sean
had lots of faith in the hollow-nosed .45 super-mags in his clip.
* * *
"Nice of you to be
so prompt," the voice behind Colin gloated. "We didn't expect you for
another half-hour."
The sudden close-range
pulse of the fold-space link behind Colin was almost painful, and he clamped
his teeth in angry, frightened understanding. It had been a short-range pulse,
which meant its recipients were close at hand.
"They'll be along
in a few minutes," the voice said. "Through the door to your
left," it added, and Colin pushed at it with his toe.
It opened, and he gagged
as an indescribably evil smell suddenly assailed him. He retched in anguish
before he could scale his senses back down, and the voice behind him laughed.
"Your host,"
it said cruelly, and flipped on the lights.
Cal drooped forward out
of his chair, flung over his desk by the same energy blast which had sprayed
his entire head over the blotter, but that was only the start of the horror.
Fourteen-year-old Harriet sagged brokenly in an armchair before the desk, her
head twisted around to stare accusingly at Colin with dead, glazed eyes. Her
mother lay to one side, and the blast that had killed her had torn her
literally in half. Twelve-year-old Anna lay half-under her, her child body even
more horribly mutilated by the weapon that had killed them both as Frances
tried uselessly to shield her daughter with her own life.
"He didn't want to
call you in," the voice's gloating, predatory cruelty seemed to come from
far, far away, "but we convinced him."
The universe roared
about Colin MacIntyre, battering him like a hurricane, and the fury of the
storm was his own rage. He started to turn, heedless of the weapon behind him,
but the energy gun was waiting. It clubbed the back of his neck, battering him
to his knees, and his captor laughed.
"Not so fast,"
he jeered. "The Chief wants to ask you a few questions, first." Then
he raised his voice. "Anshar! Get your ass in here."
"I already
have," another voice answered. Colin looked up as a second man stepped in
through the far study door, and his normally mild eyes were emerald fire as he
took in the blond-haired newcomer's midnight blue uniform, the Fleet issue
boots, the heavy energy gun slung from one shoulder.
"About damn
time," the first voice grunted. "All right, you bastard—" the
energy gun prodded "—on your feet. Over there against the wall."
Grief and horror mingled
with the red fangs of bloodlust, but even through that boil of emotion Colin
knew he must obey—for now. Yet even as he promised himself a time would come
for vengeance, an icy little voice whispered he'd made some terrible mistake.
His captor's sneering cruelty, the carnage that had claimed his friend's entire
family . . . None of it made any sense.
"Turn around,"
the voice said, and Colin turned his back to the wall.
The one who'd been doing
all the talking was of no more than medium size but stocky, black-haired, with
an odd olive-brown complexion. His eyes were also odd; almost Asiatic and yet
not quite. Colin recognized the prototype from whence all Terran humans had
sprung, and the thought made him sick.
But the other one,
Anshar, was different. Even in his fury and fear, Colin was puzzled by the
other's fair skin and blue eyes. He was Terra-born; he had to be, for the
humanity of the Imperium had been very nearly completely homogenous. Only one
planet of the Third Imperium had survived its fall, and the seven thousand
years between Man's departure from Birhat to rebuild and Anu's mutiny had not
diluted that homogeneity significantly. Only after Dahak's crew reached
Earth had genetic drift set in among the isolated survivors to produce
disparate races. So what was he doing in Fleet uniform? Colin's sensors
reached out and his eyes widened as he detected a complete set of biotechnic
implants in the man.
"Pity the
degenerate was so stubborn," the first one said, jerking Colin's attention
back to him as he propped a hip against the desk. "But he saw the light
when we broke his little bitch's neck." He prodded Harriet's corpse with
the muzzle of his energy gun, his eyes a goad of cruelty, and Colin made
himself breathe slowly. Wait, he told himself. You may have a chance to kill
him before he kills you if you wait.
"Of course, we told
him we'd let the others live if he called you." He laughed suddenly.
"He may even have believed it!"
"Stop it,
Girru," Anshar said, and his own eyes flinched away from the butchered
bodies.
"You always were
gutless, Anshar," Girru sneered. "Hell, even degenerates like a
little hunting!"
"You didn't have to
do it this way," Anshar muttered.
"Oh? Shall I tell
the Chief you're getting fastidious? Or—" his voice took on a silky edge
"—would you prefer I tell Kirinal?"
"No! I . . . just
don't like it."
"Of course you
don't!" Girru said contemptuously. "You—"
He broke off suddenly,
whirling with the impossible speed of his implants, and a thunderous roar
exploded behind him. The bright, jagged flare of a muzzle flash filled the
darkened hall like lightning, edging the half-opened door in brilliance, and he
jerked as the heavy slug smashed into him. A hoarse, agonized cry burst from
him, but his enhanced body was tough beyond the ken of Terrans. He continued
his turn, slowed by his hurt but still deadly, and the magnum bellowed again.
Even the wonders of the
Fourth Imperium had their limits. The massive bullet punched through his
reinforced spinal column, and he flipped away from the desk, knocking over the
chair in which the dead girl sat.
Colin had hurled himself
forward at the sound of the first shot, for he knew with heart-stopping
certitude who had fired it. But he was on the wrong side of the room, and
Anshar's slung energy gun snapped up, finger on the trigger—only to stop and
jerk back towards the hallway door as a heavy foot kicked it fully open.
"No,
Sean!" Colin bellowed, but his cry was a lifetime too late.
Sean MacIntyre knew
Colin could never reach Anshar before the mutineer cut him down—and he had seen
the slaughter of innocents that filled the study. He swung his magnum in a
two-handed combat stance, matching merely human reflexes and fury against the
inhuman speed of the Fourth Imperium.
He got off one shot. The
heavy bullet took Anshar in the abdomen, wreaking horrible damage, but the
energy gun snarled. It birthed a terrible demon—a focused beam of gravitonic
disruption fit to shatter steel—that swept a fan of destruction across the
door, and Sean MacIntyre's body erupted in a fountain of gore as it sliced
through plaster and wood and flesh.
"NOOOOOOOO!!!"
Colin screamed, and lunged at his brother's murderer.
The devastation the slug
had wrought within Anshar slowed him, but he held down the stud, shattering the
room as he swept it with lethal energy. Instinct prompted Colin even in his
madness, and he wrenched aside, grunting as the suppresser on his back took the
full fury of the blast.
It hurled him to one
side, but Girru and Anshar hadn't realized what the suppresser was, and no
Terran "knapsack" could have absorbed the damage of a full-power
energy bolt.
Anshar released the
trigger stud and paused, expecting his enemy to fall.
But Colin was unhurt,
and long hours spent working out against Dahak's training remotes took command.
He hit on his outspread hands and somersaulted back at Anshar while the
mutineer gawked at him in disbelief. Then his boots slammed into Anshar's
chest, battering the energy gun from his grip.
Both men rolled back
upright, but Anshar was hurt—badly hurt—and Colin forgot Dahak, the Imperium,
even his need for a prisoner. He ignored the dropped energy gun. He wanted
nothing between Anshar and his own bare hands, and Anshar paled and writhed
away as he saw the dark, terrible death in Colin's eyes.
Fury crashed through
Colin MacIntyre—cold, cruel fury—and one hand caught a flailing arm and jerked
his victim close. An alloy-reinforced knee, driven with all the power of his
enhanced muscles, smashed into the wound Sean's bullet had torn, and a savage
smile twisted his lips at Anshar's less than human sound of agony.
He shifted his grip,
wrenching the arm he held high, and reinforced cartilage and bone tore and
splintered with a ghastly ripping sound. Anshar shrieked again, but the sound
was not enough to satisfy Colin. He slammed his enemy to the floor. His knee
crashed down between Anshar's shoulders, and he released the arm he held. Both
hands darted down, cupping the mutineer's chin, and his mighty back tensed,
driven by the biotechnic miracles of the Fourth Imperium and the terrible power
of hate. There was a moment of titanic stress and one last gurgling scream, and
then Anshar's spine snapped with a flat, explosive crack.
Colin held his grip,
feeling the life flow out of his victim in the steady collapse of Anshar's
implants, and the killer in his soul was sick with triumph . . . and angry that
it was over.
He opened his hands at
last, and Anshar's face struck the floor with a meaty smack. Colin rose,
scrubbing his hands on his jeans, and his eyes were empty, as if part of
himself had died with his brother.
He turned away, smelling
wood smoke, plaster dust, and the stench of ruptured bodies. He could not look
at Cal's slaughtered family, but neither, though he would have sold his soul to
do it, could he take his eyes from Sean.
He knelt in the
spreading pool of his brother's blood. The energy gun had mangled Sean
hideously, but the very horror meant death had come quickly, and he tried to
tell himself Sean had not suffered as his ripped and torn flesh said he had.
Their long-dead mother's
eyes looked up at him. There was no life in them, but an echo of Sean's outrage
remained. He'd known, Colin thought sadly, known he was a dead man from the
instant Anshar began to raise his own weapon, yet he'd stood his ground. Just
as he always had. And, just as he always had, he had protected his younger
brother.
Colin closed those eyes
with gentle fingers, and unashamed tears streaked his cheeks. One fell, a
diamond glinting in the light from the study, to his brother's face, and the
sight touched something inside him. It was like a farewell, fraying the grip of
the grief that kept him kneeling there, and he reached to pick up Girru's
energy gun.
"Freeze," a
cold voice said behind him.
Colin froze, but this
time he recognized the voice. It spoke English with a soft, Southern accent,
and his jaw clenched. Not just Cal; everyone he'd thought he knew, believed he
could trust, had betrayed him. Everyone but Sean.
"Drop it." He
let the energy gun thump back to the floor. "Inside."
He stepped back into the
study and turned slowly, his eyes flinty as they rested on the tall,
black-skinned woman in the doorway. She wore the uniform of the United States
Air Force with a lieutenant colonel's oak leaves, but the weapon slung from her
shoulder had never been made on Earth. The over-sized, snub-nosed pistol was a
grav gun, and its drum magazine held two hundred three-millimeter darts. Their
muzzle velocity would be over five thousand meters per second, and they were
formed of a chemical explosive denser than uranium that exploded after
penetrating. From where he stood, he could see the three-headed dragon etched
into the receiver.
The muzzle never wavered
from his navel, but the colonel's eyes swept the room, and her face twisted.
The black forefinger on the trigger tightened and he tensed his belly muscles
uselessly, but she didn't fire. Her brown eyes lingered for a long moment on
Frances and Anna Tudor's mutilated bodies, then came back to him, filled with a
bottomless hate he'd never seen in them.
"You bastard!"
Lieutenant Colonel Sandra Tillotson breathed.
"Me?" he said
bitterly. "What about you, Sandy?"
His voice was like a
blow. Her head jerked, and her eyes widened, their hatred buried in sudden
disbelief as she saw him—him, not just another killer—for the first
time.
"Colin?!"
she gasped, and her reaction puzzled him. Surely the mutineers had known who
they were trapping! But Sandy closed her mouth with an almost audible snap, her
gaze flitting to the two dead bodies in the Fleet uniforms, and he could
actually see the intensity of her thoughts, see a whole chain of realizations
flickering over her face. And then, to his utter shock, she lowered her weapon.
His muscles tightened to
leap across the intervening space and snatch it away. But she shook her head
slowly, and her next words stopped him dead.
"Colin," she
whispered. "My God, Colin, what have you done?"
It was the last reaction
he had expected, and his own eyes narrowed.
"I found them like
this. Those two—" his head gestured at the uniformed bodies, hands
motionless "—were waiting for me. They . . . killed Sean, too."
Sandy jerked around to
stare through the doorway, and her shoulders sagged as she finally recognized
the savagely maimed body. When she turned back to Colin, her eyes were closed
in grief and despair.
"Oh, Jesus,"
she moaned. "Oh, dear, sweet Jesus. Not Sean, too."
"Sandy, what the hell
is going on here?" Colin demanded.
"No, you wouldn't
know," she said softly, her mouth bitter.
"I don't know
anything! I thought I did, but—"
"Cal tripped his
emergency signal," Sandy said tonelessly, and looked at the dead
scientist, as if impressing the hideous sight imperishably upon her mind.
"I was closest, so I came as quick as I could."
"You? Sandy—you're
in with Anu?"
"Of course not!
Those two—Girru and Anshar—were two of his hit men."
"Sandy, what are
you talking about? If you're not—"
Colin broke off again as
his sensors tingled, and Sandy stiffened as she saw his face tighten.
"What is it?"
she asked sharply.
"Those two bastards
called in reinforcements," Colin said tautly. "They're coming. Don't
you feel them?"
"I'm a normal
human, Colin. One of the 'degenerates,' " Sandy said harshly. "But
you aren't, are you? Not anymore."
"A norm—" He
broke off. "Later," he said tersely. "Right now, we've got at
least twenty sets of combat armor closing in on us."
"Shit," Sandy
breathed. Then she shook herself again. "If you've got yourself a
bio-enhancement package, grab one of those energy guns!" She bared her
teeth in an ugly smile. "That'll surprise the bastards!"
Colin snatched up
Anshar's weapon. It had suffered no damage in their struggle and the charge
indicator read ninety percent, and his fingers curled almost lovingly around
the grips as he grasped Sandy's meaning. No normal human could handle one of
the heavy energy weapons. Even Sandy's grav gun would be a problem for most
Terra-born humans. For the Imperium, it was a sidearm; for Sandy, it was a
shoulder-slung, two-handed weapon.
"How are they
coming in and where are they?" Sandy demanded tersely.
"Twenty of them,"
Colin repeated. "Closing in from the perimeter of a circle. About six
klicks out and coming fast."
"Too far,"
Sandy muttered. "We've got to suck them in closer. . . ."
"Why?"
"Because—" She
broke off, shaking her head. "There's no time for explanations, Colin.
Just trust me—and believe I'm on your side."
"My side?
Sandy—"
"Shut up and
listen!" she snapped, and he choked off his questions. "Look,
I had my suspicions when we didn't find any sign of you in that wreck, but it
seemed so incredible that— Never mind. The important thing is you. What kind of
implants did you get?"
Questions hammered in
Colin's brain. How did Sandy, who obviously had no biotechnics, even know what
they were? Much less that there were different implant packages? But she was
right. There was no time.
"Bridge
officer," he said shortly.
"Bridge—?! You mean
the ship's fully operational?!"
"Maybe," he
said cautiously, and she shook her head irritably.
"Either it is or it
isn't, and if you got the full treatment, it is. Which means—" She broke
off again and nodded sharply.
"Don't just stand
there! See if it can get our asses out of here!"
Colin gaped at her. The
hurricane of his grief and fury, followed by the shock of seeing Sandy, had
blinded him to the simplest possibility of all!
He activated his
fold-space link, then grunted in anguish, half-clubbed to his knees by the
squealing torment in his nerves. He shook his head doggedly.
"Can't!" he
gasped. "We're jammed."
"Shit!"
Sandy's face tightened again, but when she spoke again, her voice was curiously
serene. "Colin, I don't know how you found Cal, or exactly what happened
here, but you're the only man on this planet with bridge implants. We've
got to get you out of here."
"But—"
"There's no time,
Colin. Just listen. If we can suck them in close, there's an escape route. When
I tell you to, go down to the basement. There's a switch somewhere—I don't know
where, but you won't need it. Go down to the basement and move the furnace. It
pivots clockwise, but you'll have to break the lock to move it. Go down the
ladder and take the right fork—the left's a booby—trapped cul-de-sac—and move
like hell. You'll come out about a klick from here in the woods above Aspen
Road. Got it?"
"Got it. But—"
he tried again.
"I said there's no
time." She turned for the door, stepping carefully over Sean's body.
"Come with me. We've got to convince them we're going to stand and fight,
or they'll be watching for a breakout."
Colin followed her rebelliously,
every nerve in his body crying out against obeying her blindly. Yet she clearly
knew what she was doing—or thought she did—and that was a thousand percent
better than anything he knew.
Sandy scurried down the
hall and moved a wall painting to reveal a small switch. Colin's sensors
reached out to trace the circuitry, but she threw it before he got far, and his
skin twitched as he felt the sudden awakening of unsuspected defenses. He'd
sensed additional Imperial technology as he approached the house, but he'd
never suspected this!
"This wall's
armored, but it faces away from the mountain, so we couldn't risk shield
circuits in it," Sandy explained tersely, turning into the living room and
kneeling beside a picture window. She rested the muzzle of her heavy grav gun
on the sill. "Too much chance Anu's bunch would notice if one of 'em
happened by. But it's the only open wall in the house."
Colin grunted in
understanding, kneeling beside a window on the far side of the room. If they
were trying to hide, they'd taken an awful chance just covering the roof and
side walls, but not as big a one as he'd first thought. His own sensors were
far more sensitive than any mutineer's, and he realized the shield circuits
were actually very well hidden as he traced the forcefield to its source. He'd
expected Imperial molecular circuits, but the concealed installation in the
basement was of Terran manufacture. It had some highly unusual components, but
it was all printed circuits, which explained both its bulkiness and their
difficulty in hiding it. Still, the very fact that it contained no molycircs
was its best protection.
The shield cut off his
sensors in three directions, but he could still use them through the open wall,
and he grinned savagely as the emission signatures of combat armor glowed
before him. They were far better protected than he, but they were also far more
"visible," and he lifted his energy gun hungrily.
"They're
coming," he whispered, and Sandy nodded, her face grotesque behind the
light-gathering optics she'd clipped over her eyes. They were the latest US
Army issue, hardly up to Imperial standards but highly efficient in their
limited area. He turned back to the window, watching the night.
A suit of combat armor
was a bright glare in his vision, and he raised his energy gun. The attacker
rose higher, topping out over the slope, and he wondered why they were no
longer using their jump gear. The mutineer rose still higher, exposing almost
his full body, and Colin squeezed the stud.
His window exploded,
showering the night with glass. The nearly invisible energy was a terrible lash
of power to his enhanced vision as it smashed out across the lawn, and it took
the mutineer dead center.
The combat armor held
for an instant, but Colin's weapon was on max. There was a shattering geyser of
gore, and a dreadful hunger snarled within him as the mutineer went down
forever and he heard a rippling hisss-crrackkk!
The near-silent grav
gun's darts went supersonic as they left the muzzle, and Sandy's window blew
apart, but its resistance was too slight to detonate them. A corner of his eye
saw gouts of flying dirt as a dozen plunged deep and exploded, and then another
suit of combat armor reared backwards. It toppled over the side of the yard,
thundering on the road below, and Sandy's hungry, vengeful sound echoed his
own.
Their fire had broken
the silence, and the house rocked as Imperial weapons smashed at its side and
rear walls. Colin winced as he felt the sudden power surge in the shield
circuits. The fire went on and on, flaying the night with thunder and
lightning, and the homemade shield generator heated dangerously, but it held.
Then the thunder ceased,
and he looked up as Sandy spoke again.
"They know,
now," she said softly. "They'll be coming at us from the front in a
minute. They can't afford to waste time with all the racket we're making.
They've got to be in and out before—" She broke off and hosed another
stream of darts into the night, and a third armored body blew apart.
"—before someone comes to see what the hell is happening."
"We'll never hold
against a real rush," he warned.
"I know. It's time
to bug out, Colin."
"They'll follow
us," he said. "Even I can't outrun combat suits with jump gear."
He did not add that she stood no chance at all of outrunning them.
"Won't have
to," she said shortly. "There should be friends at the end of the
tunnel when you get there. But for God's sake, don't come out shooting! They
don't know what's going on in here."
"Friends?
What—?" He broke off and ripped off another shot, but this time the
mutineers knew they were under fire. He hit his target squarely, but his victim
dropped before the beam fully overpowered his armor. He was badly hurt—no doubt
of that—but it was unlikely he was dead.
"Don't ask
questions! Just get your ass in gear and go, damn it!"
"Not without
you," he shot back.
"You stupid—!"
Sandy bit off her angry remark and shook her head fiercely. "I can't even
open the damned tunnel, asshole! You can, so stop being so fucking
gallant! Somebody has to cover the rear and somebody else has to open the
tunnel! Now move, Colin!"
He started to argue, but
his sensors were suddenly crowded with the emissions of combat armor gathering
along the roadway below the slope. She was right, and he knew it. He didn't want
to know it, but he did.
"All right!"
he grated. "But you'd better be right behind me, lady, or I'm
coming back after you!"
"No, you
mule-headed, chauvinistic honk—!"
She chopped herself off
as she realized he was already gone. She wanted to call after him and wish him
luck but dared not turn away from her front. She regretted her own angry
response to his words, for she knew why he had said them. He'd had to, pointless
as they both knew it was. He had to believe he would come back—that he could
come back—yet he knew as well as she that if she wasn't right on his heels, she
would never make it out at all.
But what she had
carefully not told him was that she wouldn't be following him. She'd said there
would be friends, but she couldn't be certain, and even if there were, someone
had to occupy the attackers' attention to keep them from noticing movement in
the tunnel when Colin passed beyond the confines of the shield. And she'd meant
what she'd said. If he had a bridge officer's implants, they had to get
him out. She didn't understand everything that was happening, but she knew
that. And that he needed time to make his escape.
Lieutenant Colonel
Sandra Tillotson, United States Air Force, laid a spare magazine beside her and
prepared to buy him that time.
* * *
Colin raced down the
basement stairs, sick at heart. Deep inside, he suspected what Sandy intended,
and she was right, damn it! But the thought of abandoning her was a canker in
his soul. This night of horrors was costing too much. He remembered what he'd
thought when Dahak's cutter deposited him here, and his own words were
wormwood and gall. He hadn't realized the hideous depth of what would be
demanded of him, for somehow he'd believed that only he must lose
things, that he must risk only himself. He hadn't counted on people he knew and
loved being slaughtered like animals . . . nor had he realized how bitter it
could be to live rather than die beside them.
He sensed the stuttering
fire of her grav gun behind him, the fury of energy weapons gouging at the
house, and his eyes burned as he seized the heavy furnace in a mighty grip. He
heaved, wrenching it entirely from its base, and the ladder was there. He
ignored it, leaping lightly down the two-meter drop, and hit the tunnel
running. Even as he passed under the edge of the shield and it sliced off his
sensors, he felt the space-wrenching discharges of her grav gun, knew she was
still there, still firing, not even trying to escape, and tears and self-hate
blinded him as he raced for safety.
The tunnel seemed
endless, yet the end was upon him almost before he realized it, and he lunged
up another ladder. The shaft was sealed, but he was already probing it,
spotting the catch, heaving it up with a mighty shoulder. He burst into the
night air . . . and his senses were suddenly afire with more power sources.
More combat armor! Coming from behind in the prodigious leaps of jump gear and
waiting in the woods ahead, as well!
He tried to unlimber his
energy gun, but a torrent of energy crashed over him, and he cried out as every
implant in his body screamed in protest. He writhed, fighting it, clinging to
the torment of awareness.
It was a capture
field—not a killing blast of energy, but something infinitely worse. A police
device that locked his synthetic muscles with brutal power.
He toppled forward under
the impetus of his last charge, crashing to the ground half-in and half-out of
the tunnel. He fought the encroaching darkness, smashing at it with all the
fury of his enraged will, but it swept over him.
The last thing he saw
was a tornado of light as the trees exploded with energy fire. He carried the
vision down into the dark with him, dimly aware of its importance.
And then, as his senses
faded at last, he realized. It wasn't directed at him—it was raking the ground
behind him and cutting down the mutineers who had pursued him. . . .
Colin swam fearfully up
out of his nightmares, trying to understand what had happened. Something was
wrong with his senses, and he moaned softly, frightened by the deadness, the absence,
where he should have felt the whisper and wash of ambient energy.
He opened his eyes and
blinked, automatically damping the brilliant light glaring down over him. He
made out a ceiling beyond it—an unfamiliar roof of an all-too-familiar,
bronze-colored alloy—and his muscles tightened.
It had been no dream.
Sean was dead. And Cal . . . his family . . . and Sandy. . . .
Memory wrung a harsh,
inarticulate sound of grief from him, and he closed his eyes again. Then he
gathered himself and tried to sit up, but his body refused to obey and his eyes
popped open once more. He tried again, harder, and his muscles strained, but it
was like trying to lift the Earth. Something pressed down upon him, and he
clenched his teeth as he recognized the presser. And a suppression field, as
well, which explained his dead sensory implants.
A small sound touched
his ear, and he wrenched his head around, barely able to move even that much
under the presser.
Three grim-faced people
looked back at him. The one standing in the center was a man, gray-haired, his
seamed face puckered by a smooth, long-healed scar from just under his right
eye down under the neck of his tattered old Clemson University sweatshirt. His
leathery skin was the olive-brown of the Fourth Imperium, and Colin recognized
the signs from Dahak's briefings; this man was old. Very old. He must be well
into his sixth century, but if he was old, he was also massively thewed, and
his olive-black eyes were alert.
A woman sat in a chair
to his left. She, too, was old, but with the shorter span of the Terra-born,
her still-thick hair almost painfully white under the brilliant light. Her
lined, grief-drawn face was lighter than the man's, but there was a hint of the
same slant to her swollen eyes, and Colin swallowed in painful recognition.
He'd never met Isis Tudor, but she looked too much like her murdered grandson
to be anyone else.
The third watcher shared
the old man's complexion, but her cold, set face was unlined. She was tall for
an Imperial, rivaling Colin's own hundred-eighty-eight centimeters, and
slender, almost delicate. And she was beautiful, with an almond-eyed, cat-like
loveliness that was subtly alien and yet perfect. A thick mane of hair rippled
down her spine, so black it was almost blue-green, gathered at the nape of her
neck in a jeweled clasp before it fanned out below, and she wore tailored
slacks and a cashmere sweater. The gemmed dagger at her belt struck an
incongruous note, but not a humorous one. Her slender fingers curled too
hungrily about its hilt, and her dark eyes were filled with hate.
He stared silently back
at them, then turned his face deliberately away.
The silence stretched
out, and then the old man cleared his throat.
"What shall we do
with you, Commander MacIntyre?" he asked in soft, perfect English, and
Colin turned back to him almost against his will. The spokesman smiled a
twisted smile and slipped one arm around the old woman. "We know what you
are—in part—" he continued, "but not in full. And—" his soft
voice turned suddenly harsher "—we know what you've cost us already."
"Spend not thy
words upon him," the young woman said coldly.
"Hush,
Jiltanith," the old man said. "It's not his fault."
"Is't not? Yet
Calvin doth lie dead, and his wife and daughters with him. And 'tis this
man hath encompassed that!"
"No." Isis
Tudor's soft voice was grief-harrowed, but she shook her head slowly. "He
was Cal's friend, 'Tanni. He didn't know what he was doing."
"Which changeth
naught," Jiltanith said bitterly.
"Isis is right,
'Tanni," the old man said sadly. "He couldn't have known they were
looking for Cal. Besides," the old eyes were wise and compassionate
despite their own bitterness, "he lost his own brother, as well . . . and
avenged Cal and the girls."
He walked towards the
table on which Colin lay and locked a challenging gaze with him, and Colin knew
it was there between them. He'd warned Sean the relay might be detected, and it
had. His mistake had killed Cal and Frances, Harriet and Anna, Sean and Sandy.
He knew it, and the same knowledge filled the old man's eyes, yet his captor
clasped his hands behind him and stopped a meter away, eloquently
unthreatening.
"What use
vengeance?" Jiltanith demanded, her lovely, hating face cold. "Will't
breathe life back into them? Nay! Slay him and ha' done, I say!"
"No, 'Tanni,"
the man said more firmly. "We need him, and he needs us."
"I say thee nay,
Father!" Jiltanith spat furiously. "I'll ha' none of him! Nay, nor
any part in't!"
"It's not for you
to say, 'Tanni." The man sounded stern. "It's up to the Council—and I
am head of the Council."
"Father,"
Jiltanith's voice was all the more deadly for its softness, "if thou
makest this man thine ally, thou art a fool. E'en now hath he cost thee dear.
Take heed, lest the price grow higher still."
"We have no
choice," her father said. His sad, wise eyes held Colin's.
"Commander, if you will give me your parole, I'll switch off the
presser."
"No," Colin
said coldly.
"Commander, we're
not what you think. Or perhaps we are, in a way, but you need us, and we need
you. I'm not asking you to surrender, only to listen. That's all we ask.
Afterwards, if you wish, we will release you."
Colin heard Jiltanith's
bitter, in-drawn hiss, but his eyes bored into the old man's. Something
unspeakably old and weary looked back at him—old yet vital with purpose.
Despite himself, he was tempted to believe him.
"And just who the
hell are you?" he grated at last.
"Me,
Commander?" The old man smiled wryly. "Missile Specialist First
Horus, late of Imperial Battle Fleet. Very late, I fear. And also—" his
smile vanished, and his eyes were incredibly sad once more "—Horace
Hidachi."
Colin's eyelids
twitched, and the old man nodded.
"Yes, Commander.
Cal was my great-grandson. And because of that, I think you owe me at least the
courtesy of listening, don't you?"
Colin stared at him for
a long, silent second and then, jerky against the pressure of the presser, he
nodded.
* * *
Colin shrugged to settle
more comfortably the borrowed uniform which had replaced his blood-stained
clothing and studied his surroundings as Horus and Isis Tudor led him down the
passageway. A portable suppression field still cut off his sensors, and he was
a bit surprised by how incomplete that made him feel. He'd become accustomed to
his new senses, accepting the electromagnetic and gravitonic spectrums as an
extension of sight and sense and smell. Now they were gone, taken away by the
small hand unit a stiff-spined Jiltanith trained upon him as she followed him
down the corridor.
They met a few others,
though traffic was sparse. Those they passed wore casual Terran clothing, and
most were obviously Terra-born. The almond eyes and olive skins of Imperials
were scattered thinly among them, and he wondered how so many Terra-born could
be admitted to the secret without its leaking.
But even without his
implants, he could see—and feel—the oldness about him.
Dahak was even older than
his current surroundings, but the huge starship didn't feel old.
Ancient, yes, but not old. Not worn with the passing of years. For fifty
millennia, there had been no feet upon Dahak's decks, no living presence
to mark its passing in casual scrapes and bumps and scars.
But feet had left their
mark here. The central portion of the tough synthetic decksole had been worn
away, and even the bare alloy beneath showed wear. It would take more than feet
to grind away Imperial battle steel, but it was polished smooth, burnished to a
high gloss. And the bulkheads were the same, showing signs of repairs to
lighting fixtures and ventilation ducts in the slightly irregular surface of
patches placed by merely human hands rather than the flawlessly precise
maintenance units that tended Dahak.
It made no sense. Dahak
had said the mutineers spent most of their time in stasis, yet despite the
sparse traffic, he suspected there were hundreds of people moving about him.
And this feeling of age, this timeworn weariness that could impregnate even battle
steel, was wrong. Anu had taken a complete tech base to Earth; he should have
plenty of service mechs for the proper upkeep of his vessels.
Which fitted together
with everything else. The murder of Cal's family. Sandy's cryptic remarks.
There was a pattern here, one he could not quite grasp yet whose parts were all
internally consistent. But—
His thoughts broke off
as Horus and Isis slowed suddenly before a closed hatch. A three-headed dragon
had once adorned those doors, but it had been planed away, leaving the alloy
smooth and unblemished, and he filed that away with the fact that he and he
alone wore Fleet uniform.
The hatch opened, and he
stepped through it at Horus's gesture.
The control room was a
far more cramped version of Dahak's command deck, but there had been
changes. A bank of old, flat-screen Terran television monitors covered one
bulkhead, and peculiar, bastardized hybrids of Imperial theory and Terran
components had been added to the panels. There were standard Terran computer
touchpads at consoles already fitted for direct neural feeds, but most
incongruous of all, perhaps, were the archaic Terran-style headsets racked by
each console. His eyebrows rose as he saw them, and Horus smiled.
"We need the
keyboards . . . and the phones, Commander," he said wryly. "Most of
our people have to enter commands manually and pass orders by voice."
Colin regarded the old
man thoughtfully, then nodded noncommittally and turned his attention to the
thirty-odd people sitting at the various consoles or standing beside them. The
few Imperials among them were a decided minority, and most of those, unlike
Jiltanith, seemed almost as ancient as Horus.
"Commander,"
Horus said formally, "permit me to introduce the Command Council of the
sublight battleship Nergal, late—like some of her crew, at least—of
Battle Fleet."
Colin frowned. The Nergal
had been one of Anu's ships, but it was becoming painfully clear that whatever
these people were, they weren't friends of Anu. Not any longer, at any
rate. His mind raced as he tried to weigh the fragments of information he had,
searching for an advantage he could wring from them.
"I see," was
all he said, and Horus actually chuckled.
"I imagine you play
a mean game of poker, Commander," he said dryly, and waved Colin to one of
the only two empty couches. It was the assistant gunnery officer's, Colin
noted, but the panel before it was inactive.
"I try," he
said, cocking his head to invite Horus to continue.
"I see you don't
intend to make this easy. Well, I don't suppose I blame you." Jiltanith
made a soft, contemptuous sound of disagreement, and Horus frowned at her. She
subsided, but Colin had the distinct impression she would have preferred
pointing something considerably more lethal than a portable suppresser at him.
"All right,"
Horus said more briskly, turning to seat Isis courteously in the unoccupied
captain's chair, "that's fair. Let's start at the beginning.
"First, Commander,
we won't ask you to divulge any information unless you choose to do so.
Nonetheless, certain things are rather self-evident.
"First, Dahak
is, in fact, operational. Second, there is a reason the ship has failed either
to squelch the mutiny or to go elsewhere seeking assistance. Third, the ship has
taken a hand at last, hence your presence here with the first bridge officer
implant package this planet has seen in fifty thousand years. Fourth, and most
obviously of all, if you'll forgive me, the information upon which you have
formulated your plans has proven inaccurate. Or perhaps it would be better to
say incomplete."
He paused, but Colin
allowed his face to show no more than polite interest. Horus sighed again.
"Commander, your
caution is admirable but misplaced. While we have continued to suppress your
implants, particularly your com link, that act is in your interest as well as
our own. You can have no more desire than we to provide Anu's missiles with a
targeting beacon! We realize, however, that it is we who must convince you
our motives are benign, and the only way I can see to do that is to tell you
who we are and why we want so desperately to help rather than hinder you."
"Indeed?"
Colin permitted himself a question at last and let his eyes slip sideways to
Jiltanith. Horus made a wry face.
"Is any decision
ever totally unanimous, Commander? We may be mutineers or something else
entirely, but we are also a community in which even those who disagree with the
majority abide by the decisions of our Council. Is that not true, 'Tanni?"
he asked the angry-eyed young woman gently.
"Aye, 'tis true
enow," she said shortly, biting off each word as if it cost her physical
pain, and her very reluctance was almost reassuring. A lie would have come more
easily.
"All right,"
Colin said finally. "I won't make any promises, but go ahead and explain
your position to me."
"Thank you,"
Horus said. He propped a hip against the console before which Isis Tudor sat
and crossed his arms.
"First, Commander,
a confession. I supported the mutiny with all my heart, and I fought hard to
make it a success. Most of the Imperials in this control room would admit the
same. But—" his eyes met Colin's unflinchingly "—we were used,
Commander MacIntyre."
Colin returned his gaze
silently, and Horus shrugged.
"I know. It was our
own fault, and we've been forced to accept that. We attempted to desert 'in the
face of the enemy,' as your own code of military justice would phrase it, and
we recognize our guilt. Indeed, that's the reason none of us wear the uniform
to which we were once entitled. Yet there's another side to us, Commander, for once
we recognized how horribly wrong we'd been, we also attempted to make amends.
And not all of us were mutineers."
He paused and looked
back at Jiltanith, whose face was harder and colder than ever. It was a
fortress, her hatred a portcullis grinding down, and her bitter eyes ignored
Horus to look straight into Colin's face.
"Jiltanith was no
mutineer, Commander," Horus said softly.
"No?" Colin
surprised himself by how gently his question came out. Jiltanith's obvious
youth beside the other, aged Imperials had already set her apart. Somehow,
without knowing exactly why, he'd felt her otherness.
"No," Horus
said in the same soft voice. " 'Tanni was six Terran years old, Commander.
Why should a child be held accountable for our acts?"
Colin nodded slowly,
committing himself to nothing, yet that, at least, he understood. To be
sentenced to eternal exile or death for a crime you had never committed would
be enough to wake hatred in anyone.
"But Dahak's
business is with all of us, I suppose," Horus continued quietly, "and
my fellows and I accept that. We've grown old, Commander. Our lives are largely
spent. It is only for 'Tanni and the other innocents we would plead. And,
perhaps, for some of our comrades to the south."
"That's very
eloquent, Horus," Colin said, tone carefully neutral, "but—"
"But we must work
our passage, is that it?" Horus interrupted, and Colin nodded slowly.
"Why, so we think, as well.
"When Anu organized
his mutiny, Commander, Commander (BioSciences) Inanna picked the most suitable
psych profiles for recruitment. Even the Imperium had its malleable elements,
and she and Anu chose well. Some were merely frightened of death; others were
dissatisfied and saw a chance for promotion and power; still others were simply
bored and saw a chance for adventure. But what very few of them knew was that
Anu's inner circle had motives quite different from their own.
"Anu's professed
goal was to seize the ship and flee the Achuultani, but the plain truth of the
matter was that he, like many of the crew, no longer believed in the
Achuultani." Colin sat a bit straighter, eager to hear another
perspective—even one which might prove self-serving—on the mutiny, but he let
his face show doubt.
"Oh, the records
were there," Horus agreed, "but the Imperium was old,
Commander. We were regimented, disciplined, prepared for battle at the drop of
a hat—or that, at least, was the idea. Yet we'd waited too long for the enemy.
We were no longer attack dogs straining at the leash. We'd become creatures of
habit, and many of us believed deep in our souls that we were regimented and
controlled and trained for a purpose that no longer existed.
"Even those of us
who'd seen proof of the Achuultani's existence—dead planets, gutted star
systems, the wreckage of ancient battle fleets—had never seen the Achuultani,
and our people were not so very different from your own. Anything beyond your
own life experience wasn't quite 'real' to us. After seven thousand years in
which there were no new incursions, after five thousand years of preparation
for an attack that never came, after three thousand years of sending out probes
that found no sign of the enemy, it was hard to believe there still was
an enemy. We'd mounted guard too long, and perhaps we simply grew bored."
Horus shrugged. "But the fact remains that only a minority of us truly believed
in the Achuultani, and many of those were terrified.
"So Anu's chosen
pretext was shrewd. It appealed to the frightened, gave an excuse to the
disaffected, and offered the bored the challenge of a new world to conquer, one
beyond the stultifying reach of the Imperium. Yet it was only a pretext,
for Anu himself sought escape from neither the Achuultani nor from boredom. He
wanted Dahak for himself, and he had no intention of marooning the
loyalists upon Earth."
Colin knew he was
leaning forward and suspected his face was giving away entirely too much, yet
there was nothing he could do about it. This was a subtly different story from
the one Dahak had given him, but it made sense.
And perhaps the
difference wasn't so strange. The data in Dahak's memory was all the reality
there was for the old starship—before it found itself operating completely on
its own, at least. He'd noticed that the computer never used a personal pronoun
to denote itself or its actions or responses prior to or immediately following
the mutiny, and he thought he knew why. "Comp Cent" had been intended
purely as a data and systems management tool to be used only under direct human
supervision; Dahak's present, fully-developed self-awareness was a product of
fifty-one millennia of continuous, unsupervised operation. And if that
awareness had evolved after the mutiny, why should the computer question
its basic data? To the records, unlike the merely human personnel who had
crewed the vast ship, the Achuultani's existence was axiomatic and
incontestable, and so it had become for Dahak. Why should he doubt that
it was equally so for humanity? Particularly if that had been Anu's
"official" reason? Of course it made sense . . . and Dahak himself
was aware of his own lack of imagination, of empathy for the human condition.
"I believe,"
Horus's heavy voice recaptured Colin's attention, "that Anu is mad. I
believe he was mad even then, but I may be wrong. Yet he truly believed that,
backed by Dahak's power, he could overthrow the Imperium itself.
"I can't believe he
could have succeeded, however disaffected portions of the population might have
become, but what mattered was that he believed he had some sort of
divine mission to conquer the Imperium, and the seizure of the ship was but the
first step in that endeavor.
"Yet he had to move
carefully, so he lied to us. He intended all along to massacre anyone who
refused to join him, but because he knew many of his adherents would balk at
that he pretended differently. He even yielded to our insistence that the
hypercom spares be loaded aboard the transports we believed would carry the
marooned loyalists to Earth so that, in time, they might build a hypercom and
call for help. And he promised us a surgical operation, Commander. His
carefully prepared teams would seize the critical control nodes, cut Comp Cent
from the net, and present Senior Fleet Captain Druaga with a fait accompli.
"And we believed
him," Horus almost whispered. "May the Maker forgive us, we believed
him, though if we'd bothered to think even for a moment, we would have known
better. With so little of the core crew—no more than seven thousand at
best—with us, his 'surgical operation' was an impossibility. When he stockpiled
combat armor and weapons and had his people in Logistics sabotage as much other
armor as they possibly could, we should have realized. But we didn't. Not until
the fighting broke out and the blood began to flow. Not until it was far too
late to change sides."
Horus fell silent, and
Colin stared at him, willing him to continue yet aware the other must pause and
gather himself. Intellectually, he knew it could all be a self-serving lie;
instinctively, he knew it was the truth, at least as Horus believed it.
"The final moments
aboard Dahak were a nightmare, Commander," the old man said
finally. "Red Two, Internal, had been set. Lifeboats were ejecting. We
were falling back to Bay Ninety-One, running for our lives, afraid we wouldn't
make it, sickened by the bloodshed. But once we'd left Dahak astern, we
were faced with what we'd done. More than that, we knew—or some of us did, at
least—what Anu truly was. And so this ship, Nergal, deserted Anu."
Horus smiled wryly as
Colin blinked in surprise.
"Yes, Commander, we
were double mutineers. We ran for it—just this one ship, with barely two
hundred souls aboard—and somehow, in the confusion, we escaped Anu's scanners
and hid from him.
"Our plan, such as
it was, was simplicity itself. We knew Anu had prepared a contingency plan that
was supposed to give him control of the ship no matter what happened, though we
had no idea what it was. We speculated that it concerned the ship's power,
since he was Chief Engineer, but all that really mattered was that he would
eventually win his prize and depart. Remember that we still half-believed his
promise to leave any loyalists marooned behind him, Commander. And because we
did, we planned to emerge from hiding after he left and do what we could for
the survivors in an effort to atone for our crime and—I will admit it
frankly—as the only thing we could think of that might win us some clemency
when the Imperium found us at last.
"But, of course, it
didn't work out that way," he said quietly, "for Anu's plan failed.
Somehow, Dahak remained at least partially operational, destroying every
parasite sent towards it. And it never went away, either. It hung above him,
like your own Sword of Damocles, inviolate, taunting him.
"If he hadn't been
mad before, Commander, he went mad then. He sent most of his followers into stasis—to
wait out Dahak's final 'inevitable' collapse—while only his immediate
henchmen, who knew what he'd truly planned all along, remained awake. And once
he had total control, he showed his true colors.
"Tell me, Commander
MacIntyre, have you ever wondered what happened to all Dahak's other
bridge officers? Or how beings such as ourselves—such as you now are—with
lifespans measured in centuries and strength and endurance far beyond that of
Terra-born humans, could decivilize so utterly? It took your kind barely five
hundred years to move from matchlocks and pikes to the atom bomb. From crude
sailing ships to outer space. Doesn't it seem strange that almost a quarter
million Imperial survivors should lose all technology?"
"I've . . .
wondered," Colin admitted. He had, and not even Dahak had been able to
tell him. All the computer knew was that when he became functional once more,
the surviving loyalists had reverted to a subsistence-level hunter-gatherer
technology and showed no particular desire to advance further.
"The answer is
simple, Commander. Anu hunted them down. He tracked the surviving bridge
officers by their implant signatures and butchered them to finish off any
surviving chain of command. And for revenge, of course. And whenever a cluster
of survivors tried to rebuild their technology, he wiped them out. He quartered
this planet, Commander MacIntyre, seeking out the lifeboats with operational
power plants and blowing them apart, making certain he alone monopolized
technology, that no possible threat to him remained. The survivors soon learned
primitivism was the only way they could survive."
"But your
tech base survived," Colin said coldly, and Horus winced.
"True," he
said heavily, "but look about you, Commander. How much tech base do we
truly have? A single carefully-hidden battleship. We lack the infrastructure to
build anything more, and if we'd attempted to build that infrastructure, Anu would
have found us as he found the loyalists who made the same attempt. We might
have given a good account of ourselves, but with only one ship against seven of
the same class, plus escorts, we would have achieved nothing beyond an heroic
death."
He held out one hand,
palm upward in an eloquent gesture of helplessness, and Colin felt an unwilling
sympathy for the man, much as he had for Dahak when he first heard the
starship's story. Unlike Dahak, these people had built their own
purgatory brick by brick, but that made it no less a purgatory.
"So what did you
do?" he asked finally.
"We hid,
Commander," Horus admitted. "Our own plans had gone hopelessly wrong,
for Anu couldn't leave. So we activated Nergal's stealth systems and
hid, biding our time, and we, too, went into stasis."
Of course they'd hidden,
Colin thought, and that explained why Dahak had never suspected there might be
more than a single faction of mutineers. Anu must have been mad with the need
to find and destroy them, for they and they alone had posed a threat to him.
And if they'd hidden so well he couldn't find them with Imperial
instrumentation, then how could Dahak, who didn't even know to look for them,
find them with the same instrumentation?
"We hid,"
Horus continued, "but we set our own monitors to watch for any activity on
Anu's part. We dared not challenge his enclave's defenses with our single ship.
I am—was—a missile specialist, Commander, and I know. Not even Dahak
could crack his main shield without a saturation bombardment. We didn't have
the firepower, and his automatics would have blown us out of existence before
his stasis generators could even spin down to wake him."
"And so you just
sat here," Colin said flatly, but his tone said he knew better. There were
too many Terra-born in this compartment.
"No,
Commander," Horus said, and his voice accepted the knowledge behind
Colin's statement. "We've tried to fight him, over the millennia, but
there was little we could do. It was obvious the threat of an evolving
indigenous technology would be enough to spark Anu's intervention, and so our
computers were set to wake us when local civilizations appeared. We interacted
with the early civilizations of your Fertile Crescent—" he grinned wryly
as Colin suddenly connected his own name with the Egyptian pantheon "—in
an effort to temper their advance, but Anu was watching, as well. Several of
our people were killed when he suddenly reappeared, and it was he who shaped
the Sumerian and Babylonian cultures. It was he who led the Hsia Dynasty in the
destruction of the neolithic cultural centers of China, and we who lent the
Shang Dynasty clandestine aid to rebuild, and that was only one of the battles
we fought.
"Yet we had to work
secretly, hiding from him, effecting tiny changes, hoping for the best. Worse,
there were but two hundred of us, and Anu had thousands. We couldn't rotate our
personnel as he could—at least, that was what we thought he was doing—and we
grew old far, far more quickly than he. But worst of all, Commander, was the
attitude Anu's followers developed. They call your people 'degenerates,' did
you know that?"
Colin nodded,
remembering Girru's words in a chamber of horror that had once been a friend's
study.
"They're
wrong," Horus said harshly. "They're the degenerates. Anu's
madness has infected them all. His people are twisted, poisoned by their power.
Perhaps they've played the roles of gods too long, for they've come to believe
they are gods, and Earth's people are toys to be manipulated and
enjoyed. It was horrible enough for the first four thousand years of
interaction, but it's grown worse since. Where once they feared the rise of a
technology that might threaten them, now they crave one that will let them
escape the prison of this planet . . . and they couldn't care less how much
suffering they inflict along the way. Indeed, they see that suffering as a
spectacle, a gladiatorial slaughter to entertain them and while away the years.
"Let's be honest
with one another, Commander MacIntyre. Humans, whether Imperials or born of
your planet, are humans. There are good and bad among all of us, as our very
presence here proves, and Earth's people would have inflicted sufficient
suffering on themselves without Anu, but he and his have made it far, far
worse. They've toppled civilizations by provoking and encouraging barbarian
invasions—from the Hittites to the Hsia, the Achaeans, the Huns, the Vikings,
and the Mongols—but even worse, in some ways, is what they've done since
abandoning that policy. They helped fuel the Hundred Years' War, and the Thirty
Years' War, and Europe's ruthless imperialism, both for enjoyment and to create
power blocs that could pave the way for the scientific and industrial
revolutions. And when progress wasn't rapid enough to suit them, they provoked
the First World War, and the Second, and the Cold War.
"We've done what we
could to mitigate their excesses, but our best efforts have been paltry. They
haven't dared come into the open for fear that Dahak might remain
sufficiently operational to strike at them—and, perhaps, because the sheer
number of people on this planet frightens them—but they could always act more
openly than we.
"Yet we've never
given up, Commander MacIntyre!" The old man's voice was suddenly harsh,
glittering with a strange fire, and Colin swallowed. That suddenly fiery tone
was almost fanatical, and he shook free of Horus's story, making himself step
back and wondering if perhaps his captors hadn't gone more than a bit mad
themselves.
"No. We've never
given up," Horus said more softly. "And if you'll let us, we'll prove
that to you."
"How?" Colin's
flat voice refused to offer any hope. Try though he might, it was hard to doubt
Horus's sincerity. Yet it was his duty to doubt it. It was his
responsibility—his, and his alone—to doubt everyone, question everything.
Because if he made a mistake—another mistake, he thought bitterly—then
all of Dahak's lonely wait would be in vain and the Achuultani would take them
all.
"We'll help you
against Anu," Horus said, his voice equally flat, his eyes level.
"And afterward, we will surrender ourselves to the Imperium."
"Nay!" Jiltanith still
pointed the suppresser at Colin, but her free hand rose like a claw, and her
dark, vital face was fierce. "Now I say thee nay! Hast given too freely
for this world, Father! Thou and all thy fellows!"
"Hush,
'Tanni," Horus said softly. He clasped the shoulders of the young
woman—his daughter, which, Colin suddenly realized, made her Isis Tudor's older
sister—and shook her very gently. "It's our decision. It's not even a
matter for the Council, and you know it."
Jiltanith's tight face
was furious with objection, and Horus sighed and gathered her close, staring
into Colin's face over her shoulder.
"We ask only one
thing in return, Commander," he said softly.
"What?" Colin
asked quietly.
"Immunity—pardon,
if you will—for those like 'Tanni." The girl stiffened in his arms, trying
to thrust him away, but he held her easily with one arm. The other hand rose,
covering her lips to still her furious protests.
"They were children,
Commander, with no part in our crime, and many of them have died trying to undo
it. Can even the Imperium punish them for that?"
The proud old face was
pleading, the dark, ancient eyes almost desperate, and Colin recognized the
justice of the plea.
"If—and I say if—you
can convince me of your sincerity and ability to help," he said slowly,
"I'll do my best. I can't promise any more than that."
"I know,"
Horus said. "But you will try?"
"I will,"
Colin replied levelly.
The old man regarded him
a moment longer, then took the suppresser gently from Jiltanith. She fought him
a moment, surrendering the device with manifest reluctance, and Horus hugged
her gently. His eyes were understanding and sad, but a small smile played around
his lips as he looked down at it.
"In that
case," he said, "we'll just have to convince you. Please meet us
half-way by not transmitting to Dahak, at least until we've finished
talking."
And he switched off the
suppresser.
For just an instant
Colin sat absolutely motionless. The other Imperials on the command bridge were
suddenly bright presences, glowing with their own implants, and he felt his
computer feeds come on line. Nergal's computers were far brighter than
those of the cutter that had returned him to Earth, and they recognized a
bridge officer when they met one. After fifty millennia, they had someone to
report to properly, and the surge of their data cores tingled in his brain like
alien fire, feeding him information and begging for orders.
Colin's eyes met Horus's
as he recognized the risk the old man had just taken, for no new security codes
had been buried in Nergal's electronic brain. From the instant Colin's
feeds tapped into those computers, they were his. He, not Horus,
controlled the ancient battleship, external weapons and internal security
systems alike.
But trust was a
two-edged sword.
"I suppose that, as
head of your council, you're also captain of this ship?" he said calmly,
and the old man nodded.
"Then sit down,
Captain, and tell me how we're going to beat Anu."
Horus nodded once more,
sharply, and sat beside Isis. Colin never glanced away from his new ally's
face, but he didn't have to; he could feel the gathered council's
tension draining away about him.
Colin leaned back and
propped his heels on his desk. The quarters the mutineers (if that was still
the proper word) had assigned him were another attempt to prove their
sincerity, for this was the captain's cabin, fitted with neural relays to the
old battleship's computers. He could not keep them from retaking Nergal,
but, like the millennia-dead Druaga, he could insure that they would recapture
only a hulk.
Which, Colin thought,
was shrewd of Horus, whether he was truly sincere or not.
He sighed and pinched
the bridge of his nose, wishing desperately that he could contact Dahak, yet he
dared not. He knew where he was now—buried five kilometers under the Canadian
Rockies near Churchill Peak—but the recent clash had roused Anu's vengeful
search for Nergal to renewed heights, and if the southerners should
detect Colin's com link, their missiles would arrive before even Dahak
could do anything to stop them.
The same applied to any
effort to reach Dahak physically. He was lucky he hadn't been spotted on
the way in, despite his cutter's stealth systems; now that the marooned
Imperials' long, hidden conflict had heated back up, there was no way anything
of Imperial manufacture could head out of the planetary atmosphere
without being spotted and killed.
It was maddening. He'd
acquired a support team just as determined to destroy Anu as he was, yet it was
pathetically weak compared to its enemies and there was no way to inform Dahak
it even existed! Worse, Anshar's energy gun had reduced the suppresser to
wreckage, and Nergal's repair facilities were barely sufficient to run
diagnostics on what remained, much less fix it.
Colin was deeply
impressed by what the northerners had achieved over the centuries, but very
little of what he'd found in Nergal's memory had been good, aside from
the confirmation that Horus had told him the truth about what had happened
after he and his fellows boarded Nergal.
The old battleship's
memory was long overdue for purging, for Nergal's builders had designed
her core programming to insure that accurate combat reports came back to her
mothership. No one could alter that data in any way until Nergal's
master computer dumped a complete copy into Dahak's data base.
For fifty thousand
years, the faithful, moronic genius had carefully logged everything as it
happened, and while molecular memories could store an awesome amount of data,
there was so much in Nergal's that just finding it was frustratingly
slow. Yet that crowded memory gave him a record that was accurate, unalterable,
and readily—if not quickly—available.
There was, of course,
far too much data for any human mind to assimilate, but he could skim the high
points, and it had been hard to maintain his nonexpression as he did. If
anything, Horus had understated the war he and his fellows had fought. Direct
clashes were infrequent, but there had been only two hundred and three adult
northerners at the start, and age, as well as casualties, had winnowed their
ranks. Fewer than seventy of them remained.
He and Horus had
lingered, conferring with one another and the computers through their feeds
while the rest of the Council went on about their duties. Only Horus's
daughters had stayed.
Isis had interjected
only an occasional word as she tried to follow their half-spoken, half-silent
conversation, but Jiltanith had been a silent, sullen presence in their link.
She'd neither offered nor asked anything, but her cold, bitter loathing for all
he was had appalled Colin.
He'd never realized
emotions could color the link, perhaps because his only previous use of it had
been with Dahak, without the side-band elements involved when human met human
through an electronic intermediary. Or perhaps it was simply that her bitter
emotions were so strong. He'd wondered why Horus didn't ask her to withdraw,
but then, he had many questions about Jiltanith and her place in the small,
strange community he'd never suspected might exist.
It was fortunate Horus
had been able to meet him in the computers. Some vocalization was necessary to
set data in context, but the old mutineer had led him unerringly through the
data banks, and his memory went back, replaying that first afternoon as if it
were today. . . .
* * *
"All right,"
Colin sighed finally, rubbing his temples wearily. "I don't know about you
folks, but I need a break before my brain fries."
Horus nodded
understandingly; Jiltanith only sniffed, and Colin suppressed an urge to snap
at her.
"I've got to say,
this Anu is an even nastier bastard than I expected," he went on, his
voice hardening with the change of subject. "I'd wondered how he could
ride herd on all his faithful followers, but I never expected this."
"I know,"
Horus looked down at the backs of his powerful, age-spotted hands. "But it
makes sense, in a gruesome sort of way. After all, unlike us, he does have an
intact medical capability."
"But to use it like
that," Colin said, and his shudder was not at all affected, for
"gruesome" was a terribly pale word for what Anu had done. Dahak
hadn't suggested such things were possible, but Colin supposed he should have
known they were.
Anu's problem had been
two-fold. First, how did he and his inner circle—no more than eight hundred
strong—control five thousand Imperials who would, for the most part, be as
horrified as Horus to learn the truth about their leader? And, secondly, how
could even fully-enhanced Imperials oversee the manipulation of an entire
planet without withering away from old age before they could create the
technology they needed to escape it?
The medical science of
the Imperium had provided a psychopathically elegant solution to both problems
at once. The "unreliable" elements were simply never reawakened, and
while stasis also allowed the mutineer leaders to sleep away centuries at need,
Anu and his senior lieutenants had been awake a long time. By now, Horus
calculated, Anu was on his tenth replacement body.
Imperial science had
mastered the techniques of cloning to provide surgical transplants before the
advent of reliable regeneration, but that had been so long ago cloning was
almost a lost art. Only the most comprehensive medical centers retained the
capability for certain carefully-delimited, individually-licensed experimental
programs, and the use even of clones for this purpose was punishable by
death for all concerned. Yet heinous as that would have been in the eyes of the
Imperium's intricate, iron-bound code of bioscience morality, what Anu had
actually done was worse. When old age overtook him, he simply selected a
candidate from among the mutineers in stasis and had its brain removed for his
own to displace. As long as his supply of bodies held out, he was effectively
immortal.
The same was true of his
lieutenants, but while only Imperial bodies were good enough for Anu and Inanna
and their most trusted henchmen, others—like Anshar—were forced to make do with
Terra-born bodies. There was a greater danger of tissue rejection in that, but
there were compensations. The range of choices was vast, and Inanna's medical
technology, though limited compared to Dahak's, was quite capable of
basic enhancement of Terra-born bodies.
* * *
Colin returned to the
present with a shudder. Even now, thinking about it sent a physical shiver down
his spine. It horrified him almost as much as the approaching Achuultani
horrified Horus. Desperation had blazed in the old Imperial's eyes when he
learned the enemy he'd never quite believed in was actually coming, but Colin
had been given months to adjust to that. This was different. The victims'
tragedy was one he could grasp, not a galactic one, and that made it something
he could relate to . . . and hate.
And perhaps, as Horus
had suggested, it also helped to explain why Anu continued to operate so
clandestinely. His followers had gone trustingly into stasis and were unable to
resist his depredations, but there were simply too many Terrans to be readily
controlled, and Colin doubted Earth's humanity would react calmly to the
knowledge that high-tech vampires were harvesting them.
Yet Anu's ghastly
perversions only emphasized the huge difference between his capabilities and
those of his northern opponents. Nergal was a warship. Thirty percent of
her impressive tonnage was committed to propulsion and power, ten percent to
command and control systems, another ten percent to defensive systems, and forty
percent to armor, offensive weaponry, and magazine space. That left only ten
percent to accommodate her three-hundred-man crew and its life support, which
meant even living space was cramped.
That mattered little
under normal circumstances, for she was designed for short-term
deployments—certainly no more than a few months at a time. She didn't even have
a proper stasis installation; her people had been forced to cobble one up, and
their success was a far-from-minor miracle. But because her intended deployments
were so short, Nergal's sickbay was limited. Anu and his butchers could
select Terra-born bodies and convert them to their own use; the northerners
couldn't even offer implants to their own Terra-born descendants.
Yet they'd had no choice
but to have those descendants, for without them they would have failed long ago
from sheer lack of numbers.
It had been a bitter
decision, though Horus had tried to hide his pain from Colin. Horus had lived
over five centuries and Isis less than one, yet his daughter was old and frail
while he remained strong. Colin could have consulted the record to learn how
many other children Horus had loved as he all too obviously loved Isis yet seen
wither and die, but he hadn't. That unimaginable sorrow was Horus's alone, and
he would not intrude upon it.
Yet it was possible the
situation was even worse for the ones like Jiltanith, whose bodies were neither
Imperial nor Terran. Jiltanith had received the neural boosters, computer and
sensory implants, and regeneration treatments, but her muscles and bones and
organs had been too immature for enhancement before the mutiny. Which might go
a long way towards explaining her bitter resentment. He, a Terra-born human who
had grown to adulthood in blissful ignorance of the battle being waged upon his
planet, had received the full treatment. She hadn't. And unless the people she
loved surrendered to the Imperium's justice, she never could have it.
Colin knew there was
more to her hate than that, though he had yet to discover its full range, but
understanding that much helped him cope with her bitterness.
Unfortunately, there was
little he could do about it, nor did he know how the legal situation would be
resolved—assuming, of course, that they won. Somehow, he'd never considered the
possibility of children among the mutineers, and Dahak had never mentioned them
to him.
That was a bad sign, and
not one he was prepared to share with his allies. To Dahak, anyone who had
accompanied Anu in his flight to Earth was a mutineer. That fundamental
assumption infused everything the computer had ever said, and no distinction
had ever been drawn between child and adult, but Colin had meant what he
promised. If the northerners helped him against Anu, he would do what he could
for their children. And, though he hadn't promised it, for them . . . if he
ever got the chance to try.
He leaned further back
and crossed his ankles. If there were only more time! Time for Anu's present
furious search to die down, for him to return to Dahak, to act on the
information he'd received and plan anew. That was what Horus had hoped for, but
the Achuultani were coming. Whatever they meant to do, they must do it soon,
and the sober truth was that the odds were hopeless.
The northerners undoubtedly
had the edge in sheer numbers, at least over the southerners Anu would trust
out of stasis, but only sixty-seven of their people were full Imperials, and
all of them were old. Another eighteen were like Jiltanith, capable of getting
full performance out of Imperial equipment, but utterly outclassed in any
one-to-one confrontation. The three thousand-odd Terra-born members of Nergal's
"crew" would be at a hopeless disadvantage with their pathetic
touchpads and telephones if they had to fight people who could link their minds
directly into their weapons. They couldn't even manage combat armor, for they
lacked the implants to activate the internal circuitry.
And, of course, they had
the resources of exactly one battleship. One battleship against seven—not to
mention the heavy cruisers, the fixed ground weapons, and Anu's powerful
shield. From a practical viewpoint, he might as well have been alone if it came
to confronting the southerners openly.
But there were a few
good points. For one, the northerners' intelligence system had been in
operation for millennia, and an extended network of Terra-born contacts like
Sandy supported their guerrilla-like campaign. They'd even managed to establish
clandestine contact with two of Anu's "loyal" henchmen. It would be
foolhardy to trust those communications too much, and they were handled with
extraordinary care to avoid any traps, but they explained how the northerners
knew so much about events in the southern enclave.
He opened his eyes and
stood. His thoughts were racing in ever narrowing circles, and he felt as if
they were about to implode. He needed to spend some more time talking to Horus
in hopes some inspiration might break itself loose.
God knew they needed
one.
* * *
He looked for Horus, but
the chief northerner wasn't aboard. Colin was acutely uneasy whenever Horus—or any
of the Imperials—left the protection of Nergal's stealth systems, but
the northerners seemed to take it in stride. Of course, they'd had quite a
while longer to accustom themselves to such risks.
And it was inevitable
that they run them, for they couldn't possibly gather their full numbers aboard
the battleship. Many of the Terra-born had gone to ground when Cal's family was
killed, but others went on about their everyday lives with a courage that
humbled Colin, and that meant the Imperials had to leave Nergal
occasionally, for only they could operate the battleship's stealthed
auxiliaries. It was dangerous to use them, even flying nape-of-the-earth
courses fit to terrify a hardened rotor-jockey, but they had too few security
coms to tie their network together without them. Colin wished Horus would leave
such risks to others, but he'd come to understand the old man too well to
suggest it.
For all that, he bit his
tongue against a groan of resignation when he entered the command bridge and
found not Horus but his daughters.
Jiltanith stood as he
entered, bristling with the instant hostility his presence always evoked, but
Isis managed a smile of greeting. Colin glanced covertly at Jiltanith's lovely
face and considered the virtues of a discreet retreat, yet that would be unwise
in the long run. So he seated himself deliberately in the captain's chair and
met her hot eyes levelly.
"Good afternoon, ladies.
I was looking for your father."
"Shalt not find him
here," Jiltanith said pointedly. He ignored the hint, and she glared at
him. If she'd truly been the cat she resembled, she would be lashing her tail
and flexing her claws, he thought.
" 'Tanni," Isis
said quietly, but Jiltanith gave an angry little headshake and stalked out.
Isis watched her go and sighed.
"That girl!"
she said resignedly, then smiled wryly at Colin. "I'm afraid she's taking
it badly, Commander."
"Please," he
smiled himself, a bit sadly, "after all that's happened, I wish you'd call
me Colin."
"Of course.
Colin."
"I . . . haven't
had a chance to tell you how sorry I am." She raised a hand, but he shook
his head. "No. It's kind of you, and I don't want to hurt you by talking
about it, but I need to say it." Her hand fell to her lap, folding about
its fellow, and she lowered her eyes to her thin fingers.
"Cal was my
friend," he said softly, "and I rushed in, flashing around Imperial
technology like some new toy, and got his entire family killed. I know I
couldn't have known what I was doing, but that doesn't change the facts. He's
dead, and I'm responsible."
"If you want to put
it that way," Isis said gently, "but he and Frances knew the risks.
If that sounds callous it isn't meant to, but it's true. I raised him after his
parents died, and I loved him, just as I loved my granddaughter-in-law and my
great-granddaughters, but we always knew it could happen. Just as Andy knew
when he married me." She looked up with a misty smile, her lined face
creased with memories, and Colin swallowed.
"There's something
I don't quite understand," he said after a moment. "How could your
father produce the work he produced as Horace Hidachi and still take the risk
of having children? And why did he do it at all?"
"Have a child or
produce the work?" Isis asked with a chuckle, and Colin felt some of their
shared sorrow fall from his shoulders.
"Both," he
said.
"It was a
risk," she concluded, "but the fact that 'Hidachi' was Oriental
helped cover his appearance—we've always found that useful, though the
emergence of the Asian Alliance has complicated things lately—and he chose his
time and place carefully. Clemson University is a fine school, one of the top
four tech schools in the country, but that's a fairly recent development. It
wasn't exactly on the frontiers of physics at the time, and he published in the
most obscure journal he could find. And there were some deliberate errors in
his work, you know. All that, plus the fact that he never went further than pure
theory, was intended to convince any of Anu's people who noticed it that he was
a Terran who didn't even realize the significance of his own work.
"As for having
me," she smiled more naturally, "that was an accident. Mom was his
eighth wife—'Tanni's mother died during the mutiny—and, frankly, she thought
she was too old to conceive and got a bit careless. When they found out she was
pregnant, it scared them, but they never considered an abortion, for which I
can only be grateful." She grinned, and her eyes sparkled for the first
time Colin could remember.
"But it was a
problem. As a rule, none of our Imperials interact openly with the Terran
community, and on the rare occasions when they do, they appear and disappear
without a trace. They almost always act solo, as well, which meant he and Mom
had already stepped totally out of character. That very fact was a form of
protection for them, and they decided to add me to it and hope for the best.
And it helped that Mom was Terra-born, blonde, and a little, bitty thing. She
and I both looked very little like Imperials."
Colin nodded. No one in
his right mind would offer his family up for massacre; hence the presence of a
family was a strong indication that "Horace Hidachi" was not an
Imperial at all. It made a dangerous sort of sense, but he shivered at the
thought, and wished he might have had the chance to meet the quite
extraordinary "little, bitty" woman who had been Isis's mother.
"Still," Isis
went on sadly, "we knew they'd keep an eye on 'Hidachi's' family. That's
why I went into medicine and Michael was a stockbroker. We both stayed as far
away from physics as we could, but Cal was too much like his great-granddad. He
was determined to play an active part."
"I still don't
understand why, though. Why risk so much to plant a theory the
mutin—" Colin broke off and flushed, and Isis gave a soft, musical laugh.
"Sorry," he
said after a moment. "I meant, why risk so much to plant a theory that
Anu's bunch already knew?"
"Why, Colin!"
Isis rolled her eyes almost roguishly. "Here you sit, precisely because
that theory was made available to the space program. If the southerners hadn't
followed up, we would've had to push it ourselves, sooner or later, because we
needed for your survey instruments to be developed. Of course, Dad and Mom were
pretty confident 'Anu's bunch,' as you put it, would pursue it once they
noticed it—the 'Hidachi Theory of Gravitonics' is the foundation of the
Imperial sublight and Enchanach Drives, after all—but we couldn't be certain.
One reason we wanted them to believe a 'degenerate' had set the stage for it
was to be sure they produced the hardware rather than opposing its
development, because the entire point was to do exactly what we did: provoke a
reaction from Dahak, one way or the other."
"Provoke Dahak?"
Colin pinched his nose. "Wasn't that a bit, um, risky?"
"Of course it was,
but our Imperials are getting old, Colin. When they go, the rest of us will
carry on as best we can, but our position will be even more hopeless. The
Council had no idea Dahak was fully functional, but we were already
placing a lot of our people in the space program, like Sandy and Cal. Besides,
if the human race generally knew what was up there, functional or not, Anu's
position would be far more tenuous."
"Why?"
"We never
contemplated what Dahak actually did, Colin, but something had to
happen. Anu might try to take over any exploration of the ship, but we were
prepared to fight him—clandestinely, but rather effectively—unless he came into
the open. And if he had come out into the open, don't you think he'd've
needed more than just his inner circle to control the resulting chaos?"
"Oh! You figured if
he risked waking the others and they discovered all he'd been up to, he might
get hit from behind by a revolt."
"Exactly. Oh, it
was a terrible chance to take, but as I say, we were getting desperate. At the
very least, it might be a way to add a new factor to the equation. Then too,
we've always had a lot of people in the space program. It was
possible—even probable—that if the ship was partially functional one of our own
Terra-born might have gotten inside. Frankly—" she met his gaze levelly
"—we'd hoped Vlad Chernikov would fly your mission."
"Vlad? Don't
tell me he's one of yours!"
"Not if you'd
rather I didn't," she said, and he laughed helplessly. It was his first
laughter since Sean's death, and he was amazed by how much it helped.
"Well, I will be
damned," he said at last, then cocked an eyebrow. "But isn't it also
a bit risky to plant so many people in the very area where Anu is pushing
hardest?"
"Colin, everything
we've ever done has been a risk. Of course we took chances—terrible
ones, sometimes—but Anu's own control is pretty indirect. Both sides know a
great deal about what the other is up to—we more than him, we hope—but he can't
afford to go around killing everyone he simply suspects."
She paused, and her
voice was grimmer when she continued.
"Still, he's killed
a lot on suspicion. 'Accidents' are his favorite method, but remember that
shuttle Black Mecca shot down?" Colin nodded, and she shrugged. "That
was Anu. It amuses him to use 'degenerate' terrorists to do his dirty work, and
their fanaticism makes them easy to influence. Major Lemoine was aboard that
shuttle, and he was one of ours. We don't know how Anu got on to him, but
that's why so much terrorism's focused on aerospace lately. In fact, Black
Mecca's claimed credit for what happened to Cal and the girls."
"Lord." Colin
shook his head and leaned forward, bracing his elbows on the console and propping
his chin on his palms. "All this time, and no one ever suspected. It's
hard to believe."
"There've been a
few times we thought it was all over," Isis said. "Once we even
thought they'd actually found Nergal. In fact, that's why Jiltanith was
ever brought out of stasis at all."
"Hm? Oh! Getting
the kids out just in case?"
"Precisely. That
was about six hundred years ago, and it was the worst scare we ever had. The
Council had recruited quite a few Terra-born even then—and you'd better believe
they had trouble adjusting to the whole idea!—and some of them took the
children and scattered out across the planet. Which also explains 'Tanni's
English; she learned it during the Wars of the Roses."
"I see." Colin
drew a deep breath and held it for just a moment. Somehow the thought of that
beautiful girl having grown up in fifteenth-century England was more sobering
than anything else that had happened so far.
"Isis," he
said finally, "how old is Jiltanith? Out of stasis, I mean."
"A bit older than
me." His face betrayed his shock, and she smiled gently. "We
Terra-born have learned to live with it, Colin. Actually, I don't know who it's
harder on, us or our Imperials. But 'Tanni went back into stasis when she was
twenty and came back out while Dad was still being Hidachi."
"She doesn't like
me much, does she?" Colin said glumly.
"She's a very
unhappy girl," Isis said, then laughed softly. "Girl! She's older
than I am, but I still think of her that way. And she is only a girl as
far as the Imperials are concerned. She's the 'youngest' of them all, and
that's always been hard on her. She fought Dad when he sent her back into
stasis because she wants to do something, Colin. She feels cheated, and
I can't really blame her. It's not her fault she's stuck here, and there's a
conflict in her own mind. She loves Dad, but his actions during the mutiny are
what did all this to her, and remember her mother was actually killed during
the fighting." She shook her head sadly.
"Poor 'Tanni's
never had a normal life. Those fourteen years she spent in England were the
closest she ever came, and even then her foster parents had to keep her under
virtual house arrest, given that her appearance wasn't exactly European. I
think that's why she refuses to speak modern English.
"But you're right
about how she feels about you. I'm afraid she blames you for what happened to
Cal's family . . . and especially the girls. She was very close to Harriet,
especially." Isis's mouth drooped, but she blinked back the threatened
tears and continued.
"She knows,
intellectually, that you couldn't have known what would happen. She even knows
you killed the people who killed them, and none of us exactly believe in
turning the other cheek. But the fact that you were ultimately responsible ties
in with the fact that you've not only effectively supplanted Dad after he's
fought for so long, but that you're an active threat to him, as well. Even if
we succeed, Dad faces charges because whatever he's done since, he was a
mutineer. And, frankly, she resents you."
"Because I've moved
in on your operation?" he asked gently. "Or for another reason, as
well?"
"Of course there's
another reason, and I see you know what it is. But can you blame her? Can't you
see it from her side? You're the commanding officer of Dahak, a starship
that's like a dream to all of us Terra-born, a combination of heaven and hell.
But it's a dream whose decks 'Tanni actually walked . . . and lost for
something she never did. She's spent her entire adult life fighting to
undo the wrong others did, and now you, simply by virtue of being the first
Terra-born human to enter the ship, have become not just a crew member, but its
commander. Why should you have that and not her? Why should you have a
complete set of implants—a bridge officer's, no less—while she has only bits
and pieces?"
Isis fell silent,
studying his face as if looking for something, then nodded slightly.
"But worst of all,
Colin, she's a fighter. She wouldn't stand a chance hand to hand against an
Imperial, and she knows it, but she's a fighter. She's spent her life in the
shadows, fighting other shadows, always indirectly, protected by Dad and the
others because she's weaker than they are, unable to fight her enemies face to
face. Surely you understand how much that hurts?"
"I do," Colin
said softly. "I do," he said more firmly, "and I'll bear it in
mind, but we all have to fight Anu, Isis. I can't have her fighting me."
"I don't think she
will." Isis paused again, frowning. "I don't think she will,
but she's not feeling exactly . . . reasonable, just now."
"I know. But if she
does fight me, it could ruin everything. Too much depends not only on
smashing Anu but finding a way to stop the Achuultani. If she can't work with
me, I certainly can't let her work against me."
"What . . . what
will you do?" Isis asked softly.
"I won't hurt her,
if that's what you're afraid of. She's given too much—all of you have—for that.
But if she threatens what we're trying to do now, I won't have any choice but
to put her back into stasis."
"No! Please!"
Isis gripped his arm tightly. "That . . . that would be almost worse than
killing her, Colin!"
"I know," he
said gently. "I know what it would do to me, and I don't want to. Before
God, I don't want to. But if she fights me, I won't have a choice. Try to make
her understand that, Isis. She may take it better from you than from me."
The old woman looked at
him with tear-bright eyes and her lips trembled, but she nodded slowly and
patted his arm.
"I understand,
Colin," she said very softly. "I'll talk to her. And I understand. I
wish I didn't, but I do."
"Thank you,
Isis," he said quietly. He met her eyes a moment longer, then squeezed the
hand on his arm very gently and rose. An obscure impulse touched him, and he
bent to kiss her parchment cheek.
"Thank you,"
he said again, and left the command deck.
"Colin?"
Colin looked up in
sudden relief as Horus stuck his head in through his cabin door. The old man
had been more than two hours overdue the last time Colin checked with Nergal's
operations room.
"About time you got
back," he said, and Horus nodded and gripped his hand, but his smile was
odd, half-way between apology and a sort of triumph.
"Sorry," Horus
said. "I got tied up talking to one of our people. He's got a suggestion
so interesting I brought him back with me."
The old Imperial
gestured to the tall man behind him, and Colin glanced at the newcomer, taking
in the hard-trained body and salt-and-pepper temples. The stranger's nose was
almost as prominent as Colin's, but on him it looked good. He also wore the
uniform of the United States Marine Corps and a full colonel's eagles, but the
flash on his right shoulder bore the crossed daggers and parachute of the
Unified Special Forces Command.
Colin's right eyebrow
rose as he waved his guests to chairs. The USFC was the elite of the elite, its
members recruited from all branches of the service and trained for
"selective warfare"—the old "low-intensity conflict" of the
last century—and counter-terrorism. Labels meant little to Colin. Insurgent,
terrorist, guerrilla, or patriot. As far as he was concerned, anyone who chose
violence against the helpless as his means of protest deserved the same label:
barbarian, and the USFC was the United States' answer to the barbarians.
Like their ConEuropean,
Australian-Japanese, and Russian counterparts, the men and women of the USFC
were as adept at infiltration, information-gathering, and covert warfare as
they were with the conventional weapons of the soldier's trade. Unlike the rest
of the US military, they were an integral part of the intelligence community,
as much policemen and spies (and some, Colin knew, would add
"assassins") as soldiers. Not that it kept them from being elite
troops. USFC personnel were chosen only after proving themselves—thoroughly—in
their regular arms of service.
"Colin, this is
Hector MacMahan. In addition to his duties for the USFC, he's also the head of
our Terra-born intelligence network."
"Colonel,"
Colin said courteously, extending his hand again and reading the four rows of
ribbons under the parachutist and pilot's wings—both rotary wing and fixed. And
the crossed dagger and assault rifle of the USFC's close combat medal.
Impressive, he thought. Very impressive.
"Commander,"
MacMahan said. Then he grinned—slightly; his was not a face that lent itself to
effusive expressions. "Or should I say 'Fleet Captain'?"
"Commander will do
just fine, Colonel. That, or Colin." His guests sat, and Colin moved to
the small bar in the corner as he looked back and forth between them. "You
do seem to recruit only the best, Horus," he murmured.
"Thank you,"
Horus said with a smile. "In more ways than one. Hector is my
great-great-great-great-great-grandson."
"I prefer,"
the colonel said without a trace of a smile, "to think of myself as simply
your greatest grandson."
Colin chuckled and shook
his head.
"I'm still getting
used to all this, Colonel, but I was referring to your military credentials,
not your familial ones." He finished mixing drinks and moved out from
behind the bar. "I'm impressed. And if your suggestion was interesting
enough for Horus to bring you back with him, I'm eager to hear it."
"Of course. You
see—thank you." MacMahan took the drink Colin extended, sipped politely
once, then proceeded to ignore it. Colin sat back down in his swivel chair and
gestured for him to continue.
"You see," the
colonel began again, "I've been giving our situation a lot of thought. In
my own humble way, I'm as much a specialist as any of you rocket jockeys, and
I've nourished a few rather worrisome suspicions of late."
"Suspicions?"
Colin asked, his eyes suddenly intent.
"Yes, Com—Colin.
I'm in a unique position to study the terrorist mentality, and I've also had
the advantage of Granddad's input and Nergal's surveillance reports.
That's one reason I'm a colonel. My superiors don't know about my other
sources, and they think I'm a mighty savvy analyst."
Colin nodded. The
northerners' intelligence network—especially the old battleship's carefully
stealthed sensor arrays—would be tremendously helpful in MacMahan's line of
work, but the ribbons on his chest told Colin the colonel's superiors were
right about his native abilities, as well.
"The point is,
Colin, that Anu's people have been digging deeper and deeper into the terrorist
organizations. By now, they effectively control Black Mecca, the January
Twelfth Group, the Army of Allah, the Red Eyebrows, and a dozen other major and
minor outfits. That's ominous enough, if not too surprising—they've always been
right at home with butchers like that—but what bothers me are certain common
ideological (if I may be permitted the term) threads that have crept into the
policies of the groups they control.
"You see," he
furrowed his forehead, "these are some pretty unlikely soulmates. Black
Mecca and the Army of Allah hate each other even more than they hate the rest
of the world. Black Mecca wants to de-stabilize both the Islamic and
non-Islamic worlds to such an extent their radical fundamentalists can
establish a world-wide theocratic state, while the Army of Allah attacks
non-Islamic targets primarily as a means of forcing an unbridgeable split
between Islamics and non-Islamics. They don't want the rest of us;
they're a bunch of isolationists who want to shut everyone else out while they
attend to their concept of religious purity. Then there's the Red
Eyebrows. They grew out of the old punker/skinhead groups of the late
nineties, and they're just plain anarchists. They—"
MacMahan stopped himself
and waved a hand.
"I get carried away
sometimes, and the etiology of terrorism can wait. My point is that all these
different outfits share a growing, common interest in what I can only
call nihilism, and I don't think there's much doubt it stems from Anu's input.
His goals are becoming, whether they know it or not, their goals, and what's
scary about that is what it says about his own mind set."
The colonel seemed to
remember his drink and took another sip, then stared down into it for several
seconds, swirling the ice cubes.
"My outfit's always
had to try to think like the enemy, and I have to admit it can be almost
enjoyable. I hate the bastards, but it's almost like a game—like chess or
bridge, in a way—except that I haven't been enjoying it much of late. Because
there's a question that's been bothering me for the last few years, and
especially since Horus told me about you and Dahak: just how will Anu
react if he decides we can beat him? For that matter, how would he react to
simply knowing that Dahak is fully operational?
"And the reason that
bothers me is that I think Horus is right about him. I think the nihilism of
his terrorist toadies reflects his own nihilism and that if he ever decides his
position is hopeless—which it is, whatever happens to us, if Dahak's out
there—he might enjoy taking the whole planet with him."
Colin kept his body
relaxed and nodded slowly, but a cold wind seemed to have invaded the cabin.
"It makes sense,
Colin," Horus said quietly. "Hector's right about his nihilism.
Whatever he was once like, Anu likes destruction now. It's almost as if
it relieves his frustration, and it's probably part of his whole addiction to
power, as well. But whatever causes it, it's real enough. He and his people
certainly proved that a hundred years ago."
Colin nodded again, understanding
completely. He'd occasionally wondered why Hitler had proved so resistant to
assassination—until he gained access to Nergal's data base. No wonder
the bomb plot had failed; a man with full enhancement would hardly even have
noticed it. And if anyone had ever shown a maniacal glee in taking others down
with them, it had been the Nazi elite.
"So." He
twirled his chair slowly. "It seems another minor complication has been
added." His smile held no humor. "But from the fact that you're here,
Colonel, I imagine you've been doing more than just worrying?"
"I have." The
colonel drew a deep breath and met Colin's eyes levelly. "A man in my
profession doesn't have much use for do-or-die missions, but I've spent the
last year building a worst-case scenario—a doomsday one, if you will—and trying
to find a way to beat it, and I may have come up with one. It's scary as hell,
and I've always seen it more as a last-ditch contingency than anything I'd want
to try. In fact, I wouldn't even mention it except for what you've told us
about the Achuultani. The smart thing would be to wait till things settle down
a bit, get you back up to Dahak, and then hit the bastards from two
directions at once—or at least get another suppresser down here. But we don't
have time to play it smart, do we?"
"No, we
don't," Colin said, his tone calm but flat. "So may I assume you're
about to tell me about this 'way to beat it' you've come up with?"
"Yes. Instead of
waiting for things to cool down, we heat them up."
"Hm?" Colin
leaned slowly back, his chair squeaking softly, and tugged at his nose.
"And why should we do that, Colonel?"
"Because maybe—just
maybe—we can take them out ourselves, without calling on Dahak at
all," the colonel said.
* * *
No one, Colin reflected
as he watched the Council file into the command deck, could accuse Hector
MacMahan of thinking small. Merely to consider attacking such a powerful enemy
took a lot of audacity, but it seemed the colonel had chutzpah by the
truckload. And who knew? It might just work.
The council settled into
their places in tense silence, and he tucked his hands behind him and squared
his shoulders, feeling their eyes and wondering just how deep his rapport with
them truly went. They'd had barely a month to get to know one another, and he knew
some of them both resented and feared him. He couldn't blame them for that; he
still had reservations about them, though he no longer doubted their
sincerity. Not even Jiltanith's.
Thoughts of the young
woman drew his eyes, and he hid a smile as he realized he, too, had come to
think of her as "young" despite the fact that she was more than twice
his age. Much more, if he counted the time she'd spent in stasis. But his smile
died stillborn as he saw her expression. She'd finally managed to push the active
hatred out of her face, but it remained a shuttered window, neither offering
nor accepting a thing.
In many ways, he would
have preferred to exclude her from this meeting and from all
decision-making, but it hadn't worked out that way. She was young, but she was
also Nergal's chief intelligence officer, which officially made her
MacMahan's Imperial counterpart and, indirectly, his boss.
Colin wouldn't have
considered someone with her fiery, driven disposition an ideal spy master, but
when he hinted as much to one or two council members, their reactions had
surprised him. Their absolute faith in her judgment was almost scary,
especially since he knew how much she detested him. Yet when he'd checked the
log, her performance certainly seemed to justify their high regard. The
Colorado Springs attack was the first time in forty years that the southern
Imperials (as distinct from their Terra-born proxies) had surprised the
northerners, and he knew whose fault that had been. Given the way the Council
felt about her, he dared not try removing her from her position. Besides, his
own stubborn integrity wouldn't let him fire someone who did her job so well
simply because she happened to hate him.
But she worried him. No
matter what anyone else said or thought about her, she worried him.
He sighed, wishing she
would open up just once. Just once, so he could know what she was
thinking and whether or not he could trust her. Then he pushed the thought
aside and smiled tightly at the rest of the Council.
"I'm sure you all know
Colonel MacMahan far better than I do." He gestured at the colonel and
watched the exchange of nods and smiles, then put his hand back behind him.
"The reason he's here just now, though, may surprise you. You see, he
proposes that we attack Anu directly—without Dahak."
One or two members of
his audience gasped, and Jiltanith seemed to gather herself like a cat. She
never actually moved a muscle, but her eyes widened slightly and he thought he
saw a glow in their dark depths.
"But that's
crazy!" It was Sarah Meir, Nergal's Terra-born astrogator. Then she
blushed and glanced at MacMahan. "Or, at least, it sounds that
way."
"I agree, but
that's one of the beauties of it. It's so crazy they'll never expect it."
That got a small chorus of chuckles, and Colin permitted himself a wider grin.
"And crazy or not, we don't really have much choice. We've been sitting on
dead center ever since my . . . arrival—" that provoked a louder ripple of
laughter "—and we can't afford that. You all know why."
Their levity vanished,
and one or two actually glanced upward, as if to see the stars beyond which the
Achuultani swept inexorably closer. He nodded.
"Exactly. But the
thing that surprised me most is that it might just work." He turned to
MacMahan. "Hector?"
"Thank you,
Colin." MacMahan stood in the center of the command deck, his erect figure
and Marine uniform as out of place and yet inevitable as Colin's own Fleet
blue, and met their intent eyes levelly, a man who was clearly accustomed to
such scrutiny.
"In essence,"
he said, "the problem is time. Time we need and haven't got. But we do
have one major advantage: Anu doesn't know we're on a short count. It's
obvious he thought Colin was one of us when he hit the Tudors—" Colin saw
Jiltanith twitch at that, but she had herself well under control . . . for her
"—so it seems extremely unlikely he realizes a genuinely new element has
been added. He'll evaluate whatever we do against a background that, so far as
he knows, is unchanged."
He paused, and several
heads nodded in agreement.
"Now, we all know
we hurt them badly at Colorado Springs." There was a soft growl of
agreement, and he rationed himself to one of his minute smiles. "We've
confirmed seventeen hard kills, and two more probables—more damage than we've
done in centuries. They must be wondering what happened and, hopefully, feeling
a bit on the defensive. Certainly that ties in with the efforts they've been
making to find us ever since.
"At present, they
no doubt see the entire skirmish as exactly what it was: a defensive action on
our part, but what I propose is that we convince them it was an offensive
act. I propose that we attack them—hit them everywhere we can—hard enough to
convince them we've opened a general offensive. It'll be risky, but no more so
than some of the things we've done in the past."
"Wait a minute,
Hector." The colonel paused as Geb, one of the older Imperials and Nergal's
senior engineer, raised a hand. "There's nothing I'd like better than a
shot at them, but how will it help?"
"A fair
question," MacMahan acknowledged, "and I'll try to answer it, Geb. It
may sound a bit complicated, but the underlying concept is simple.
"First, some of
their people are actually more vulnerable than we are. They've always been more
involved in world affairs than we have, and we've been able to identify more of
them than they have of us. We know where several of their Imperials are, and
we've got positive IDs on quite a few of their Terra-born. More than that,
we've identified the terrorist groups they're currently working through and
positively located several operational centers and HQs. What that all boils
down to is that even though the bulk of their personnel are far better
protected than we are, the ones who are actually outside the enclave are more
exposed. We can get to them more readily than they can get to us."
He looked around his
audience and nodded, satisfied with the intent expressions looking back at him.
"What I propose is
an organized assault on their exposed points in order to make them react the
way they always have when things got hot—by pulling their Imperials and
important Terra-born into the enclave to protect them while their hard teams
try to trap and destroy our attack forces.
"But," he said softly,
"this time that will be the worst thing they could possibly do. This
time, they'll let us through the door right behind them!"
For a man with an
inexpressive face, Colin thought, Hector MacMahan could look remarkably like a
hungry wolf.
"How so?"
Jiltanith's voice was flat. She had herself under the tight control Colin's
presence always provoked, but she was asking a question, not raising an
objection, and it was clear she spoke for many of the others.
"As I say, the
background maneuvers've been a bit complicated," MacMahan replied,
"but the operational concept itself is simple, and my own position as the
CO of Operation Odysseus is what may just make it work." Jiltanith nodded
tightly, and he glanced at the other council members.
"As 'Tanni
knows," he continued, "I was placed in command of Operation Odysseus,
a USFC operation to infiltrate Black Mecca, two years ago. The brass knew it
wouldn't be easy, and we've had too many leaks over the years to make them
happy. We, of course, know why that is: Anu hasn't been too successful in
infiltrating USFC, but he's penetrated the senior echelons of the intelligence
community deeply. But because of those leaks, the whole operation was made
strictly need-to-know, and I determined who needed to know. Which means
I was able to put two of our own Terra-born inside Black Mecca. One of them, in
fact, is a deputy commander of their central action branch. And, people,
he's on the 'inside' in more ways than one. He's established as a valuable,
corruptible mercenary, and Anu's people co-opted him five months ago."
A rustle of surprise ran
through the command deck.
"Now, all of you
know we've been feeling out Ramman and Ninhursag," he went on, and Colin
watched the older Imperials' reactions to the two names. Ramman and Ninhursag
were the southerners who'd been in clandestine contact with Nergal's
crew for the past two centuries. Ramman had been one of Anu's inner circle, but
Ninhursag had been one of the rank and file, a senior rating in Dahak's
gravitonic maintenance crews, brought out of stasis little more than a hundred
years ago for her expertise as a physicist. So far as the northerners knew,
neither of them realized the other had been in contact with them.
"We've always been
cautious about relying on anything we got from them, but 'Tanni and I have
compared all the data either of them gave us to what we got from the other, and
so far everything's checked. Which means either that they've both been straight
with us, or else that they're being worked as a team. Personally, I believe
they've been straight. Ramman's terrified of what Anu may do next, and
Ninhursag is horrified by what he's already done, and the fact that they've
both been kept outside the enclave and away from Anu's inner circle may
indicate that they're not entirely trusted, which could be a good sign from our
standpoint. Would you agree with that assessment, 'Tanni?"
"Aye," she
said shortly.
"But whether he
trusts them or not," MacMahan went on, "they're valuable to him;
he'd've wasted them long ago if they weren't. So we can be certain they'll be
called back in as soon as the shooting starts, and that's what's
important. Once they go through the access points, they'll have the current
admittance code for the portals."
He paused again, and
this time Colin saw most of the council members nod.
"As we all know,
Anu changes codes on a fairly regular basis. We've never been able to pick them
up from outside, but 'Tanni's sensors can tell when they reprogram them.
So if Ramman or Ninhursag can get the current code out to us, we can at least
be sure whether or not it's still current."
"All right,"
Geb said. "I can see that, but how do they slip it to us?" The
question was well taken, but he was frowning in concentration, obviously hoping
for an answer rather than raising an objection.
"That's the tough
part," MacMahan agreed, "but I think we can swing it.
"Once Ramman and
Ninhursag have the codes, they'll each leave a copy at a pre-arranged drop
inside the enclave. Our people inside Black Mecca don't know each other, but I
believe both are important enough to be taken south—one of them certainly is, though
the other may be marginal. Assuming we get both inside, each will make a pickup
at one of the two drops. Neither Ramman nor Ninhursag will know the other is
making a drop, and neither of our people will know about the other pickup, so
even if we lose one, we ought to get one out.
"That's the
critical point. Once we've pushed them inside and gotten our hands on that
data, we'll ease off on our attacks. Anu will almost certainly do what he's
always done before—shove his 'degenerates' out first to see if they draw fire.
When he does, our people will give us the admittance code. Hopefully, we'll
have two separate data sets to check against one another.
"If the code
checks out, and if we can be ready to move before Anu changes it again,
we can get inside the shield before they know we're coming.
"Their active
Imperials outnumber ours heavily, but if we get inside at all, we'll have the
advantage of surprise. If we hit them hard enough and fast enough, we should be
able to take them or, at the very least, do enough damage to panic their senior
people into sealing their hatches and lifting off in their armed parasites to
get away from us and provide some fire support for their fellows. To do that,
they'll have to move their parasites outside their shield and lower it to get
shots at us. And if they do that—" the colonel's millimetric smile was
fierce "—Colin tells me Dahak will be waiting for them."
A hungry sound hovered
just below audibility in the hushed command deck.
"And that,"
MacMahan finished very, very quietly, "will be the end of Fleet Captain
(Engineering) Anu and his killers."
"I don't like
it," Horus said grimly, "and neither does the Council. You're out of
your mind, Colin!"
"No, I'm not."
Colin tried hard to sound patient. His experience with Dahak's tenacity helped,
but he was starting to think Horus could have given the starship stubborn
lessons. "We've been over this and over this, and it still comes out the
same. I've got to let Dahak know what's going on. He doesn't distinguish between
any of you people; if he spots you, he's as likely to open up on you as he is
on Anu."
"That's a chance
we'll just have to take," Horus said obstinately.
"That's a chance we
can't take!" Colin snapped, then made himself relax. "Damn,
you're stubborn! Look, this is an all-or-nothing move; that's all it can be. We
can't risk having Dahak attack us when we actually move against the
enclave, but that's only part of it. If we manage to get inside and do enough
damage their armed parasites lift out, he's gonna know something is
going on. He hasn't heard a squeak out of me in almost five weeks—how do you
think he's going to react when he sees any Imperial units moving around
down here?"
"Well . . ."
"Exactly! But even
that's not the worst of it. Suppose—heaven forbid—I buy it? Who's gonna explain
any of this to Dahak? You know he won't believe anything you say, assuming he
even listens. So. I'm dead, and you've zapped Anu. What happens next?" He
met the old man's eyes levelly.
"The best you
people can hope for is that he leaves you alone, but he won't. He'll figure it
was simply a power play among the mutineers—which, in a sense, is exactly what
it will be—and go after you. If the enclave's shield is down, he'll get
you, too. But even if the shield's up and you're inside it, he'll be in exactly
the same position he's always been in, and the Achuultani are still coming! For
God's sake, man, do you want it all to be for nothing?!"
Horus glared with the
fury of a man driven against the wall, and Jiltanith sat beside him, glowering
at Colin. Her brooding silence made him appallingly nervous, and he tried to
remind himself she was an experienced intelligence analyst. The smooth way she
managed her sensor arrays and Nergal's stealthed auxiliaries proved her
competence and ability to think calmly and logically. She might hate him, but
she was a professional. Surely she saw the logic of his argument?
She'd said little so
far, but he knew how pivotal her opinion might well be and wondered yet again
if she resented the fact that MacMahan—who was technically her subordinate—had
come straight to him with his plan? He'd half-expected her to throw her weight
against him from the start, but now her lips twisted as if she'd just bitten
into something spoiled.
"Nay, Father. The
captain hath the right of't."
Horus turned an "et
tu?" expression upon her, and sour amusement glinted in her eyes as
Colin blinked in surprise.
" 'Tis scarce
palatable, Father, yet 'twould be grimmest humor and our deeds do naught but
doom us all, and the captain doth speak naught but truth. Wi'out word to Dahak,
can we e'er be aught save mutineers?" Horus shook his head unwillingly,
and she touched his arm gently. "Then there's an end to't. Sin we must
give it that word and 'twill accept only the captain's implant code as sooth,
then is there naught we may do save bend our heads and yield."
Colin looked from her to
her father, grateful for her support yet aware logic, not enthusiasm, governed
her. It showed even in the way she spoke of him. She used only his rank, and
that sourly, when speaking of him to others, and she never called him anything
when forced to address him directly.
"But they're bound
to spot him!" Horus said almost desperately, and Colin understood
perfectly. Colin was the first chance for outright victory Fate had seen fit to
offer Horus, and the possibility of losing that chance terrified the old
Imperial far more than the thought of his own death ever could.
"Of course they
are," he said. "That's why it has to be done my way."
"Granddad,"
Hector MacMahan said gently, "I don't like it very much, myself, but they
may be right."
Horus scowled, and the
colonel turned to face Colin.
"If I support you
on this one," the Marine said levelly, "it'll only be because I have
to, and this will be the only raid you go on. Understood?"
Colin considered trying
to stare the colonel down, but it would have been impolitic. Worse, it would be
an exercise in futility, so he nodded instead.
MacMahan gave one of his
patented fractional smiles, and Colin knew it was decided. It might take a
while to bring Horus around, but the decision that counted was MacMahan's, for
Colin and the Council had named him operational commander. Success would depend
heavily on his Terra-born network, which made it logical for him to run things
instead of Jiltanith, and while Colin might be a Senior Fleet Captain (of
sorts), it was an interesting legal question whether or not any of
"his" personnel still came under his orders. More, he knew his
limits, and he simply wasn't equipped to orchestrate something like this.
"I'm going to have
to back Colin on this one, Granddad," MacMahan said. "I'm sorry, but
that's the way it is."
Horus stared at the
table a moment, then nodded unwillingly.
"All right, Colin,
you're on the Cuernavaca strike," MacMahan continued. "And you'll
make your strike, send your message, and get out, understood?"
"Understood."
"And,"
MacMahan added gently, " 'Tanni will be your pilot."
"What?!"
Colin clamped his teeth
before he said anything else he would regret, but his eyes were fiery, and
Jiltanith's blazed even hotter.
" 'Tanni will be
your pilot," MacMahan repeated mildly. "I'm speaking now as the
commander of a military operation, and I don't really have time to be
diplomatic, so both of you just shut up and listen."
Colin pushed back in his
chair and nodded. Jiltanith only looked daggers at MacMahan, but he chose to
construe her silence as agreement.
"All right. I know
there's some bad blood between you two," the colonel said with generous
understatement, "but there's no room for that here. This—as all three of
us have just pointed out to Granddad—is important.
"Colin, you're the
only person who can initiate the message, and if we send you on the strike, you
should be able to hide your fold-space transmission by burying it under an
ostensible strike report to our HQ. But we don't know how quickly or strongly
Anu's people will be able to respond, so we can't afford anything but our very
best pilot behind those controls. You're good, Colin, and your reaction time is
phenomenal even by Imperial standards, but good as you are, you have very
little actual experience in an Imperial fighter.
" 'Tanni, on the
other hand, is a natural pilot and the youngest of our Imperials, with reaction
time almost as good as yours but far, far more experience. The overall mission
will be under your command, but she's your pilot and you're her
electronics officer, or neither of you goes."
He regarded them
steadily, and Colin glanced over at Jiltanith. He caught her unaware,
surprising her own gaze upon him, and a flicker of challenge passed between
them.
"All right,"
he sighed finally, then grinned. "If I'd known what an iron-assed bastard
you are, I'd never have agreed to let you run this op, Hector."
"Ah, but I'm the best
iron-assed bastard you've got . . . Sir," MacMahan replied.
Colin subsided, and his
grin grew as a new thought occurred to him. Once he and Jiltanith were crammed
into the same two-man fighter, she was going to have to think of
something to call him!
* * *
It was amazing how
consistently wrong he could be, Colin thought moodily as he checked his gear
one last time. He and Jiltanith had worked in the same simulator for a week
now, and she still hadn't chosen to call him anything.
There were only the two
of them, so who else could she be talking to? It actually made it easier for
her to make her point by refusing to use his name or rank. And he was certain
she would rather die than call him "Sir."
He grinned sourly. At
least it gave him something to think about besides the butterflies mating in
his middle. For all that he'd been a professional military man before joining
NASA, Colin had fired a shot in anger exactly twice, including his abortive
attack on Dahak's tender. The other time had been years before, when a
very junior Lieutenant MacIntyre had found his Lynx fighter unexpectedly
nose-to-nose with an Iraqi fighter in what was supposed to be international
airspace, and Colin still wasn't certain how he'd managed to break lock on the
self-guiding missile the Iraqi pilot had popped off at him. Fortunately, the
other guy had been less lucky.
It helped that the other
Imperials were all veterans of their long, covert war. Their calm preparations
had steadied his nerve more than he cared to admit . . . but that, in its own
way, made it almost worse. Here he was, their commander-in-chief, and every one
of his personnel had more combat experience than he did! Hardly the proper
balance of credentials.
He sealed his flight
suit and checked the globular, one-way force field that served an Imperial
pilot as a helmet. He had to admit it was a vast improvement to be able to
reach in through his "helmet," and the vision was superb, yet he felt
something like nostalgia over the disappearance of all the little read-outs
that had cluttered the interior of his NASA-issue gear.
He hung his gun on his
suit webbing, not that the weapon was likely to do him much good if they had to
ditch. Or, for that matter, that they were likely to have a chance to ditch if
the bad guys managed to line up on them with anything in the way of heavy
weapons.
There. He was ready, and
he strolled out of the armory towards the ready room, glad that he and only he
could read the adrenalin levels reported by the bio-sensors in everyone else's
implants.
* * *
The fighters' crewmen
sat quietly in Nergal's ready room. There were only eight of them, for
sublight battleships were not planetoids. They carried only a half-dozen
fighters, and each one they crammed aboard cut into their internal weapon
tonnage.
Most of the Imperials
looked frighteningly old to Colin. Geb was flying wing on his and Jilanith's
fighter—the only one that would have an escort—and his weaponeer was the only
other "youngster" present. Tamman had been ten at the time of the
mutiny, but he hadn't been sent back into stasis for as long as Jiltanith and
he had a good two centuries of experience behind him.
Yet for all their
apparent age, the other Imperials were Hector MacMahan's hand-picked first
team. This would be the first time in three thousand years that Nergal's
people had used Imperial technology in an open, full-blooded smash at their foes,
but there had been occasional, unexpected clashes between the two sides' small
craft, and these were the victors from those skirmishes.
"All right."
MacMahan entered the compartment briskly and sat on the corner of the briefing
officer's console. "You've all been briefed, you all know the plan, and
you all know the score. All I'll say again is that all other attacks must
be held until 'Tanni and Colin have gone in and transmitted. Till then,
you don't do a single damned thing."
Heads nodded. Waiting
might expose them to a bit more danger from the southerners, but attacking
before Colin flashed his "strike report" and warned Dahak what
was going on would be far riskier. The old starship was far more likely to get
them than were Anu's hopefully surprised personnel. This time.
"Good,"
MacMahan said. "Get saddled up, then." The crews began to file out,
but the colonel put a hand on Colin's shoulder when he made to follow.
"Wait a sec, Colin. I want to talk to you and 'Tanni for a minute."
Jiltanith waited with
Colin while the others left, but even now she chose to stand on MacMahan's
other side, separating herself from her crewmate.
"I asked you to
wait because I've just gotten an update on your target," MacMahan said
quietly. "Confirmation came in through one of our people in Black
Mecca—Cuernavaca is definitely the base that mounted the hit on Cal, and, with
just a bit of luck, Kirinal will be there when you go in."
The hatred that flared
in Jiltanith's eyes was not directed at Colin this time, and he felt his own
mouth twist in a teeth-baring grin.
Kirinal. He'd felt a
cold, skin-crawling fascination as he scanned her dossier. She was Anu's
operations chief, his equivalent of Hector MacMahan, but she enjoyed her work
as much as Girru had. Her loss would hurt the southerners badly, but that
wasn't the first thing that flashed through his mind. No, his first
thought was that Kirinal personally had ordered the murder of Cal's family.
"I considered not
telling you," the colonel admitted, "but you'd've found out when you
get back, and I've got enough trouble with you two without adding that to it!
Besides, knowing Kirinal's in there would make it personal for everyone we've
got, I suppose. But now that you know, I want you to forget it. I know you
can't do that entirely, but if you can't keep revenge from clouding your
judgment, tell me now, and Geb and Tamman will take the primary strike."
Colin wondered if
Jiltanith could avoid that. For that matter, could he? But then his eyes
met hers, and, for the first time, there was complete agreement between them.
MacMahan watched them,
his expressionless face hiding his worry, and considered ordering them off the
target whatever they said. Perhaps he shouldn't have told them after all?
No. They had a right to know.
"All right,"
he said finally. "Go. And—" his voice stopped them in the hatchway
and he smiled slightly "—good hunting, people."
They vanished, and
Colonel MacMahan sat alone in the empty briefing room, his face no longer
expressionless. But he stood after a moment, straightening his shoulders and
banishing the hopeless bitterness from his face. He was a highly skilled and
experienced pilot, but one without the implants that would have let him execute
his own plan, and that was all there was to it.
* * *
Colin's neural feed
tapped into what the US Navy would have called the fighter's "weapons and
electronic warfare panel" as he and Jiltanith settled into their flight
couches, and he felt a fierce little surge of eagerness from the computers.
Intellectually, he knew a computer was no more than the sum of its programming,
but Terra-born humans had anthropomorphized computers for generations, and the
Imperials, with their far closer, far more intimate associations with their
electronic minions, never even questioned the practice. Come to think of it,
was a human mind that much more than the sum of its programming?
Yet however that might
be, he knew what he felt. And what he felt was the fighter baring its fangs,
expressing its eagerness in the system-ready signals it sent back to him.
"Weapons and
support systems nominal," he reported to Jiltanith, and she eyed him
sidelong. She knew they were, of course; their neural feeds were
cross-connected enough for that. Yet it was a habit ingrained by too many years
of training for him to break now. When a check list was completed, you reported
it to your command pilot.
He felt her eyes upon
him for a moment longer, then she tossed her head slightly. Her long, rippling
hair was a tight chignon atop her head, held by glittering combs that must have
been worth a small fortune just as antiques, and her gemmed dagger was at her
belt beside the pistol she carried in place of his own heavy grav gun. It was
semi-automatic, with a down-sized, thirty-round magazine, light enough for her
unenhanced muscles. She'd designed and built it herself, and it looked both
anachronistic and inevitable beside her dagger. She was, he thought wryly and
not for the first time, a strange mixture of the ancient and the future. Then
she spoke.
"Check," she
said, and he blinked. "Stand thou by . . . Captain."
It was the first time
she'd responded to one of his readiness reports. That was what he thought
first. And then the title she'd finally given him registered.
He was still wondering
what her concession meant when their fighter launched.
Jiltanith was good.
Colin had recognized her
skill and, still more, her natural affinity for her task, even in the
simulator. Now she took them up the long, carefully camouflaged tunnel from Nergal
without a single wasted erg of power. Without even a single wasted thought. The
fighter's wings were her own, and the walls of their stony birth canal slid
past, until, at last, they floated free on a smooth whine of power.
The stars burned
suddenly, like chips of ice above them, and a strange exhilaration filled
Colin. There was a vibrant new strength in the side-band trickles of his
computer links, burning with Jiltanith's bright, fierce sense of flight and
movement. For a time, at least, she was free. She was one with her fighter as
she roamed the night sky, free to seek out her enemies, and he felt it in her,
like a flare of joy, made still stronger by her hunger for vengeance and
aptness for violence. For the first time since they'd met, he understood her
perfectly and wondered if he was glad he did, for he saw himself in her. Less
driven, perhaps, less dark and brooding, not honed to quite so keen an edge,
but the same.
The mutineers had been
no more than an obstacle when he returned from Dahak . . . but Sean had
been alive then. He had lost far less than Jiltanith, seen far fewer friends
and family ground to dust in the marooned Imperials' secret, endless war, but
he had learned to hate, and it frightened him to think he could so quickly and
easily find within himself so strong a shadow of the darkness that he'd known
from the start infused Jiltanith.
He cut off his thoughts,
hoping she'd been too enwrapped in the joy of flight to notice them, and
concentrated on his own computers. So far, they'd remained within Nergal's
stealth field; from here on, they were on their own.
* * *
The Imperial fighter was
half the size of a Beagle, a needle-nosed thing of sleek curves and stub wings.
Its design was optimized for atmosphere, but the fighter was equally at home
and far more maneuverable in vacuum, though none of Nergal's brood had
been there in millennia. Most of their time had been spent literally weaving in
and out among the treetops to hide from Anu's sensor arrays, and so they flew
now.
They swept out over the
Pacific, settling to within meters of the swell, and Jiltanith goosed the drive
gently. A huge hand pressed Colin back in his couch, and a wake boiled across
the water behind them as they streaked south at three times the speed of sound.
The G forces were almost refreshing after all this time, like an old friend
he'd lost track of since meeting Dahak, but they also underscored Jiltanith's
single glaring weakness as a pilot.
Atmosphere was a less
forgiving medium than vacuum. Even at the fighter's maximum power, friction and
compression conspired to reduce its top speed dramatically. There was one huge
compensation—by relying on control surfaces for maneuvering rather than
depending entirely upon the gravitonic magic of the drive, the same speed could
be produced for a far weaker energy signature—but there were always trade-offs.
In this case, one was a greater vulnerability to thermal detection and
targeting systems as a hull unprotected by a drive field heated, but that was a
relatively minor drawback.
The real problem
was that the reduced-strength drive couldn't cancel inertia and the G forces of
acceleration. Flying on its atmospheric control surfaces, the deadly little
ship was captive to the laws of motion and no more maneuverable than the bodies
of its crew could stand, and that was potentially deadly for Jiltanith. If she
found herself forced into maneuvering combat against a fully-enhanced Imperial
in this performance envelope, she was dead, for she would black out long before
her opponent.
Still, MacMahan was
almost certainly right. If it came to aerial combat, stealth would not be in
great demand. It would become a matter of brute power, cunning, reaction time,
and the skill of the combatants' electronic warfare specialists, and the first
thing that would happen would be that the pilots would go to full power. With a
full strength drive field wrapped around her, Jiltanith would be as free of G
forces as any Imperial pilot.
Yet the whole object was
to avoid any air-to-air fighting. If they were forced to full power, all the
ECM in the world couldn't hide them from Anu's detectors . . . which meant they
dared not return to Nergal unless they could destroy or shake off any
pursuit and drop back into a stealth regime. Trade-offs, Colin thought sourly,
checking their airspeed. Always the trade-offs.
They were up to mach
four, he noted, and grinned as he imagined the reaction aboard any freighter
they happened across when they came hurtling by ahead of their sonic boom with absolutely
no radar image to show for it.
They ought to hit their
target in about another seventeen minutes. Strange. He didn't feel the least
bit nervous anymore.
* * *
"Coming up on our
final turn," Colin said eleven minutes later.
"Aye,"
Jiltanith said softly.
Her voice was dreamy,
for Colin wasn't quite real for her just now. Reality was her dagger-sleek
fighter, for she was one with it, seeing and feeling through its sensors. Yet
he felt the intensity of her purpose and the cat-sharp clarity of her awareness
through his own feeds, and he was content.
They swept through the
turn, settling into the groove for the attack run, and Geb and Tamman fell
astern, increasing their separation as planned.
The huge private estate
in the deep, bowl-like valley north of Cuernavaca was the true HQ of both Black
Mecca and the Army of Allah in the Americas, though only a very few terrorists
knew it. That made it a major operational node, one of the three juiciest
targets MacMahan and Jiltanith had been able to identify. Over forty
southerners and two hundred of their most trusted Terra-born allies were based
there, coordinating a hemisphere's terrorism, and the estate's seclusion hid a
substantial amount of Imperial equipment. A successful attack on such a target
would certainly seem to justify an immediate strike report to their own HQ.
But there was another
fractor in MacMahan's target selection. The "estate's" geography made
it an ideal target for mass missiles, for the valley walls would confine the
blast effect and channel it upward. The northerners expected the use of such
weapons to come as a considerable shock to Anu, for they would provoke
consternation and furious speculation among the vast majority of Earth's
people, and attention was the one thing both groups of Imperials had
assiduously avoided for centuries. If anything could convince Anu Nergal's
people meant business, this attack should do it.
Yet the very importance
of the target also meant a greater possibility of serious defenses. If enemy
fighter opposition appeared, it was up to Geb and Tamman to pick it off if they
could; if they couldn't, theirs became the far grimmer task of playing decoy to
suck the southerners off Colin and onto themselves, and . . .
"Shit!" Colin
muttered, and Jiltanith stiffened beside him as he shunted information to her
through a side feed. There were active Imperial scanners covering the target.
At their present speed, those scanners would burn through their stealth field
in less than five minutes.
Colin tightened
internally as he and his computers raced to determine what those scanners
reported to. If it was only an observation post, they'd be onto the target
before anyone could react, but if there were automatic defenses . . .
"Double shit!"
he hissed. There were, indeed, automatic defenses—and three fighters on
stand-by for launch, though three ships were no indication of an alert. There
were at least ten of the little buggers down there; if they'd anticipated an
attack, all ten would have been spotted for immediate launch. He and Jiltanith
had simply had the infernal bad luck to happen upon the scene when someone was
readying for a routine flight. Possibly Kirinal was going somewhere in one of
those fighters and the other two were escorts; that fitted normal southern
operational procedures.
But it meant the base
was at a higher state of readiness than usual, and there were those automatics.
He could "see" at least four missile batteries and two heavy energy
weapon emplacements, which was far more than their intelligence estimates had
suggested.
His thoughts flickered
so quickly they were almost unformed, yet Jiltanith caught them. He felt her
disappointment like his own. These were the people who had sent Girru and
Anshar to butcher Cal's family and Sean and Sandy, but their orders for this
contingency were clear.
"We'll have to
abort," Colin remarked, yet even as he said it his neural link was
bringing his systems fully on line.
"Aye, so we
shall." Yet Jiltanith's course never deviated, and he felt her mental
touch poised to ram the drive's power level through the red line.
"They'll burn
through a good twenty seconds before I get a targeting setup," he said
absently.
"Nay, 'twill be no
more than ten seconds ere thy weapons range," she demurred.
"Hah! Now you're an
EW specialist, too, huh?" Then he shrugged. "Screw it. Full bore
right down the middle, Jiltanith. Go for the weapons first."
"As thou sayst,
Captain," Jiltanith purred, and the fighter shrieked upward like a
homesick meteor.
For just a second,
acceleration drove Colin back into his couch, but then the drive field peaked,
the G forces vanished, and he felt the shockwave of alarm sweep through the
southerners' enclave. The automatic air-defense systems were already reaching
for them, but his own systems had come alive a moment sooner; by the time the
weapons started hunting the fighter, its defensive programs were already
filling the night sky with false images. Decoys streaked away, singing their
siren songs, and jammers hashed the scan channels with the fold-space
equivalent of white noise.
The ground stations'
scanners were more powerful and their electronic brains were bigger and smarter
than his small onboard computers, but they'd started at a disadvantage. They
had to sort the situation out before they could find a target, and it was a
race between them and their human controllers and Colin and the speeding
fighter's targeting systems.
There was no time to
think, no room for anything but concentration, yet kaleidoscope images flared
at the edges of his brain. The brighter strobes of panic when one ground
station seemed to have found them. The impossible, wrenching maneuver with
which Jiltanith threw it off. The relief when they slipped away before it could
establish a lock. His own racing excitement. The determination and intensity
that filled his pilot. His own savage blaze of satisfaction as his launch
solution suddenly came magically together.
His first salvo leapt
away. Hyper-capable missiles were out of the question in atmosphere; they would
take too much air into hyper with them, wrecking his mass-power calculations
and bringing them back into normal space God alone knew where, but mass
missiles were another matter. Their over-powered gravitonic drives slammed them
forward, accelerating instantly to sixty percent of light speed, crowding the
edge of phase lock. Counter-missile defenses did their best, but the mass
missiles' speed and the short range meant tracking time was too limited even
for Imperial systems, and Colin heard Jiltanith's panther howl of triumph as
his strike went home.
Fireballs blew into the
night. Mass missiles carried no warheads, for they needed none. They were
energy states, not projectiles, hyper-velocity robotic meteorites, shrieking
down on precise trajectories to seek out the ground weapons that menaced their
masters.
The small shield
generators protecting the southerners' weapons were still spinning up when
Colin's missiles arrived, but it wouldn't have mattered if they'd already been
at full power. In fifty-one millennia, the northerners had never risked
escalating their struggle to the point of using Imperial weaponry so brazenly,
and the southerners had assumed they never would. Their defensive measures were
aimed at Terrestrial weapons or the relatively innocuous Imperial ones the
northerners had used in the past, and they were fatally inadequate.
Jiltanith snapped the
fighter around as the Jovian holocaust spewed skyward behind them. A bowl of
fire glared against the night-struck Mexican hills, and Colin's computers were
already evaluating the first strike. Weak as they were, the base's shields had
absorbed a tremendous amount of energy before they failed—enough to keep the
missiles from turning the entire estate into one vast crater—and one heavy
energy gun emplacement had escaped destruction. It raved defiance at them, and
Jiltanith accepted the challenge as she came back like the angel of death,
driving into its teeth.
The radiant heat of the
first missile strike, added to the frantic efforts of the fighter's ECM, denied
the targeting scanners lock, and the guns were on pre-programmed blind fire,
raking the volume of space that ought to contain the fighter. But Jiltanith
wasn't where the people who'd designed that fire program had assumed she would
have to be, and Colin felt a detached sort of awe for her raw flying ability as
he popped off another missile.
Unlike the fighter, the
energy weapons couldn't bob and weave. The missile sizzled home, and a fresh
burst of fury defiled the earth.
Jiltanith came around
for a third pass, two more than their ops plan had called for or considered
safe, and the ground defenses were silent. Despite the shields' best efforts,
the weapon emplacements were huge, raw wounds, and the entire valley floor was
a sea of blazing grass and trees, touched to flame by thermal radiation. The
palatial estate's buildings were flaming rubble, but the real installations
hidden under them, though damaged, were still intact.
One of the ready
fighters was already clawing upward, but Colin ignored it. He had all the time
in the world, and his final launch was textbook perfect. A spread of four
missiles bracketed the target, streaking the fire-sick heavens with fresh
flame. There were no shields to absorb the destruction this time, and there was,
at most, no more than a microsecond between the first missile impact and the
last.
A hurricane of light
lashed upward as vaporized earth and stone and flesh vomited into the night,
and the fireballs ballooned out, merging, melding into one terrible whole. A
second southern fighter was caught just at lift off and spat forth like a
molten, tumbling spark from Vulcan's forge, and the pressure wave snatched at
them. It shook them as a terrier shook a rat, but Jiltanith met it like a
lover. She rode its ferocity—embracing it, not fighting it—and the universe
danced crazily, even madder somehow from within the protection of their drive
field, as she shot the rapids of concussion. But then they flashed out the far
side, and Colin realized she had used the terrible turbulence to put them on
the track of the single fighter that had escaped destruction.
Colin needed no
evaluation of his final attack. All that could be left was one vast
crater. He had just killed over two hundred people . . . and all he felt was
satisfaction. Satisfaction, and the need, the eagerness, to hunt down and kill
the single southern fighter that had escaped his wrath.
There was no way to know
who piloted that other fighter, nor if it was fully crewed or what weapons it
carried. Perhaps there was only the pilot. Perhaps it wasn't even armed.
All Colin would ever
know was that he felt a sort of merciless empathy—not pity, but something like
understanding—for that fleeing vessel. He and Jiltanith were invincible, and
they were vengeance. He bared his teeth and called up his air-to-air weaponry
as the firestorm's white heat dulled to red astern, and Jiltanith hurled them
out over the night-dark Pacific in pursuit.
His targeting systems
locked. A command flicked through his feed to the computers, and two more
missiles launched. They were slower than mass missiles, homing weapons with
their speed stepped down to follow evasive maneuvers, but this time they
carried warheads: three-kiloton, proximity-fused nukes. His eyes were dreamy as
his electronic senses watched them all the way in, but in the moment before
detonation a third missile came scorching in from the west. He'd almost
forgotten Geb and Tamman, and the southern fighter probably never even realized
he and Jiltanith weren't alone.
There was no debris.
* * *
Jiltanith needed no
orders. She swept on into the west, reducing speed, losing altitude, and their
drive strength coasted back down to wrap invisibility about them once more.
Colin checked his sensors carefully, and not until he was certain they had
evaded all detection did she turn and flee homeward into the north while he
switched on the fighter's com and activated the fold-space implant he had dared
not use in over a month. He felt an odd little "click" inside his
skull as Dahak's receivers recognized and accepted his implant's ID protocols.
"Category One
Order. Do not reply," he sent at the speed of thought.
"Authentication Delta-One-Gamma-Beta-One-Seven-Eight-Theta-Niner-Gamma.
Priority Alpha. Stand by for squeal from this fighter. Execute upon
receipt."
He closed his implant
down instantly, praying that the almost equally strong pulse from the fighter
com had hidden it from Anu's people. The coded squeal he and he alone had
pre-recorded and tacked into the middle of the strike report lasted
approximately two milliseconds, and Dahak had his orders.
And then, at last, there
was a moment to relax and blink his eyes, refocusing on the interior of the
cockpit. A moment to realize that they had succeeded . . . and that they were
alive.
"Done," he
said softly, turning to look at Jiltanith for the first time since they
launched their attack.
"Aye, and well
done," she replied. Their gazes met, and for once there was no hostility
between them.
"Beautiful flying,
'Tanni," he said, and saw her eyes widen as he used the familiar form of
her name for the first time. For a moment he thought he'd gone too far, but
then she nodded.
"Art no sluggard
thyself . . . Colin," she said.
And she smiled.
Colin MacIntyre sat in Nergal's
wardroom and shuffled, hiding a smile as Horus bent a hawk-like eye upon him
across the table while they waited for Hector's next report.
Battle Fleet's crews had
gone in for a vast array of esoteric games of chance, most of them electronic,
but Horus disdained such over-civilized pastimes. He loved Terran card games:
bridge, canasta, spades, hearts, euchre, blackjack, whist, piquet, chemin de
fer, poker . . . especially poker, which had never been Colin's game. In
fact, Colin's major interest in cards had been that of an amateur magician, and
Horus had been horrified at how easily a full Imperial who'd learned to palm
cards with purely Terran reflexes and speed could do that . . . among other
things.
"Cut?" Colin
invited, and shook his head sadly as Horus made five separate cuts before
handing the deck back.
"What're your
losses by now?" he mused as he dealt. "About a million?"
" 'Tis more like to
thrice that," Jiltanith said sourly, gathering up her cards and not
bothering to watch his fingers with her father's intensity.
"Ante up," he
said, and chips clicked as father and daughter slid them out. If they'd really
been playing for money, he'd be a billionaire, even without the ill-gotten
wealth Horus had demanded he write off after he realized Colin had been
cheating shamelessly. He grinned, and Jiltanith snorted without her old
bitterness as she saw it.
She still wasn't really
comfortable with him, but at least she was pretending, and he was grateful to
Hector. The colonel had torn long, bloody strips off both of them when he saw
the scan record of what they'd gone into, but his heart hadn't seemed fully in
it, and Colin had seen the glint in his eye when Jiltanith called him
"Colin" during their debriefing. He himself had feared she would
retreat into her old, cold hostility once the rush of euphoria passed, but
though she'd stepped back a bit and he knew she still resented him, she was
fighting it, as if she recognized (intellectually, at least) that it wasn't his
fault he was what he'd become. Her presence at the card table was proof of
that.
He wished there had been
a less traumatic way to effect that change, but he hoped the colonel was
pleased with the way it had worked out. The military arguments for assigning
them to the same flight crew had been strong, but it had taken courage—well,
gall—to put them forward.
"I'll take
two," Horus announced, and Colin flipped the small, pasteboard rectangles
across to him.
" 'Tanni?" He
raised a polite eyebrow, and she pouted.
"Nay, this hand
liketh me well enow."
"Hm." He
studied his own cards thoughtfully, then took one. "Bets?"
"I'll go a
hundred," Horus said, and Jiltanith followed suit.
"See you and raise
five hundred," Colin said grandly, and Horus glared.
"Not this time, you
young hellion!" he growled. "I'll see your raise and raise you
a hundred!"
"Father, art
moonstruck," Jiltanith said, tossing in her own hand. "Whyfor must
thou throw good money after bad?"
"That's no way to
talk to your father, 'Tanni." Horus sounded pained, and Colin hid another
smile.
"See you and raise
another five," he murmured, and Horus glared at him.
"Damn it, I watched
you deal! You can't possibly—" The old Imperial shoved more chips forward.
"Call," he said grimly. "Let's see you beat this!"
He faced his cards—four
jacks and an ace—and glowered at Colin.
"Horus,
Horus!" Colin sighed. He shook his head sadly and laid out his own hand
card by card, starting with the two of clubs and ending with the six.
"No!" Horus
stared at the table in shock. "A straight flush?!"
" 'Twas foredoomed,
Father," Jiltanith sighed, a twinkle dancing in her own eyes.
"Certes, 'tis strange that one so wise as thou should be so hot to make
thyself so poor."
"Oh, shut up!"
Horus said, trying not to smile himself. He gathered up the cards and glared at
Colin. "This time I'll deal."
* * *
"Damn them!
Breaker take them to hell!"
The being who had once
been Fleet Captain (Engineering) Anu leapt to his feet and slammed his fist
down so hard the table's heavy top cracked. He stared at the spiderweb
fractures for a moment, then snatched it up and hurled it against the
battle-steel bulkhead with all his strength. The impact was a harsh, discordant
clangor and the table sprang back, its thick Imperial plastic bent and buckled.
He glared at it, chest heaving with his fury, then kicked the wreckage back
into the bulkhead. He did it several more times, then whirled, fists clenched
at his sides.
"And you,
Ganhar! Some 'intelligence analyst' you turned out to be! What the hell
do you have to say for yourself?!"
Ganhar felt sweat on his
forehead but carefully did not wipe it away as he fastened his eyes on the
center of Anu's chest. He dared not not look at him, but it could be
almost as dangerous to meet his gaze at a moment like this. Ganhar had assisted
Kirinal in running Anu's external operations for over a century, but the newly
promoted operations head had never seen Anu quite this furious, and he silently
cursed Kirinal for getting herself killed. If she'd still been alive, he could
have switched his leader's wrath to her.
"There were no
indications they planned anything like this, Chief," he said, hoping his
voice sounded more level than it felt. He started to add that Anu himself had
seen and approved all of his intelligence estimates, but prudence stopped him.
Anu had become steadily less stable over the years. Reminding him of his own
fallibility just now was strongly contra-indicated.
" 'No
indications'!" Anu mimicked in a savage falsetto. He growled something
else under his breath, then inhaled sharply. His rage appeared to vanish as
suddenly as it had come, and he picked up his chair and sat calmly. When he
spoke again, his voice was almost normal.
"All right. You
fucked up, but maybe it wasn't entirely your fault," he said, and Ganhar
felt himself sag internally in relief.
"But they've hurt
us," the chief mutineer continued, harshness creeping back into his voice.
"I'll admit it—I didn't think they'd have the guts for something like
this, either. And it's paid off for them, Breaker take them!"
All eyes turned to the
holo map hovering above the space the table had occupied, dotted with glaring
red symbols that had once been green.
"Cuernavaca,
Fenyang, and Gerlochovko in one night!" Anu snorted. "The
equipment doesn't matter all that much, but they've blown the guts out of your
degenerates—and we've lost eighty more Imperials. Eighty! That makes
more than ten percent of us in the last month!"
His subordinates sat
silent. They could do the math equally well, and the casualties appalled them.
Their enemies hadn't done that much damage to them in five millennia, and the
fact that their own over-confidence had made it possible only made it worse.
They'd known their foes were aging, that time was on their side. It had never
occurred to them that the enemy might have the sheer nerve to take the
offensive after all these years.
Even worse was the way
they'd been attacked. The open use of Imperial weapons had been a shattering
blow to their confidence, and it could well have led to disaster. None of the
degenerates seemed to know what had happened, but they knew it was something
they couldn't explain. The southerners' penetration of the major governments,
especially in the Asian Alliance, had been sufficient to head off any
precipitate military action against purely Terrestrial foes, but their control
was much weaker in the West, and their enemies' obvious willingness to run such
risks was sobering.
But not, Ganhar thought
privately, as sobering as another possibility. Perhaps their enemies had had
reason to be confident of their own ability to control the situation? It was
possible, for if the southerners had their hooks deep into the civilian
agencies, Nergal's people had outdistanced them among the West's
soldiers.
The first reports had
produced plenty of demands for action or, at the very least, priority
investigations into whatever had happened, but their own tools among the
civilians had managed to quash any "overly hasty action," though
there had been some fiery scenes. Yet now a curtain of silence had descended
over the Western militaries, and Ganhar found that silence ominous.
He bit his lip, longing
for better sources within military intelligence, but they were a clannish
bunch. And, much as he hated to admit it, the northerners' willingness to
accept degenerates as equals had marked advantages. They'd spent centuries
setting up their networks, often recruiting from or even before birth. Ganhar
and Kirinal, on the other hand, had concentrated on recruiting adults,
preferring to work on individuals whose weaknesses were readily apparent. That
had its own advantages, like the ability to target people on their way up, but
the increasing high-tech tendency towards small, professional, career-oriented
military establishments worked against them.
The military's
background investigation procedures were at least as rigorous as those of their
civilian counterparts, and the steady incidence of leaks from civilian agencies
had led to an even stronger preference for career officers for truly sensitive
posts. Worse, Ganhar knew the northerners had firm links with the
traditional military families, though pinning any of them down was the
Breaker's own work. And that meant their military contacts were damned
well born in position, with sponsors who were ready to favor their own
and doubly suspicious of everyone else.
Ganhar, on the other
hand, had no choice but to corrupt officers already in place, which risked
counter-penetration, or fabricate fictitious backgrounds (always risky, even
against such primitives, much less degenerates aided by Imperial input), which
was why it had seemed so sensible to concentrate on their civilian masters,
instead.
He hoped that policy
wasn't about to boomerang on them.
"Well,
Ganhar?" Anu's abrasive voice broke in on his thoughts. "Why do you
think they've come out into the open? Assuming you have an
opinion."
While Ganhar hesitated,
seeking a survivable response, another voice answered.
"It may be,"
Commander Inanna said carefully, "that they're desperate."
"Explain," Anu
said curtly, and she shrugged.
"They're getting
old," she said softly. "They used Imperial fighters, and they can't
have many Imperials left. Maybe they're in even worse shape than we'd thought.
Maybe it's a last-ditch effort to cripple us while they can still use Imperial
technology at all."
"Hmph!" Anu
frowned down at the clenched hands in his lap. "Maybe you're right,"
he said finally, "but it doesn't change the fact that they've taken out
three quarters of our major bases. Maker only knows what they'll do next!"
"What can
they do, Chief?" It was Jantu, the enclave's chief security officer.
"The only other big target was Nanga Parbat, and we've already shut down
there. Sure, they hurt us, but those were the only targets they could hit with
Imperial weapons. And—" he added with a glance at Ganhar "—if we'd
put them closer to major population centers, they couldn't even have hit
them."
Ganhar ground his teeth.
Jantu was a bully and a sadist, more at home silencing dissidence by crushing
dissidents than thinking, yet he had his own brand of cunning. He liked to
propose sweeping, simplistic solutions to other people's problems. If they were
rejected, he could always say he'd warned everyone they were going about it
wrongly. If they were adopted and succeeded, he took the credit, if they
failed, he could always blame someone else for poor execution. Like his
long-standing argument in favor of using cities to cover their bases against
attack, claiming that their enemies' softness for the degenerates would protect
them. It would also make it vastly harder to hide them, but Jantu wouldn't have
been the one who had to try.
"It might not have
mattered." Inanna disliked Jantu quite as much as Ganhar did, and her
eyes—black now, not brown—were hard. "They risked panicking the
degenerates into starting a war. For all we know, they might've hit us if our
bases had been buried under New York or Moscow."
"I doubt
that," Jantu said, showing his teeth in what might—charitably—be called a
smile. "In all—"
"It doesn't
matter," Anu interrupted coldly. "What matters is that it's happened.
What's your best estimate of their next move, Ganhar?"
"I . . . don't
know." Ganhar picked his words carefully. "I'm not happy about how
quiet the degenerates' militaries have been. That may or may not indicate
something, but I don't have anything definite to base projections on. I'm
sorry, Chief, but that's all I can say."
He braced himself
against a fresh burst of rage, yet it was wiser to be honest than to let a
mistake come home to roost. But there was no blast of fury, only a slow nod.
"That's what I
thought," Anu grunted. "All right. We've already got most of our
Imperials—what's left of them!—under cover. We'll sit tight a bit longer on our
degenerates and less reliable Imperials. Jantu's right about one thing; there
aren't any more of our concentrations for them to hit. Let's see what
the bastards do next before we bring anyone else down here."
His henchmen nodded
silently, and he waved for them to leave. They rose, and Jantu led the way out
with Ganhar several meters behind him.
Anu smiled humorlessly
at the sight. There was no love lost between those two, and that kept them from
conspiring together even if it did make for a bit of inefficiency. But if
Ganhar fucked up again, not even the Maker would save him.
Inanna lingered, but
when he ignored her she shrugged and followed Ganhar. Anu let his eyes rest on
her departing back. She was about the only person he still trusted, as much as
he could bring himself to trust anyone.
They were all fools.
Fools and incompetents, or they would have taken Dahak for him fifty
thousand years ago. But Inanna was less incompetent than the others, and she
alone seemed to understand. The others had softened, forgotten who and what
they were, and accepted the failure of their plan. They were careful not to say
it, yet in their hearts, they had betrayed him. But Inanna recognized the
weight of his destiny, the pressure gathering even now behind him, driving him
towards escape and empire. Soon it would become an irresistible flood, washing
out from this miserable backwater world to sweep him to victory, and Inanna
knew it.
That was why she
remained loyal. She wanted to share that power as mistress, minion, or
lieutenant; it didn't matter to her. Which was just as well for her, he told
himself moodily. Not that she wasn't a pleasant armful in bed. And that new
body of hers was the best yet. He tried to recall what the tall, raven-haired
beauty's name had been, but it didn't matter. Her body was Inanna's now, and
Inanna's skill filled it.
The conference room door
closed silently behind the commander, and he stalked through his private exit,
feeling the automatic weapons that protected it recognizing his implants. He
entered his quarters and stared bitterly at the sumptuous furnishings.
Splendid, yes, but only a shadow of the splendor in Dahak's captain's
quarters. He had been pent here too long, denied his destiny for too many dusty
years. Yet it would come. Inevitably, it would come.
He crossed the main
cabin, ignoring Imperial light sculptures and soft music, overlooking priceless
tapestries, jewel work, and paintings from five thousand years of Terran
history, and peered into a mirror. There were a few tiny wrinkles around his
eyes now, and he glanced aside, letting those eyes rest on the framed holo cube
of the Anu-that-was, seeing again the power and presence that had been his.
This body was taller, broad shouldered and powerful, but it was still a poor
excuse for the one he had been born to. And it was growing older. There might
be another century of peak performance left to it, and then it would be time to
choose another. He'd hoped that when that time came he would be back out among
the stars where he belonged, teaching the Imperium the true meaning of Empire.
His original body
remained in stasis, though he hadn't looked upon it since it was placed there.
It caused him pain to see it and remember how it once had been, but he had
saved it, for it was his. He had not permitted Inanna to develop the
techniques to clone it. Not yet. That was reserved for another time, a fitting
celebration of his final, inevitable triumph.
The day would come, he
promised his stranger's face, when he would have the realm that should be his,
and when it came, he would have the Anu-that-was cloned afresh. He would live
forever, in his own body, and the stars themselves would be his toys.
* * *
Ganhar walked briskly
along the corridor, eyes hooded in thought. What were the bastards up
to? It was such a fundamental change, and it came after too many years of
unvarying operational patterns. There was a reason behind it, and, grateful as
he'd been for Inanna's intervention, he couldn't believe it was simple
desperation. Yet he had no better answer for it than she, and that frightened
him.
He sighed. He'd covered
his back as well as he could; now he could only wait to see what they were
doing. Whatever it was, it could hardly make the situation much worse. Anu was
mad, and growing madder with every passing year, but there was nothing Ganhar
could do about it . . . yet. Maker only knew how many of the others were the "Chief's"
spies, and no one knew who Anu might decide (or be brought to decide) was a
traitor.
Jantu was probably
licking his chops, praying daily for something to use against him, and there
was no sane reason to give him that something, but Ganhar had his plans. He
suspected others had theirs, as well, but until they finally escaped this
damned planet they needed Anu. Or, no, they needed Inanna and her medical
teams, but that was almost the same thing. Ganhar had no idea why the
bioscience officer remained so steadfastly loyal to that madman, but as long as
she did, any effort to remove him would be both futile and fatal.
He stepped into the
transit shaft and let it whirl him away to his own office. There might be other
reports by now—he was certainly driving his teams hard enough to produce them!
If there were none, he could at least relieve his own tension by giving someone
else a tongue-lashing.
* * *
General Sir Frederick
Amesbury, KCB, CBE, VC, DSO, smiled tightly at the portrait of the king on his
office wall. Sir Frederick could trace his ancestry to the reign of Edward the
Confessor. Unlike many of Nergal's Terra-born allies he was not directly
descended from her crew, though there had been a few distant collateral connections,
for his people had been among their helpers since the seventeenth century.
Now, after all those
years, things were coming to a head, and the Americans' General Hatcher was
shaping up even more nicely than Sir Frederick had expected. Of course, Hector
was to blame for prodding Hatcher into action, and Sir Frederick had been
primed to support the Yank's first tentative suggestion, but Hatcher was doing
bloody well.
He checked his desk
clock, and his smile grew shark-like. The SAS and Royal Marines would be
hitting the Red Eyebrows base in Hartlepool in less than two hours, after
which, Sir Frederick would have to notify the Prime Minister. The Council
reckoned the P.M. was still his own man, and Sir Frederick was inclined to
agree, but it would be interesting to see if that was enough to save his own
position when the Home and Defense Ministers—who most definitely were not
their own woman and man, respectively—demanded his head.
* * *
Oberst Eric von Grau
sat back on his haunches in the ditch. The leutnant beside him was
peering through his light-gathering binoculars at the isolated chalets in the
bend of the Mosel River, but Grau had already carried out his own final check.
His two hundred picked men were quite invisible, and his attention had moved to
other things. He cocked an ear, waiting for the thunder to begin, and allowed
himself a tight smile.
He had treated himself
to a quiet celebration when the orders came through from Nergal, and
when news of the first three strikes rocked the world, he'd hardly been able to
wait for the request from the Americans. German intelligence had spotted this
January Twelfth training camp long ago, though the security minister had chosen
not to act on the information.
But Herr Trautmann
didn't know about this little jaunt, and the army had no intention of telling
the civilians about it till it was over. Grau's superiors had learned their
lessons the hard way and trusted the Americans' USFC more than they did their
own civilian overlords. Which was a sad thing, but one Grau understood better
than most.
"Inbound," a
radio voice said quietly, and he grinned at Leutnant Heil. Heil looked a
great deal like a younger version of his superior—not surprisingly, perhaps,
since Grau's great-great-great-great-great-grandmother was also Heil's
great-great-grandmother—and his smile was identical.
The sudden boom of
supersonic aircraft crashed over them as the Luftwaffe fighter-bombers
came in on full after-burner at fifty meters.
* * *
"Go." Major
Tama Matsuo, Japanese Army, touched his sergeant on the shoulder and the two of
them slithered through the shadows after Lieutenant Yamashita's team. Darkness
wrapped Bangkok in comforting anonymity, but the grips of the major's automatic
grenade launcher were slippery in his hands.
He and the sergeant
turned a corner and faded into the shrubbery at the base of a stone wall,
joining the men already waiting for them, and Tama checked the time again.
Lieutenant Kagero's men should be in position by now, but the timetable gave
them another thirty-five seconds.
The major watched the
dimmed display of his watch, trying to control his breathing, and hoped Hector
MacMahan's intelligence was good. It had been hard to convince his superiors to
sanction a raid into Asian Alliance territory without civilian approval, even
if his father was Chief of the Imperial Staff and even to take out the foreign
HQ of the Japanese Army for Racial Purity. And if the operation blew up, his
reputation and influence alike would suffer catastrophically. Assuming he
survived at all.
He watched the final
seconds tick away. It still seemed a bit foolhardy. Satisfying, but foolhardy.
Still, he who wanted the tiger's cubs must venture into the tiger's den to get
them. He just hoped the Council was right. And that he would do nothing to
dishonor himself in his grandfather's eyes.
"Now," he said
quietly into the boom mike before his lips, and Tamman's grandson committed his
men to combat.
* * *
Colonel Hector MacMahan
stepped out into his backyard as the stealthed cutter ghosted down the canyon
behind the house and settled soundlessly to the grass. The reports would be
coming in soon, and the expected flak from the civilians would come with them.
Anu's people had spent years infiltrating the civilians who set policy and
controlled the military (normally, that was) but even the most senior of them
would find it hard to stop things now.
He felt a glow of
admiration for his superiors, and especially Gerald Hatcher. They didn't know
what he knew, but they knew they'd been leashed too long. Anu had gotten just a
bit too fancy—or too confident, perhaps.
In the old days, he'd
relocated his "degenerates' " HQs whenever they were spotted; for the
last few years he'd amused himself by simply forbidding action against major
bases. There had been no way to prevent interceptions and attacks on action
groups or isolated training and staging bases, but his minions in the
intelligence community had argued that it was wiser to watch headquarters
groups rather than attack and risk driving them back out of sight.
But the attacks on three
really big terrorist bases, two of which the generals hadn't even known
existed, had been the final straw. They didn't know who'd done it, how, or, for
that matter, why, but they knew what it was. Their own charter was the eradication
of terrorism, and the realization that someone else was doing their job was too
much to stand. Hatcher and his fellows had proven even more amenable to his
suggestions than expected.
They couldn't do much
about the Islamic and officially-sponsored Asiatic groups, most of whose bases
were openly entrenched in countries hostile to their governments. But the
homegrown variety was another matter entirely, and it was amazing how memos
notifying the generals' nominal superiors of their plans had been so
persistently misrouted.
And if they
couldn't hit the foreign groups, MacMahan knew who could. He hadn't told them
that, but he suspected they'd be figuring it out shortly.
The hatch opened and the
colonel whistled shrilly. A happy woof answered as his half-lab,
half-rotweiller bitch Tinker Bell galloped past him and hopped up into the
cutter. She poked her nose into Gunnery Chief Hanalat's face, licking her
affectionately, and the white-haired woman laughed and tugged on the big dog's
soft ears while MacMahan tossed his duffel bags up into the cutter and climbed
in after them.
General Hatcher had
ordered MacMahan to make himself scarce for the next few weeks without
realizing just how scarce the colonel intended to become. The Unified Special
Forces Command's CO meant to take the heat when his bosses found out what he'd
been up to, though MacMahan suspected that heat would be less intense than the
general feared. Most of his superiors were men and women of integrity, and the
ones who weren't would find it hard to raise too much ruckus in the face of the
general approval MacMahan anticipated.
Of course, once it
became apparent just how thoroughly the colonel had vanished, his boss would
figure out he'd known about the mystery attacks ahead of time. The northerners
had never tried to recruit him, but Hatcher was no fool. He'd realize he had
been used, though it was unlikely to cost him much sleep, and MacMahan hated to
run out without explaining things to him. But he had no choice, for one thing
was certain: when they found out what had happened and how, the southerners
would suddenly become far, far more interested in one Colonel Hector MacMahan,
USMC, currently attached to the USFC.
Not that it mattered.
Indeed, his role as instigator was part of the plan, an intentional diversion
of suspicion from their other people, and he'd always known his position was
more exposed than most. That was why he was a bachelor with no family, and they
wouldn't be able to find him when they wanted him, anyway.
He only wished he could
see Anu's face when he got the news.
Head of Security Jantu
leaned back and hummed happily, feeling no need to dissemble in the security of
his own office, as he replayed the last command meeting in his mind.
The "Chief's"
wrath had been awesome when the news came in. This time he'd half-expected it,
which meant he'd had time to work up a good head of steam ahead of time. The
things he'd said to poor Ganhar!
It was all quite
terrible . . . but more terrible for some than for others. Most of the dead
Imperials were Ganhar's people, and nothing that weakened Ganhar could be
completely bad. The thought that degenerates could do such a neat job was
galling, but whatever happened in the field, the enclave that was his own
responsibility was and would remain inviolate, so none of the egg was on his
face. No, it was on Ganhar's face, and with just a little luck—and, perhaps, a
little judicious help—that might just prove fatal for poor Ganhar.
It had been kind of Nergal's
people to take out Kirinal for him. Now if he could only get rid of Ganhar, he
might just manage to bring Security and Operations together under the control
of a single man: him. Of course, it was probable the "Chief" would
balk at that and pick a new head for Operations, but Jantu would be perfectly
happy if Anu made the logical choice. And even if he decided to choose someone
other than Bahantha, the newcomer would be hopelessly junior to Jantu. One way
or another, he would dominate whatever security arrangements resulted from
Ganhar's . . . departure.
And then it would be
time to deal with Anu himself. Jantu would not have let a sane man stand
between him and power, and he felt no qualms at all over removing a madman.
Indeed, it might almost be considered his civic duty, and he often permitted
himself a mildly virtuous feeling when he considered it.
Jantu hadn't realized
quite how mad the engineer was when the plot to seize Dahak first came
up, but he'd recognized that Anu wasn't exactly stable. Overthrow the Imperium?
Ludicrous! But Jantu had been prepared to go along until they had the ship, at
which point he and his own henchmen would eliminate Anu and put a modified
version of the original plan into effect. It would be so much simpler to
transform Dahak's loyalists into helots and build their own empire in
some decently deserted portion of the galaxy than to pit themselves against the
Imperium and get squashed for their pains.
That plan had gone out
the airlock when the mutiny failed, but there were still possibilities. Indeed,
the present situation seemed even more promising.
He knew Anu and,
possibly, Inanna believed the Imperium was still out there, waiting to be
conquered, but the Imperium's expansion should have brought at least a colony
to Earth long since, for habitable planets weren't all that plentiful. By
Jantu's most conservative estimate, BuCol's survey teams should have arrived
forty millennia ago. That they hadn't suggested all sorts of hopeful
possibilities to a man like Jantu.
If the Imperium had
fallen upon hard times, why, then Anu's plans for conquest might be practical
after all. And the first stage was to forget this clandestine nonsense and take
control of Earth openly. A few demonstrations of Imperial weaponry should bring
even the most recalcitrant degenerate to heel. Once he could recruit a properly
motivated batch of sepoys and come out of the shadows, Jantu could hammer out a
decent tech base in a few decades and set about gathering up the reins of
galactic power in a tidy, orderly fashion.
But first there was
Ganhar, and then Anu. Inanna might be a bit of a problem, for he would continue
to need her medical skills, at least until a properly-trained successor was
available. Still, he felt confident he could convince the commander to see
reason. It would be a pity to mar that lovely new body of hers, but Jantu was a
great believer in the efficacy of judiciously applied pain when it came to
behavior modification.
He smiled happily, never
opening his eyes, and began to hum a bouncier, brighter ditty.
Ramman watched the
tunnel walls slide past the cutter and worried. He had the code now. All he had
to do was make it to the drop to deposit it. Simple.
And dangerous. He should
never have agreed, but the orders had been preemptive, not discretionary. And
if the whole idea was insane, he was still in too deep to back out. Or was he?
He scrubbed damp palms
on his trousers and closed his eyes. Of course he was! He was a dead man if the
"Chief" ever found out he'd even talked to the other side, and his
death would be as unpleasant as Anu could contrive.
He clenched his teeth as
he contemplated the bitter irony that brought him to this pass. Fear of Anu had
tempted him to contact the other side in a desperate effort to escape, yet that
same contact had actually destroyed his chance to flee. First Horus and then
his bitch of a daughter had steadfastly refused to let him defect, far
less help him do it!
He made himself stop
trying to dry his hands, hoping he hadn't already betrayed himself. He should have
realized what would happen. Why should Horus and his fellows trust him? They
knew what he was, what he had been, and how easily trusting him could have
proven fatal. So they'd left him inside, using him, and he'd let himself be
used. What choice had he had? All they had to do to terminate his long
existence was wax deliberately clumsy in their efforts to contact him; Anu
would see to it from there.
He'd given them a lot of
information over the years, and things had gone so smoothly he'd grown almost
accustomed to it. But that was before they told him about this. Madness! It
would destroy them all, and him with them.
He knew what they had to
be planning. Only one thing made sense of his orders, and it was the craziest
thing they'd tried yet.
But what if they could
pull it off? If they succeeded, surely they would honor their word to him and
let him live. Wouldn't they?
Only they wouldn't
succeed. They couldn't.
Maybe he should tell
Ganhar? If he went to the Operations chief and gave him the location of his
drop, helped him bait a trap for Jiltanith's agent . . . surely that should be
worth something? Maybe Ganhar could be convinced to pretend it had all been
part of an elaborate counter-intelligence ploy?
But what if he couldn't?
What if Ganhar simply turned him over to Jantu as the traitor he was?
The huge inner portals
opened, admitting the cutter to the hollow heart of the enclave, and Ramman
balanced on a razor edge of agonized indecision.
* * *
Ganhar rubbed his weary
eyes and frowned at the holo map hovering above his desk. Its green dots were
fewer than ever, its red dots correspondingly more numerous. His people had
maintained direct links with relatively few of the terrorist bases the degenerates
had hit, but the fallout from those strikes was devastating. In less than
twenty-four hours, thirty-one—thirty-one!—major HQs, training, and base
camps had been wiped out in separate, flawlessly synchronized operations whose
efficient ferocity had stunned even Ganhar. The shock had been still worse for
his degenerate tools; dying for a cause was one thing, but even the most
fanatical religious or political bigot must pause and give thought to the body
blow international terrorism had just taken.
He sighed. His personal
position was in serious jeopardy, and with it his life, and there was
disturbingly little he could do about it. Only the fact that he'd warned Anu
something might be brewing had saved him so far, and it wouldn't save him very
much longer.
His civilian minions'
inability to stop their own soldiers or even warn him of what was coming was
frightening. Nergal's people must have infiltrated the military even
more deeply than he'd feared, and if they could do that much, what else might
they have accomplished without his noticing?
More to the point, why
were they doing this? Inanna's suggestion that age had compelled them to attack
while they still had enough Imperials to handle their equipment made sense up
to a point, but the latest round of disasters had been executed out of purely
Terrestrial resources. It took careful planning to blend Terran and Imperial
efforts so neatly, which suggested the entire operation had been worked out
well in advance. Which, in turn, suggested some long-range objective beyond the
destruction of replaceable barbarian allies.
Ganhar got that far
without difficulty; unfortunately, it still gave no hint of what the bastards
were up to. Drive his sources as he might, he simply couldn't find a single
reason for such a fundamental, abrupt change in tactics.
About the only thing his
people had managed was the identification of one of the enemy's
previously unsuspected degenerate henchmen. Not that it helped a great deal,
for Hector MacMahan had vanished. Which might mean they'd been intended to spot
him, and that—
The admittance chime
broke into his thoughts and he straightened, kneading the back of his neck as
he sent a mental command to the hatch mechanism. The panel licked aside, and
Commander Inanna stepped through it.
Ganhar's eyes widened
slightly, for he and the medical officer were scarcely friends—indeed, about
the only thing they had in common was their mutual detestation for Jantu—and
she'd never visited his private quarters. His mental antennae quivered, and he
waved her courteously to a Louis XIV chair under a seventh-century Tang Dynasty
tapestry.
"Good evening,
Ganhar." She sat and crossed her long, shapely legs. Well, not hers,
precisely, but then neither was Ganhar's body "his" in the usual
sense, and Inanna really had picked a stunningly beautiful one this time.
"Good
evening," he replied. His voice gave away nothing, but she smiled as if
she sensed his burning curiosity. Which she probably did. She might be
unswervingly loyal to a maniac, and it was highly probable she was a bit around
the bend herself, but she'd never been dense or unimaginative.
"No doubt you're
wondering about this visit," she said. He considered replying but settled
for raising his eyebrows politely, and she laughed.
"It's simple
enough. You're in trouble, Ganhar. Deep, deep trouble. But you know that, don't
you?"
"The thought had
crossed my mind," he admitted.
"It's done lots
more than that. In fact, you've been sitting here sweating like a pig because
you know you're about one more bad report away from—pffft!" She
snapped her fingers, and he winced.
"Your grief is
moving, but I doubt you came just to warn me in case I hadn't noticed."
"True. True."
She smiled cheerfully. "You know, I've never liked you, Ganhar. Frankly,
I've always thought you were in it out of pure greed, which would be fine if I
weren't pretty certain your plans include winding up in charge yourself. With,
I'm sure, fatal consequences for Anu and myself."
Ganhar blinked, and her
eyes danced at his failure to hide his surprise.
"Ganhar, Ganhar!
You disappoint me! Just because you think I'm a little crazy is no reason to
think I'm stupid! You may even be right about my mental state, but you really
ought to be a bit more careful about letting it color your calculations."
"I see." He
propped an elbow on his desk through the holo map and regarded her as calmly as
he could. "May I assume you're pointing out my shortcomings for a
reason?"
"There. I always
knew you were bright." She paused tauntingly, forcing him to ask, and he
had no choice but to comply.
"And that reason
is?"
"Why, I'm here to
help you. Or to propose an alliance, of sorts, at any rate." He sat a bit
straighter, and a strange hardness banished all amusement from her eyes.
"Not against Anu,
Ganhar," she said coldly. "Whether I'm crazy or not isn't your
concern, but make one move against him, and you're a dead man."
Ganhar shivered. He had
no idea what that icy guarantee might rest upon, but neither did he have any
desire to find out. She sounded far too sure of herself for that, and, as she'd
pointed out, she was hardly stupid. Assuming he survived the next few weeks, he
was going to have to recast his plans for Commander Inanna.
"I see," he
said after a long pause. "But if not against him, then against who?"
"There you go
again. Try to accept that I'm reasonably bright, Ganhar. It'll make things much
easier for us both."
"Jantu?"
"Of course. That
weasel has plans for all of us. But then," her smile turned wolfish,
"I have plans for him, too. Jantu's in very poor health; he just doesn't
know it yet. He won't—until his next transplant comes due."
Ganhar shivered again.
Brain transplants were ticklish even with Imperial technology, and a certain
number of fatalities were probably unavoidable, but he'd assumed Anu decided
which patients suffered complications. It hadn't occurred to him Inanna might
be doing it on her own.
"So," she went
on pleasantly, "we still have to decide what to do with him in the
meantime. If he ever left the enclave, he might have an accident. I'd
considered that, and it would've been a neat way to get him, Kirinal, and
you, wouldn't it? You're in charge of external operations . . . he's your worst
rival . . . who wouldn't've wondered if you two hadn't arranged it?"
"You have a
peculiar way of convincing an 'ally' to trust you," Ganhar pointed out
carefully.
"I'm only proving I
can be honest with you, Ganhar. Doesn't my openness reassure you?"
"Not
particularly."
"Well, that's
probably wise of you. And that's my point; you really are much smarter than
Jantu—less devious, but smarter. And because you are, I'm reasonbly certain your
plans to assassinate Anu—and possibly myself—don't envision any immediate
execution date." She smiled cheerfully at her own play on words. "But
if you disappeared from the equation, Jantu is stupid enough to make his try
immediately. He wouldn't succeed, but he doesn't know that, and I'm sure it
would come to open fighting in the end. If that happened, Anu or I might be
among the casualties. I wouldn't like that."
"So why not tell
Anu?"
"The one absolutely
predictable thing about you is your ability to disappoint me, Ganhar. You must
be crazy yourself if you think I haven't realized Anu is. The technical term,
if you're wondering, is advanced paranoia, complicated by megalomania. He
hasn't quite reached grossly delusional proportions yet, but he's headed that
way. And while we're being so honest, let's admit that paranoia can be a
survival tool in situations like his. After all, a paranoic is only crazy when
people aren't out to get him.
"But the point is
that I'm probably the only person he trusts at all, and one reason he does is
that I've very carefully avoided getting caught up in any of our little
intrigues. But if I warned him about Jantu, he'd start wondering if I hadn't
decided to join with you, instead. He's not exactly noted for moderation, and
the simplest solution to his problem would be to kill all three of us. I
wouldn't like that, either."
"Then why
not—"
"Careful,
Ganhar!" She leaned towards him, her eyes hard as two black opals, and her
soft, soft voice was almost a hiss. "Be very, very careful what you
suggest to me. Of course I could. I'm his doctor, after all. But I won't. Not
now, not ever. Remember that."
"I . . .
understand," he said, licking his lips.
"I doubt
that." Her eyes softened, and somehow that frightened Ganhar even more
than their hardness had, but then she shook her head. "No, I doubt
that," she said more naturally, "but it doesn't matter. What matters
is that you have an ally against Jantu—for now, at least. We both know things
are going to get worse before they get better, but I'll do what I can to draw
fire from you during conferences, and I'll support you against Jantu and maybe
even when you stand up to him. Not always directly, perhaps, but I will.
I want you around to take charge when we start rebuilding your operations
network."
"You mean you want
me around because you don't want Jantu in charge, right?" Ganhar
asked, meeting her eyes fully.
"Well, of course.
But it's the same thing, isn't it?"
It most definitely
wasn't the same thing, but Ganhar chose not to press the point. She peered
deeply into his eyes for a moment, then nodded.
"I can just see
your busy little mind whirring away in there," she said dryly. "That's
good. But, as one ally to another, I'd advise you to come up with some sort of
forceful recommendation for Anu. Something positive and masterful. It doesn't
have to actually accomplish much, you understand, but a little violence
would be helpful. He'll like that. The notion of hitting back—of doing
something—always appeals to megalomaniacs."
"I—" Ganhar
broke off and drew a deep breath. "Inanna, you have to realize how what
you've just said sounds. I'm not going to suggest that you do anything to Anu. You're
right; I don't understand why you feel the way you do, but I'll accept it and
remember it. But don't you worry about what else I might do with the insight
you've just given me?"
"Of course not,
Ganhar." She lounged back in her chair with a kindly air. "We both
know I've just turned all of your calculations topsy-turvy, but you're a bright
little boy. Given a few decades to consider it, you'll realize I wouldn't have
done it if I hadn't already taken precautions. That's valuable in its own right,
don't you think? I mean, knowing that, crazy or not, I'll kill you the moment
you become a threat to Anu or me is bound to color your thinking, isn't
it?"
"I suppose you
could put it that way."
"Then my visit
hasn't been a waste, has it?" She rose and stretched, deliberately
taunting him with the exquisite perfection of the body she wore as she turned
for the hatch. Then she paused and looked back over her shoulder almost
coquettishly.
"Oh! I almost
forgot. I meant to warn you about Bahantha."
Ganhar blinked again.
What about Bahantha? She was his senior assistant, number two in Operations now
that he'd replaced Kirinal, and she was one of the very few people he trusted.
His thoughts showed in his face, and Inanna shook her head at his expression.
"Men! You didn't
even know that she's Jantu's lover, did you?" She laughed merrily at his
sudden shock.
"Are you
certain?" he demanded.
"Of course. Jantu
controls the official security channels, but I control biosciences, and
that's a much better spy system than he has. You might want to remember that
yourself. But the thing is, I think you'd better arrange for her to suffer a
mischief, don't you? An accident would be nice. Nothing that would cast
suspicion on you, just enough to send her along to sickbay." Her toothy smile
put Ganhar forcefully in mind of a Terran piranha.
"I . . .
understand," he said.
"Good," she
replied, and sauntered from his cabin. The hatch closed, and Ganhar looked
blindly back at the map. It was amazing. He'd just acquired a powerful ally . .
. so why did he feel so much worse?
* * *
Abu al-Nasir, who had
not allowed himself to think of himself as Andrew Asnani in over two years, sat
in the rear of the cutter and yawned. He'd seen enough Imperial technology in
the last six months to take the wonder out of it, and he judged it best to let
the Imperials about him see it.
In fact, his curiosity
was unquenchable, for unlike most of the northerners' Terra-born, he had never
seen Nergal and never knowingly met a single one of their Imperials. That,
coupled with his Semitic heritage, was what had made him so perfect for this
role. He was of them, yet apart from them, unrelated to them by blood and with
no family heritage of assistance to connect him to them, however deep the
southerners looked.
It also meant he hadn't
grown up knowing the truth, and the shock of discovering it had been the second
most traumatic event in his life. But it had offered him both vengeance and a
chance to build something positive from the wreckage of his life, and that was
more than he'd let himself hope for in far too long.
He yawned again,
remembering the evening his universe had changed. He'd known something special
was about to happen, although his wildest expectations had fallen immeasurably
short of the reality. Full colonels with the USFC did not, as a rule, invite
junior sergeants in the venerable Eighty-Second Airborne to meet them in the
middle of a North Carolina forest in the middle of the night. Not even when the
sergeant in question had applied for duty with the USFC's anti-terrorist action
units. Unless, of course, his application had been accepted and something very,
very strange was in the air.
But his application had
not been accepted, for the USFC had never even officially seen it. Colonel
MacMahan had scooped it out of his computers and hidden it away because he had
an offer for Sergeant Asnani. A very special offer that would require that
Sergeant Asnani die.
The colonel, al-Nasir
admitted to himself, had been an excellent judge of character. Young Asnani's
mother, father, and younger sister had walked down a city street in New Jersey
just as a Black Mecca bomb went off, and when he heard what the colonel had to
suggest, he was more than ready to accept.
The pre-arranged
"fatal" practice jump accident had gone off perfectly, purging Asnani
from all active data bases, and his true training had begun. The USFC hadn't
had a thing to do with it, although it had been some time before Asnani
realized that. Nor had he guessed that the exhausting training program was also
a final test, an evaluation of both capabilities and character, until the
people who had actually recruited him told him the truth.
Had anyone but Hector
MacMahan told him, he might not have believed it, despite the technological
marvels the colonel demonstrated. But when he realized who had truly recruited
him and why, and that his family had been but three more deaths among untold
millions slaughtered so casually over the centuries, he had been ready. And so
it was that when the USFC mounted Operation Odysseus, the man who had been
Andrew Asnani was inserted with it, completely unknown to anyone but Hector
MacMahan himself.
Now the cutter slanted
downward, and Abu al-Nasir, deputy action commander of Black Mecca, prepared to
greet the people who had summoned him here.
* * *
"Except for the
fact that we've only gotten one man inside, things seem to be moving
well," Hector MacMahan said. Jiltanith had followed him into the wardroom,
and she nodded to Colin and selected a chair of her own, sitting with her
habitual cat-like grace.
"So far,"
Colin agreed. "What do you and 'Tanni expect next?"
"Hard to say,"
Hector admitted. "They've got most of their people inside by now, and,
logically, they'll sit tight in their enclave to wait us out. On the other hand,
every time we use any of our own Imperials in an operation we give them a
chance to trail someone back to us, so they'll probably leave us some
sacrificial goats. We'll have to hit a few of them to make it work, and I've
already put the ops plan into the works. We're on schedule, but everything
still depends on luck and timing."
"Why am I unhappy
whenever you use words like 'logically' and 'luck'?"
"Because you know
the southerners may not be too tightly wrapped, and that even if they are, we
have to do things exactly right to bring this off."
"Hector hath the
right of't, Colin," Jiltanith said. " 'Tis clear enow that Anu, at
the least, is mad, and what means have we whereby to judge the depth his
madness hath attained? I'truth, 'tis in my mind that divers others of his
minions do share his madness, else had they o'erthrown him long before. 'Twould
be rankest folly in our plans to make assumption madmen do rule their inner
councils, yet ranker far to make assumption they do not. And if that be so,
then naught but fools would foretell their plans wi' certainty."
"I see. But haven't
we tried to do just that?"
"There's truth
i'that. Yet so we must, if hope may be o'victory. And as Hector saith, 'tis
clear some movement hath been made e'en now amongst their minions. Mad or sane,
Anu hath scant choice i'that. 'Tis also seen how his 'goats' do stand exposed,
temptations to our fire, and so 'twould seem good Hector hath beagled out the
manner of their thought aright. Yet 'tis also true that one ill choice may yet
bring ruin 'pon us all. I'truth, I do not greatly fear it, for Hector hath a
cunning mind. We stand all in his hand, empowered by his thought, and 'tis most
unlike our great design will go awry."
"Spare my
blushes," MacMahan said dryly. "Remember I only got one man inside,
and even if the core of our strategy works perfectly, we could still get hurt
along the way."
"Certes, yet wert
ever needle-witted, e'en as a child, my Hector." She smiled and ruffled
her distant nephew's hair, and he forgot his customary impassivity as he
grinned at her. "And hath it not been always so? Naught worth the doing
comes free o'danger. Yet 'tis in my mind 'tis in smaller things we may find
ourselves dismayed, not in the greater."
"Like what?"
Colin demanded.
"That depends on too
many factors for us to say. If it didn't, they wouldn't be surprises. It's
unlikely anything they do to us can hurt us too much, but you're a military man
yourself, Colin. What's the first law of war?"
"Murphy's,"
Colin said grimly.
"Exactly. We've
disaster-proofed our position as well as we can, but the fact remains that
we're betting on just a pair, as Horus would say—Ramman and Ninhursag—and one
hole card—our man inside Black Mecca. We don't know what cards Anu holds, but
if he decides to fold this hand or even just stands pat for a few years, it all
comes unglued."
"For God's sake
spare me the poker metaphors!"
"Sorry, but they
fit. The most important single factor is Anu's mental state. If he suddenly
turns sane and decides to ignore us until we go away, we lose. We have to do
him enough damage to make him antsy, and we have to do it in a way that keeps him
from getting too suspicious. We have to hurt him enough to make him eager to
come back out and start making repairs, but at the same time we have to stop
hurting him in a way that leaves him confident enough to come right back out.
Which means we have to hit at least some of his 'goats' after his important
personnel have all gone to ground, then wind down when it's obvious our returns
are starting to diminish."
"Well," Colin
tried to project both confidence and caution, "if anyone can pull it off,
you two can."
"Thanks, I
think," Hector said, and Jiltanith nodded.
* * *
The stocky,
olive-brown-skinned woman sat quietly in the cutter, but her eyes were bright
and busy. There were Terra-born as well as Imperials around her, and the
trickiest part was showing just enough interest in them.
Ninhursag had never
considered herself an actress, but perhaps she was one now. If so, her
continued survival might be said to constitute a favorable review.
She'd lived in the
enclave only briefly and had not returned in over a century, so a certain
amount of interest was natural. By the same token, any Terra-born being brought
into the enclave must be important and thus a logical cause for curiosity. The
trick was to display her curiosity without giving anyone cause to suspect that
she knew at least one of them was far more than he seemed. Her instructions
made no mention of Terra-born allies, but they made no sense if there were no
couriers, and if those couriers were Imperials she might as well have carried
the information out herself.
At the same time, she
knew she was suspect as one who had never been part of Anu's inner circle, so a
certain nervousness was also natural. Yet showing too much nervousness would be
worse than showing none at all. Her actions and attitude must show she knew she
was under suspicion yet appear too cowed for that suspicion to be justified.
In truth, it was the
last part she found hardest. Her horror at what Anu and Inanna had done to her
fellow mutineers and the poor, helpless primitives of this planet had become
cold, hard fury, and she hated the need to restrain it. When she'd learned
Horus and the rest of Nergal's crew had deserted Anu and chosen to fight
him, her first thought had been to defect to them, but they'd convinced her she
was more valuable inside Anu's organization. No doubt caution played a part in
that—they didn't entirely trust her and wanted to take no chances on
infiltration of their own ranks—but that was inevitable, and her only other
option would have been to strike out on her own, vanishing and doing nothing in
order to hide from both factions.
Yet doing nothing had
been unthinkable, and so she had become Nergal's not-quite-trusted spy,
fully aware of the terrifying risk she ran. Terror had been a cold, omnipresent
part of her for far too long, but it was not her master. That had been left to
another emotion: hate.
The sudden outbreak of
violence had surprised her as much as it had any of Anu's loyalists, but
coupled with the odd instructions she'd received from Jiltanith, it made frightening,
exhilarating sense. There was only one reason Anu's enemies could want those
admittance codes.
She'd tried not to
wonder how they hoped to get them out of the enclave, for what she neither knew
nor suspected could not be wrung out of her, but she'd always been cursed with
an active mind, and the bare bones of their plan were glaringly obvious. Its
mad recklessness shocked her, but she knew what they planned, and hopeless
though it might well be, she was eager.
The cutter nosed
downward, and she felt her implants tingle as they waited to steal the key to
Anu's fortress for his foes.
Dark and silence ruled
the interior of the mighty starship. Only the hydroponic sections and parks and
atriums were lit, yet the whole stupendous structure pulsed with the electronic
awarness of the being called Dahak.
It was good, the
computer reflected, that he was not human, for a human in his place would have
gone mad long before Man relearned the art of working metal. Of course, a human
might also have found a way to act without needing to wait for a Colin
MacIntyre.
But he was not human.
There were human qualities he did not possess, for they had not been built into
him. His core programming was heuristic, else he had not developed this concept
of selfhood that separated him from the Comp Cent of old, yet he had not made
that final transition into human-ness. Still, he had come closer than
any other of his kind ever had, and perhaps someday he would take that step. He
rather looked forward to the possibility, and he wondered if his ability to
anticipate that potentiality reflected the beginnings of an imagination.
It was an interesting
question, one upon which even he might profitably spend a few endless seconds
of thought, but one he could not answer. He was the product of intellect and
electronics, not intuition and evolution, with no experiential basis for any of
the intangible human capacities and emotions. Imagination, ambition,
compassion, mercy, empathy, hate, longing . . . love. They were words he had
found in his memory when he awoke, concepts whose definitions he could recite
with neither hesitation nor true understanding.
And yet . . . and yet
there were those stirrings at his soulless core. Did this cold
determination of his to destroy the mutineers and all their works reflect only
the long-dead Druaga's Alpha Priority commands? Or was it possible that the
determination was his, Dahak's, as well?
One thing he did know;
he had made greater strides in learning to comprehend rather than simply define
human emotions in the six months of Colin MacIntyre's command than in the
fifty-two millennia that had preceded them. Another entity, separate from
himself, had intruded into his lonely universe, someone who had treated him not
as a machine, not as a portion of a starship that simply had the ability to
speak, but as a person.
That was a novel thing,
and in the weeks since Colin had departed, Dahak had replayed their every
conversation, studied every recorded gesture, analyzed almost every thought his
newest captain had thought or seemed to think. There was a strange compulsion
within him, one created by no command and that no diagnostic program could
dissect, and that, too, was a novel experience.
Dahak had studied his
newest Alpha Priority orders, as well, constructing, as ordered, new models and
new projections in light of the discovery of a second faction of mutineers.
That process he understood, and the exercise of his faculties gave him
something he supposed a human would call enjoyment.
But other parts of those
orders were highly dissatisfying. He understood and accepted the prohibition
against sending his captain further aid or taking any direct action before the
northern mutineers attacked the southern lest he reveal his actual
capabilities. But the order to communicate with the northern leaders in the
event of Colin's death and the categorical, inarguable command to place himself
under the command of one Jiltanith and the other mutineer children—those
he would obey because he must, not because he wished to.
Wished to. Why, he was
becoming more human. What business had a computer thinking in terms of its own
wishes? If ever he had expressed a wish or desire to his core programmers, they
would have been horrified. They would have shut him down, purged his memory,
reprogrammed him from scratch.
But Colin would not
have. And that, Dahak realized, in the very first flash of intuition he had
ever experienced, was the reason he did not wish to obey his orders. If he must
obey them, it would mean that Colin was dead, and Dahak did not wish for
Colin to die, for Colin was something far more important to Dahak's comfortable
functioning than the computer had realized.
He was a friend, the
first friend Dahak had ever had, and with that realization, a sudden tremble
seemed to run through the vast, molecular circuitry of his mighty intellect. He
had a friend, and he understood the concept of friendship. Imperfectly,
perhaps, but did humans understand it perfectly themselves? They did not.
Yet imperfect though his
understanding was, the concept was a gestalt of staggering efficacy. He had
internalized it without ever realizing it, and with it he had internalized all
those other "human" emotions, after a fashion, at least. For with
friendship came fear—fear for a friend in danger—and the ability to hate those
who threatened that friend.
It was not an entirely
pleasant thing, the huge computer mused, this friendship. The cold,
intellectual detachment of his armor had been rent—not fully, but in part—and
for the first time in fifty millennia, the bitter irony of helplessness in the
face of his mighty firepower was real, and it hurt. There. Yet another human
concept: pain.
The mighty, hidden
starship swept onward in its endless orbit, silent and dark, untenanted, yet
filled with life. Filled with awareness and anxiety and a new, deeply personal
purpose, for the mighty electronic intellect, the person, at its core
had learned to care at last . . . and knew it.
* * *
The small party crept
invisibly through the streets of Tehran. Their black, close-fitting clothing
would have marked them as foreigners—emissaries, no doubt, of the "Great
Satans"—had any seen them, but no one did, for the technical wizardry of
the Fourth Imperium was abroad in Tehran this night.
Tamman paused at a
corner to await the return of his nominal second-in-command, feeling deaf and
blind within his portable stealth field. It was strange to realize a Terra-born
human could be better at something like this than he, yet Tamman could not
remember a time when he had not "seen" and "felt" his full
electromagnetic and gravitonic environment. Because of that, he felt
incomplete, almost maimed, even with his sensory boosters, when he must rely
solely upon his natural senses, and taking point was not a job for a man whose
confidence was shaken, however keen his eyes or ears might be.
Sergeant Amanda Givens
returned as silently as the night wind, ghosting back into his awareness, and
nodded to him. He nodded back, and he and the other five members of their team
crept forward once more behind her.
Tamman was grateful she
was here. Amanda was one of their own, directly descended from Nergal's
crew, and, like Hector, she'd also been a member of the USFC until very
recently. She reminded Tamman of Jiltanith; not in looks, for she was as plain
as 'Tanni was beautiful, but in her feline, eternally poised readiness and
inner strength. The fact that her merely human senses and capabilities were
inferior to an Imperial's had not shaken her confidence in herself. If only she
could have been given an implant set, he thought. She was no beauty, but he
felt more than passing interest in her, more than he'd felt in any woman since
Himeko.
She stopped again, so
suddenly he almost ran into her, and she grinned at him reprovingly. He managed
a grin of his own, but he felt uneasy . . .
limited. Give him an Imperial fighter and a half-dozen hostiles and he
would feel at home; here he was truly alien, out of his depth and aware of it.
Amanda pointed, and
Tamman nodded as he recognized the dilapidated buildings they'd come to find.
It must have tickled the present regime to put Black Mecca's HQ in the old
British Embassy compound, and it must have galled Black Mecca to settle for it
instead of the crumbling old American Embassy the mainstream faction of the
Islamic Jihad had claimed.
He waved orders to his
team and they spread out, finding cover behind the unmanned outer perimeter of
sandbags. He recalled the vitriolic diatribes that often emanated from this
very spot, beamed to the world of Black Mecca's enemies. These positions were
always manned, then, with troops "prepared to defend their faith with
their life's blood" against the eternally impending attack of the Great
Satans. Not, of course, that any member of Black Mecca had ever believed any
enemy could actually reach them here.
He checked his team once
more. All were under cover, and he raised his energy gun. His fellows were all
Terra-born, trained for missions like this one by their own governments or in
classes conducted by people like Hector and Amanda. They were skilled and
deadly with the weapons of the Terrestrial military, but far more deadly with
the weapons they carried now. None was strong enough to carry energy guns, not
even the cut-down, customized one he carried, but Nergal's crew had
specialized in ingenious adaptation for centuries, and the fruits of their
labor were here tonight, for Hector wanted Anu to know precisely who was behind
this attack.
Tamman pressed the
firing stud, and the silent night exploded.
The deadly focus of
gravitonic disruption slammed into the inner sandbags around the compound gate,
shredding their plastic envelopes, filling the air with flying sand, slicing
the drowsy sentries in half. Their gore mixed with the sand, spattering the
wall behind them with red mud, but only until the ravening fury of the energy
gun ripped into that wall in turn.
Stone dust billowed.
Chips of brick and cement rattled like hail, and Tamman swept his beam like a
hose, spraying destruction across the compound while the energy gun heated
dangerously in his hands. Tamman was a powerful man, a tall, disciplined mass
of bone and muscle, for he'd known he would never have a full implant set.
Fanatical exercise had been his way of compensating for that deprivation, and
it was the only reason he could use even this cut-down energy gun. It was
heavier than most Terran-made crewed weapons, but still lighter than a
full-sized Imperial weapon, and most of the weight saved had come out of its
heat dissipation systems. It was far less durable, and the demands he was making
upon it were ruinous, but he held the stud down, flaying the compound.
The outer wall went down
and the closest building fronts exploded in dust and flying shards of glass.
Light sparked and spalled, fountaining sparks as broken electric cables cracked
like whips. Small fires started, and still the energy blasted into the
buildings. It sheared through structural members like tissue, and the upper
floors began an inexorable collapse.
A harsh buzz from the
gun warned of the imminent failure of its abused, lightweight circuitry, and
Tamman released the stud at last.
The high, dreadful
keening of the wounded floated on the night wind, and the slither and crash of
collapsing buildings rumbled in the darkness. Half-clothed figures darted
madly, their frantic confusion evident through the attack team's low-light
optics. Black Mecca's surveillance systems still reported nothing, and the
terrible near-silence of the energy gun only added to their bewilderment, but
the true nightmare had scarcely begun.
Three shoulder-slung
grav guns opened fire, raking the compound across the wreckage of the outer
wall. The sound of their firing was no more than a loud, sibilant hiss, lost in
the whickering "cracks" of their supersonic projectiles, and
there was no muzzle flash. Most of the deadly darts were inert, this time, but
every fifth round was explosive. More of Black Mecca died or blew apart or
collapsed screaming, and then the grenade launchers opened up.
There were no
explosions, for these were Imperial warp grenades, and the principle upon which
they worked was terrible in its dreadful elegance. They were small hyper
generators, little larger than a large man's fist, and as each grenade landed
it became the center of a ten-meter multi-dimensional transposition field. Anything
within that spherical area of effect simply vanished into hyperspace with a
hand-clap of imploding air . . . forever.
Chunks of pavement and
broken stone disappeared quietly into eternity, and the screaming terrorists
went mad. Men and, infinitely worse, parts of men went with those
grenades, and the near-total silence of the carnage was more than they could
stand. They stampeded and ran, dying as the grav guns continued to fire, and
then the madness of the night reached its terrible climax as Amanda Givens
fired her own weapon at last.
Noon-day light splashed
the moonless sky as she dropped a plasma grenade among their enemies and, for
one dreadful moment, the heart of the sun itself raged unchecked. It was pure,
stone-fusing energy, consuming the very air, and thermal radiation lashed out
from the center of destruction. It caught its victims mercilessly, turning
running figures into torches, touching wreckage to flame, blinding the unwary
who looked directly at it.
And when the fiery glare
vanished as abruptly as it had come, the attack ended. The hissing roar of
flames and the screams of their own maimed and dying were all the world the
handful of surviving terrorists had, and the smoke that billowed heavenward was
heavy with the stench of burning flesh.
The seven executioners
faded silently away. Their stealthed cutter collected them forty minutes later.
* * *
Lieutenant General
Gerald Hatcher frowned as he studied the classified folder, but his frown
turned wry for a moment as he considered the absurdity of classifying something
the entire planet was buzzing over.
His amusement faded as
quickly as it had come, and he leaned back in his swivel chair, lips pursed as
he considered.
The . . . peculiar
events of the past few weeks had produced a massive ground swell of
uncertainty, and the "unscheduled vacations" of a surprising number
of government, industry, and economic leaders had not helped settle the
public's mind. To an extent, those disappearances had been quite helpful to
Hatcher, for the vanished leaders included most of the ones he'd expected to
protest his unauthorized, unsanctioned, and quite possibly illegal attacks on
terrorist enclaves. He did not, however, find their absence reassuring.
He drummed his fingers
on his blotter and wished—not for the first time—that he'd been less quick to
order Hector MacMahan to disappear . . .
not that his instructions could have made too much difference to
Hector's plans. Still, he wanted, more than he'd ever wanted anything in his
life, to spend a few minutes listening to Hector explain this insanity.
One thing was abundantly
clear: the best of humanity's so-called experts had no idea how whatever was
happening was being done. Their best explanation of that new, deep crater
outside Cuernavaca was a meteor strike, but no one had put it forward very
seriously. Even leaving aside the seismographic proof that it had resulted from
multiple strikes and its impossibly precise point of impact, it was
inconceivable that something that size could have burned its way through
atmosphere without anyone even seeing it coming!
Then there were those
unexplained nuclear explosions out over the Pacific. At least they had a fair
idea how nuclear weapons worked, but who had used them upon whom? And what
about those strikes in China and the Tatra Mountains? Those had been air
strikes, whatever Cuernavaca might have been, but no one had explained how the
aircraft in question had evaded look-down radar, satellite reconnaissance, and
plain old human eyesight. Hatcher had no firm intel on Fenyang, but the
Gerlochovoko strike had used "conventional" explosives, though the
analysts' best estimate of the warhead yields had never come from any chemical
explosive they knew anything about, and the leftover bits and pieces of
pulverized alloy and crystal had never come from any Terran tech base.
Now this. Abeokuta,
Beirut, Damascus, Kuieyang, Mirzapur, Tehran. . . . Someone was systematically hitting terrorist bases, the dream
targets no Western military man had ever hoped to hit, and gutting them. And
they were doing it with more of the damned weapons his people had never even
heard of!
Except for Hector, of
course. Hatcher was absolutely certain Hector not only knew what was happening
but also had played a not inconsiderable part in arranging for it to happen.
That was more than mildly disturbing, considering the security checks Colonel
MacMahan had undergone, his outstanding record as an officer, and the fact that
he was one of Gerald Hatcher's personal friends.
One thing was crystal
clear, though no one seemed inclined to admit it. Whoever had gone to war
against Earth's terrorists hadn't come from Earth, not with the things they
were capable of doing. Which led to all sorts of other maddening questions. Who
were they? Where had they come from? Why were they here? Why hadn't they
announced themselves to the human race in general?
Hatcher couldn't answer
any of those questions. Perhaps he never would be able to, but he didn't think
it would work out that way, for the evidence, fragmentary as it was, suggested
at least one other unpalatable fact. At least two factions were locked in
combat, and one or the other was going to win, eventually.
He closed the folder,
buzzing for his aide to return it to the vault. Then he sighed and stood
looking out his office windows.
Oh, yes. One side was
going to win, and when they did, they were going to make their presence felt.
Openly felt, that was, for Hatcher was morally certain that they'd already
made themselves at home. It would explain so much. The upsurge in terrorism,
the curious unwillingness of First World governments to do much about it, those
mysterious "vacations," Hector's obvious involvement with at least
one faction of what had to be extra-terrestrials . . .
All the selective
destruction could mean only one thing: a covert war was spilling over into the
open, and it was being fought on Hatcher's planet. The whole damned Earth was
holding its collective breath, waiting to see who won, and they didn't even
know who was doing the fighting!
But Hatcher suspected
that, like him, most of those uncertain billions prayed to God nightly for the
side that was trashing the terrorists. Because if the side that backed
people like Black Mecca won, this planet faced one hell of a nightmare. . . .
* * *
Colonel Hector MacMahan
sat in his office aboard his people's single warship, and studied his own
reports. His eyes ached from watching the old-fashioned phosphor screen, and he
felt a brief, bitter envy of the Imperials about him. It wasn't the first time
he'd envied their neural feeds and computer shunts.
He leaned back and
massaged his temples. Things were going well, but he was uneasy. He always was
when an op was under way, but this was worse than usual. Something was nagging
at a corner of his brain, and that frightened him. He'd heard that taunting
voice only infrequently, for he was good at his job and serious mistakes were
few, but he recognized it. He'd forgotten something, miscalculated somewhere,
made some unwarranted assumption . . . something. And his subconscious
knew what it was, he reflected grimly; the problem was how to drive it up into
his forebrain.
He sighed and closed his
eyes, allowing his face to show the worry he showed to neither subordinates nor
superiors, but he couldn't pin it down. So far, their losses had been
incredibly light: a single Imperial and five of their own Terra-born. No
Imperial, however young, could have survived a lucky burst from a
thirty-millimeter cannon, but Tarhani should never have been permitted to lead
the Beirut raid at her age. Yet she'd been adamant. She'd hated that city for
over fifty years, ever since a truck bomb blew her favorite grandson into death
along with two hundred of his fellow Marines.
He shook his head.
Revenge was a motivation professionals sought to avoid, far less accepted as a
reason for assigning other personnel to high-risk missions. But not this time.
Win or lose, this was Nergal's final campaign, and 'Hani had been right:
she was old. If someone were to die leading the attack, better that it
should be her than one of the children. . . .
Yet MacMahan knew there
was another factor. For all his training and experience, all the hard-won
competence with which he'd planned and mounted this operation, he was a child.
It had always been so. A man among men among the Terra-born; a child—in years,
at least—when he boarded Nergal.
The Imperials were
careful to avoid emphasizing that point, and he knew they accepted him as an
equal, but he couldn't accept them as equals. He knew what people
like Horus and 'Hani, Geb and Hanalat, 'Tanni and Tamman, had seen and endured,
and he felt a deep, almost sublime respect for them, but respect was only part
of his complicated feelings. He knew their weaknesses, knew this entire
situation arose from mistakes they had made, yet he venerated them. They
were his family, his ancestors, the ancient, living avatars of the cause to
which he'd dedicated his life. He'd known how much the Beirut mission meant to
'Hani . . . that was the real reason he'd let her lead it.
But that got him no
closer to recognizing whatever that taunting little voice was trying to tell
him about.
He rose and switched off
his terminal. One other thing he'd learned about that voice; letting it
mesmerize him was worse than ignoring it. A few more raids on Anu's peripheral
links to Terra's terrorists, and it would be time for Operation Stalking-Horse,
the ostensible reason for winding down the violence.
He was a bit surprised
by how glad that made him. The northerners' targets were terrorists, but they
were also humans, of a sort, and their slaughter weighed upon his soul. Not
because of what they were, but because of what it was doing to his own people .
. . and to him.
* * *
"It seems to
me," Jantu said thoughtfully, "that we ought to be thinking of some
way to respond to these attacks."
He paused to sip coffee,
watching Anu from the corner of one eye, and only long practice kept his smile
from showing as the "Chief" glared at Ganhar. Poor, harried Ganhar
was about to become poor, dead Ganhar, for there was no way he could
respond, and Jantu waited expectantly for him to try to squirm out of his
predicament.
But Ganhar had himself
well in hand. He met Jantu's eyes almost blandly, and something about his
expression suddenly bothered the Security head. He had not quite put a mental
finger on it when Ganhar shattered all his calculations.
"I agree," he
said calmly, and Jantu choked on his coffee. Fortunately for his peace of mind,
he was too busy dabbing at the coffee stains on his tunic to notice the slight
smile in Commander Inanna's eyes.
"Oh?" Anu eyed
Ganhar sharply, his eyes hard. "That's nice, Ganhar, considering the mess
you've made of things so far."
"With all due
respect, Chief," Ganhar sounded far calmer than Jantu knew he could
possibly be, "I didn't get us into this situation. I only inherited
Operations after Kirinal was killed. In the second place, I warned you from the
start I was unhappy about how quiet the degenerate militaries were being and
that we had no way of knowing what their Imperials were going to do next."
He shrugged. "My people gave you all the information there was, Chief.
There simply wasn't enough to predict what was coming."
Anu glared at him, and
Ganhar made himself meet that glare levelly.
"You mean,"
Anu said dangerously, "that you didn't spot the information."
"No, I mean it
wasn't there. You've had eight Operations heads in the last two thousand years,
Chief—nine, counting me—and none of us have found Nergal for you. You
know how hard we've worked at it. But if we can't even find them, how
are we supposed to know what's going on in their inner councils? All I'm trying
to say is that we can't do it."
"It sounds to
me," Anu's soft voice rose steadily towards even more dangerous levels,
"like you're trying to cover your ass. It sounds to me like you're
making piss-poor excuses because you don't have one Maker-damned idea what to
do about it!"
"You're wrong,
Chief," Ganhar said, though it took most of his remaining courage to get
it out. Anu wasn't accustomed to being told he was wrong, and his face took on
an apoplectic hue as Ganhar continued, taking advantage of the pregnant silence.
"I do have a plan, as it happens. Two, in fact."
Anu's breath escaped in
a hiss. His minions seldom took that calm, almost challenging tone with him,
and the shock of hearing it broke through his anger. Maybe Ganhar really had
enough of a plan to justify his apparent confidence. If not, he could be killed
just as well after listening to him as before.
"All right,"
he grated. "Tell us."
"Of course. First
and simplest, we can do nothing at all. We've got our people under cover now,
and all they're managing to do is tear up a bunch of purely degenerate
terrorists. It makes a lot of noise, and it may look impressive to them, but,
fundamentally, they aren't hurting us. We can always recruit more of the
same, and every time they use Imperial technology, they risk losing
people and we have a chance of tracking them back to Nergal."
Ganhar watched Anu's
eyes. He knew—as, surely, Jantu and Inanna did—that what he'd just suggested
was the smart thing to do. Unfortunately, Anu's eyes told him it wasn't the
smart thing to suggest. He shrugged mentally and dusted off his second
proposal.
"That's the
simplest thing, but I don't think it's necessarily the best," he lied.
"We know some of their degenerates, and we've spotted some others who could
be working for them." He shrugged again, this time physically. "All
right, if they want to escalate, we've got more people and a lot more
resources. Let's escalate right back."
"Ah?" Anu
raised an eyebrow, his expression arrested.
"Exactly, Chief.
They surprised us at Colorado Springs, and they've been riding the advantage of
surprise ever since. They've been on the offensive, and so far it's only cost
them a few dozen degenerate military types in attacks on domestic terrorists
and maybe—" he emphasized the qualifier "—one or two of their
own people since they've started going after foreign bases on the ground.
They're probably feeling pretty confident about now, so let's kill a few of
their people and see if they get the message."
He smiled unpleasantly
and tried not to sigh in relief as Anu smiled back. He watched the chief
mutineer's slow nod, then swiveled his eyes challengingly to Jantu, enjoying
the angry frustration in the Security man's expression.
"How?" Anu's
voice was soft, but his eyes were eager.
"We've already made
a start, Chief. My people are trying to predict their next targets so we can
put a few of our own teams in positions to intervene. After that, we can start
hitting suspects direct. Give 'em a taste of their own medicine, you might
say."
"I like it,
Chief," Inanna said softly. Anu glanced at her, and she shrugged. "At
the least, it'll keep them from having things all their own way, and, with
luck, we may actually get a few of their Imperials. Every one they lose is
going to hurt them far worse than the same loss would hurt us."
"I agree," Anu
said, and Ganhar felt as if the weight of the planet had been lifted from his
back. "Maker, Ganhar! I didn't think you had it in you. Why didn't you
suggest this sooner?"
"I thought it would
have been premature. We didn't know how serious an attack they meant to mount.
If it was only a probe, a powerful response might actually have encouraged them
to press harder in retaliation." And wasn't that a mouthful of
nothing, Ganhar thought sourly. But Anu's smile grew.
"I see. Well, get
it in the works. Let's send a few of them and their precious degenerates to the
Breaker and see how they like that!"
Ganhar smiled back.
Actually, he thought, except for the possibility of ambushing the other side's
raiding parties it was the stupidest thing he'd ever suggested. Almost every
degenerate his people had suspected of being among Nergal's henchmen had
already vanished as completely as Hector MacMahan. He'd target his remaining
suspects first, but after that he might as well pick targets at random. Aside
from the satisfaction Anu might take from it, they would accomplish exactly
nothing, however many degenerates they blew away.
It was insane and
probably futile, but Inanna had been right. The violence of the plan obviously
appealed to Anu, and that was what mattered. As long as Anu was convinced
Ganhar was Doing Something, Ganhar would hang on to his position and the
perquisites that went with it. Like breathing.
"Let me have a
preliminary plan as soon as possible, Ganhar," Anu said, addressing the
Operations head more courteously than he had since Cuernavaca. Then he nodded
dismissal, and his three subordinates rose to leave.
Jantu was in a hurry to
get back to his office, but Inanna blocked him in the corridor, apparently by
accident, as she turned to Ganhar.
"Oh, Ganhar,"
she said, "I'm afraid I have some bad news for you."
"Oh?"
Jantu paused as Ganhar
spoke. He wanted to hear anything that was trouble for Ganhar, he thought
viciously.
"Yes. One of your
people got caught in a malfunction in Bislaht's transit shaft—a freak
grav surge. We didn't think she was too badly hurt when they brought her into
sickbay, but I'm afraid we were wrong. I'm sorry to say one of my med techs
missed a cerebral hemorrhage, and we lost her."
"Oh." There
was something strange about Ganhar's voice. He didn't sound surprised enough,
and there was an odd, sick little undertone. "Uh, who was it?" he
asked after a moment.
"Bahantha, I'm
afraid," Inanna said, and Jantu froze. He stared at Inanna in disbelief,
and she turned slowly to meet his eyes. Something gleamed in the depths of her
own gaze, and he swallowed, filled with a sudden dread suspicion.
"I see it's shaken
you, too, Jantu," she said softly. "Terrible, isn't it? Even here in
the enclave, you can't be entirely safe, can you?"
And she smiled.
"God damn them!
Damn them to Hell!"
Hector MacMahan's
normally expressionless face twisted with fury. His clenched fists trembled at
his sides, and Colin looked away from the colonel, sick at heart himself, to
study the other three people at the table.
Horus looked shaken and
ill, like a man trapped in a horrifying nightmare, and Isis sat silently, frail
shoulders bowed. Her lashes were wet, and she stared blindly down at the
age-delicate hands folded in her lap.
Jiltanith was
expressionless, her relaxed hands folded quietly on the table, but her eyes
were deadly. Neither group of Imperials had operated so openly during her
subjective lifetime, and though she might have accepted the possibility of such
a response intellectually, she hadn't really imagined it as a probability.
Now it had happened, and Colin felt the fury radiating from her . . . and the
focused strength of will it took to control it.
And how did he feel? He
considered that for a moment, and decided Hector had just spoken for him, as
well.
"All right,"
he said finally. "We knew they weren't exactly stable, and they've given
plenty of past examples of their willingness to do things like this. We should
have anticipated what they'd do."
"I should have
anticipated it, you mean," MacMahan said bitterly.
"I said 'we' and I
meant 'we.' The strategy was yours, Hector, but we were all involved in the
planning, and the Council approved it. We figured if they knew we were hitting
them, we'd be the targets they chose to strike back at. It was a logical
estimate, and we all shared it."
" 'Tis true,
Hector," Jiltanith said softly. "This plan was product of us all, not
thine alone." She smiled bitterly. "And did not we twain counsel
Colin madmen yet might dismay us all? Take not more guilt upon thyself than is
thy due."
"All right."
MacMahan drew a deep breath and sat. "Sorry."
"We
understand," Colin said. "But right now, just tell us how bad it
is."
"I suppose it could
be worse. They've gotten about thirty of our Terra-born—seven at once when they
hit that Valkyrie at Corpus Christi; Vlad Chernikov would've made eight, and he
may still lose his arm unless we can break him out of the hospital and get him
into Nergal's sickbay—but our own losses haven't been that high. Most of
the people they've slaughtered are exactly what they seem to be: ordinary
citizens.
"The death toll
from the Eden Two mass missile strike is about eighteen thousand. That was a
pay-back for Cuernavaca, I suppose. The bomb at Goddard got another two
hundred. The nuke they smuggled into Klyuchevskaya leveled the facilities, but
the loss of life was minimal thanks to the 'terrorists' ' phoned-in warning.
Sandhurst and West Point were Imperial weaponry—warp grenades and energy guns.
I imagine they were retaliation for Tehran and Kuiyeng. The Brits lost about
three hundred people; the Point lost about five."
He paused and shrugged
unhappily.
"It's a warning to
back off, and I—we—should have seen it coming. It's classic terrorist thinking,
and it fits right into Anu's own sick mentality."
"Agreed. The
question is, what do we do about it? Horus?"
"I don't
know," Horus said in a flat voice. "I'd like to say shut down. We've
hurt them worse than we ever did before. We'd have to shut down pretty soon,
anyway, and too many people are getting killed. I don't think I can take
another bloodbath." He looked at his hands and spoke with difficulty.
"This isn't a drop
in the bucket compared to Genghis Khan or Hitler, but it's still too much. It's
happening all over again, and this time we started it, Maker help us.
Can't we stop sooner than we planned?" He turned desperate eyes to Hector
and Jiltanith. "I know we all agreed we needed Stalking-Horse, but haven't
we done them enough damage for our purposes?"
"Isis?"
"I have to agree
with Dad," Isis said softly. "Maybe I'm too close to it because of
Cal and the girls, but . . ." She paused, and her lips trembled. "I .
. . just don't want to be responsible for any more slaughter, Colin."
"I
understand," he said gently, then looked at her sister.
"Jiltanith?"
"There's much in
what thou sayst, Father, and thou, Isis," Jiltanith said quietly,
"yet if we do halt our actions all so swift upon his murders, wi' no loss
of our own, may we not breed suspicion? If e'er doubt there was, there is no
longer: Anu and his folk have run full mad. Yet in their madness lurketh
danger, for 'tis most unlike they'll take a sane man's view o'things.
"Full sorely ha' we
smote his folk. Now ha' they dealt us buffets in return, and 'tis in my mind
that e'en now they watch us close, hot to scent our stomach for this work. And
if but so little blood—for so know we all Anu will see it—and it not ours
stoppeth up our blows, may not doubt hone sharp the wit of one so cunning, be
he e'er so mad? Be risk of that howe'er small, yet risk there still must be.
'Twas 'gainst that very danger Stalking-Horse was planned." She met her
father's pleading eyes.
"Truth maketh
bitter bread i'such a pass," her voice was even softer, "but whate'er
our hearts may tell us, i'coldest truth it mattereth but little how many lives
Anu may spend. Their blood is innocent. 'Twill haunt us all our whole lives
long. Yet if we fail, then all compassion may ha' spared will live but till
such time as come the Achuultani. 'Tis in my mind we durst not cease—not yet, a
while. Some few attacks more, then turn to Stalking-Horse as was the plan,
would be my counsel."
Colin nodded slowly as
he recognized her anguish. Her eyes were hooded, armoring the torment her own
words had given her, and behind her barricaded face, he knew, she was seeing
countless, nameless men, women, and children she had never met. Yet she was
right. That the blood that would be shed was innocent would mean nothing to
Anu. Might he not assume it meant less to them than the lives of their
own people?
They couldn't know that,
but Jiltanith had the resolution to face the possibility and the moral courage
to voice it.
"Thank you,"
he said. "Hector?"
" 'Tanni's
right," Hector sighed unhappily. "I wish to God she weren't, but that
won't change it. We can't know how Anu will react, but everything we do
know points to a man who hurts people for the pleasure of it and regards all
'degenerates' as expendable. He wouldn't stop because some of them were
getting killed; if we do, he may just ask himself why, and that's the one
question we can't afford for him to ask."
He stared at the table,
pressing his clenched fists together on its top.
"I hate the thought
of provoking massacres—or even a single death more than may be absolutely
necessary—but if we miscalculate and stop too soon, all the people who've
already died will have been killed for absolutely nothing."
"I agree,"
Colin said heavily. "We have to convince them, in terms they can
accept, that they've made us stop. Go ahead with the set-up for
Stalking-Horse, Hector. See if you can't compress the time frame, but do
it."
"I will."
MacMahon rose, and only Imperial ears could have heard his last words as he
left the room.
"God forgive
me," he whispered.
* * *
Ninhursag sat on the
bench and concentrated on looking harmless. The enclave's central park struck
her as crude and unfinished beside her memories of Dahak's recreation
areas, and she filed the observation away with all the others she'd made since
her return from the outside world. The sum of those observations was almost as
disturbing, in its way, as the day she awakened to learn what Anu had been
doing to her fellow mutineers.
She managed not to
shudder as a tall, slender man walked by. Tanu, she thought. Once she'd
known him well, but he was no longer Tanu. She didn't know which of Anu's
lieutenants had claimed his body, and she didn't want to find out. It was bad
enough watching him walk around and knowing he was dead.
She looked away,
thinking. There was an unfinished feeling to the entire enclave, like a
temporary camp, not a habitation. Anu and his followers had lived on this
planet for fifty thousand years, yet they'd never come to belong here. It was
as if they deliberately sought to preserve their awareness of the alien about
them. There were comfortable blocks of apartments here under the ice, built
immediately after their landing, but no more had been built since and virtually
none of the mutineers used the ones that existed. They'd retreated back into
their ships, clinging to their quarters aboard the transports despite their
cramped size. For herself, Ninhursag knew she would have gone mad long ago if
she'd been confined to such quarters for so long.
She watched the spray of
one of the very few tinkling fountains anyone had bothered to build and
considered that. Perhaps that was part of the miasma of madness drifting in the
air. These people had far outlived their allotted lifespans penned up inside
their artificial environment but for occasional jaunts outside. Their stolen
bodies were young and strong, but the personalities inhabiting them were old,
and the enclave was a pressure-cooker.
By their very nature,
most of Anu's people had been flawed or they would not have been here, and over
the endless years of exile, closeted within this small world, their minds had
turned inward. They'd been alone with their hates and ambitions and resentments
longer than human minds were designed to stand, and what had been flaws had
become yawning fissures. The best of them were distorted caricatures of what
they had been, while the worst . . .
She shuddered and hoped
none of the security scanners had noticed.
Theirs was a dead
society, decaying from its core. They wouldn't admit it—assuming they could
even recognize it—yet the truth was all about them. Five thousand years they'd
been awake, yet they'd added absolutely nothing to their tech base beyond a
handful of highly personal modifications to ways of spying on or killing one
another. They were only a small population, but it was the nature of societies
to change, to learn new things. A culture that didn't was doomed; if an outside
force didn't destroy it, its own members turned upon one another within the
static womb to which they had returned. Whether or not they could admit or recognize
their stagnation was ultimately unimportant, for deep inside, where the life
forces and the drive of a people came together out of emotion and beliefs they
might never have formalized, they knew they were spinning their wheels,
marking time . . . dying.
Ninhursag's eyes were
open now, and she saw it in so many things. The suspicion, the ambition, the
perversions of a degenerate age that knows it is degenerate. And,
perhaps most tellingly of all, there were no children. These people were no
celibates, but they had deliberately renounced the one thing that might have
forced them to change and evolve. And with it, they'd cut themselves off from
their own human roots. Like a woman barren with age, their biological clock had
stopped, and with it had died their sense of themselves as a living,
ever-renewed species.
Why had they done that
to themselves? They were—had been—Imperials, and the Imperium had known that
even a single quarter-century deployment aboard a ship like Dahak
required that sense of vitality and renewal among its crewmen. Even those who
had no children could see the children of others, and so share in the flow of
their species. But Anu's people had chosen to forget, and she could not
understand it.
Had their stolen
immortality made children irrelevant? Or did they fear producing a generation
foreign to their own twisted purpose? One that might rebel against them? She
didn't know. She couldn't know, for they had become a different
species—a dark, malevolent shadow that wore the bodies of her people but was
not hers.
She rose, walking slowly
across the park towards the building in which she had half-defiantly made her
own quarters, aware of the way her shadowing keeper followed her. He didn't
even bother to be unobtrusive, but it had helped to know exactly where the
security man assigned to watch her might be found.
She glanced idly at the
gawking Terra-born who shared the park with her, noting their awe at the
environment that seemed so crude to her, and wondered which of them would
collect the record chip she'd hidden under her bench.
* * *
Abu al-Nasir watched
Ninhursag walk away, then ambled over to the bench she'd occupied. The soaring,
vaulted ceiling of the park, with its projected roof of summer-blue sky and
fleecy clouds was amazing. It was hard to believe he was buried under hundreds
of meters of ice and stone. The illusion of being outside was almost perfect,
and perhaps the looming, bronze-toned hulls thrusting up beyond the buildings
helped to make it so.
He sat down and leaned
back, watching idly for the security scanners Colonel MacMahan had described to
him. There they were—nicely placed to watch the bench, but only from the front.
That was handy.
He let one hand drop
down beside him, about where his holster normally rode. Sergeant Asnani had
never felt any particular need to be armed at every moment; Abu al-Nasir felt
undressed without his personal arsenal. Still, it was hardly surprising the
mutineers declined to permit their henchmen weapons.
Not surprising, yet it
underscored the difference between them and their allies and the way Nergal's
crew worked with their own Terra-born. He'd never visited Nergal, but
he'd trained among her Terra-born, and he knew Colonel MacMahan. The colonel
was no man's flunky—the very thought was absurd—yet any of his Imperial allies
would have trusted him behind them with a gun.
But al-Nasir had already
concluded that everything the colonel had told him about these Imperials
was the truth. Since his initiation into Black Mecca, al-Nasir had become
accustomed to irrationality. Extremism, hatred, greed, sadism, fanaticism, megalomania,
disregard for human life . . . he'd know them all, and he recognized something
very like them here. Less bare-fanged and snarling, but perhaps even more evil
because of that. And these people truly regarded themselves as a totally
different species, simply because of the artificial enhancement of their own
bodies . . . and their ability to torment and kill the Terra-born.
The sense of ancientness
behind those comely, youthful faces was frightening, and al-Nasir was glad
there were no children. The thought of what any child who breathed this
poisoned atmosphere must become turned his stomach, and it was no longer a
stomach that turned easily.
His relaxed hand crooked
casually, stroking the wooden bench absently, and his eyelids drooped as he
listened to the tinkle and splash of the fountain. His entire body was
eloquently if unobtrusively relaxed, and his fingers stroked more slowly, as if
the idle thoughts that moved them were slowing.
He touched the tiny,
barely discernible dot of the message chip, and his forefinger moved. The chip
slid up under his nail, invisible under the thin sheet of horn, and no flicker
of triumph crossed his face. If the colonel was wrong about Ninhursag, he was a
dead man, but no sign of that showed, either.
He let his hand continue
stroking for a few moments, then laid his forearm negligently along the
armrest. Every nerve in his lax body screamed to stand up, to walk away from
the drop site, but this was a game he'd learned to play well, and he settled
even more comfortably on the bench.
About an hour, he
thought. A short, restoring nap, utterly innocent, totally unconcealed, and
then he could leave. His eyes closed fully, his head lolled back, and Abu
al-Nasir began to snore.
* * *
The city of La Paz
dreamed under an Argentine moon, and the streets were emptying as Shirhansu sat
by the window and stroked her ash-blonde hair.
Even after all these
years, she still found it difficult to accept that her pale-skinned hand was
"hers," that the aqua eyes that looked back from any mirror belonged
to her. It was a lovely body, far more beautiful than the one she'd been born
to, but it marked her as one outside the inner circle. Yet it also set her
aside from the odd—to Terran eyes—appearance of the Imperial race, and that
could be invaluable.
She sighed and shifted
the energy gun across her lap, wishing yet again that they could have worn
combat armor. It was out of the question, of course. Stealth fields could do a
lot, but if the enemy operated unarmored or, even worse, were entirely
Terra-born, they would be mighty hard to spot, and armor, however carefully
hidden, could be picked up by people without it long before her own scanner
teams could pick them up, so she had to strip down herself.
This was a stupid
mission. She was glad to have it instead of one of the other operations—she was
no Girru and took no pleasure from slaughtering degenerates in job lots—but it
was still stupid. Suppose she did manage to surprise some of Nergal's
crowd. They would never let themselves lead her back to the battleship. Even if
she managed to follow them, it stood to reason that whatever auxiliary picked
them up would carry out a careful scan before it made rendezvous, and when it
did, it would spot her people however carefully they were stealthed. That
auxiliary would undoubtedly be armed, too, and was there any fighter cover for
her people? Of course not. The limited supply of fighter crews was being tasked
with offensive strikes . . . aside from the fifty percent reserve Anu insisted
on retaining to cover the enclave, though what he expected Nergal's
people to accomplish against its shield eluded Shirhansu.
Of course, she did
suffer from one little handicap when it came to understanding the
"Chief." Her brain still worked.
Which also explained why
she was so unhappy at the prospect of trying to follow one of Nergal's
teams. Their efficiency to date had been appalling, even allowing for the
purely Terran nature of most of their targets, not that it surprised Shirhansu.
She'd developed a deep if grudging respect for her enemies over the centuries,
for the casualty figures were far less one-sided than they should be. They'd
survived everything her own group had thrown at them from the lofty advantage
of its superior tech base and managed—somehow—to keep their HQ completely
hidden; they weren't bloody likely to screw up now.
The whole idea was
foolish, but she knew why the mission had been mounted anyway, and she approved
of anything that kept Ganhar alive and in control of Operations, for she was
one of his faction. Joining him had seemed like a good idea at the
time—certainly he was far closer to sane than Kirinal had been!—but she'd been
having second thoughts recently. Still, Ganhar seemed to be making a recovery,
and if her presence here could help him, then it also helped her, and
that . . .
Her hand-held security
com gave a soft, almost inaudible chime. She raised it to her ear, and her eyes
widened. Ganhar's analysts had called it right; the bastards were going
to hit Los Puñas!
She spoke succinctly into
the com, hoping her own stealth field would hide the fold-space pulse as it was
supposed to, then checked her weapon. She set it for ten percent power—there
was no armor inside the approaching stealth fields, and there was no point
blowing too deep a hole in the pavement—and opened a slit in her stealth field,
freeing her implants to scan a narrow field before her while the field still
hid her from flanks and rear.
* * *
Tamman followed Amanda
along the sidewalk, as invisible as the wind. He felt more at home than he had
in Tehran, but his enhanced senses could do more good watching her back than
probing the darkness before her, and she'd convinced him of the virtue of
keeping the commander out of the forefront.
He let a scowl twist his
lips. The massacre of innocents continued and, if anything, had accelerated.
Eden Two remained the worst single atrocity, but there were others. Shepard
Center's security people had stood off an assault, but their casualties had
been high. Still, Tamman was certain the attackers had been under orders to
withdraw rather than press the attack fully home. Anu wouldn't want to damage
the aerospace industry too badly, and the fact that what had to be full
Imperials equipped with energy guns and warp grenades had been "driven off"
by Terra-born infantry, however good, armed only with Terran weapons was as
good as a floodlit sign.
Yet that was the only
southern attack that had been resisted, if that was the word for it, and the
casualty count was starting to trouble his dreams. Watching World War One's
trenches and World War Two's extermination camps had been horrifying, and Phnom
Penh had been even worse, in its way. Afghanistan and the interminable,
fanatical bloodletting between Iran and Iraq in the 'eighties had been
atrocious, and the Kananga massacres in Zaire had been pretty bad, too, but
this sort of desecration wasn't something a man could become used to, however
often he saw it.
Los Puñas—"The
Daggers"—were pussy cats compared to Black Mecca, but they'd been
positively identified running Anu's errands. He wouldn't like it a bit if they
were pulverized, and it would be satisfying to wipe them out. Tamman wouldn't
even try to pretend otherwise, but it would be even nicer to see a few of Anu's
butchers in his sights.
* * *
"Get ready,"
Shirhansu whispered. "Take 'em when they reach the plaza."
"Take them? I
thought we were supposed to shadow them, 'Hansu." It was Tarban, her
second in command, and Shirhansu scowled in the darkness.
"If any of them get
away, we will," she growled, "but it's more important to nail a few
of the bastards."
"But—"
"Shut up and get
off the com before they pick it up!"
* * *
"Tamman, it's a
trap!" The voice screaming into Tamman's left ear was Hanalat, their
recovery pilot, who had been watching over them with her sensors. "I'm
picking up a fold-space link ahead of you, at least two point sources! Get the
hell out!"
"Gotcha," he
grunted, thanking the Maker for Hector's suggestion that they carry Terran
communications equipment. Hector had calculated that Anu's people would be
looking primarily for Imperial technology, and he must have been right; Tamman
had received the warning and he was still alive.
"All right,
people," he said softly to his team, "let's ease out of here.
Joe—" Joe Crynz, a distant cousin of Tamman's and the last man in line,
carried a warp grenade launcher "—get ready to lay down covering fire. The
rest of you, just ease on back. Let's get out quietly if we can."
There were no
acknowledgments as his team came slowly to a halt and started drifting
backward. Tamman held his breath, praying they would get away with it. They
were naked down here, sitting ducks for—
* * *
"Breaker take you,
Tarban!" Shirhansu snarled, and braced her energy gun on the window sill.
She had the best vantage point of all her twenty people, and she could see only
three of the bastards. Her senses—natural and implants alike—were alive through
the slit in her stealth field, but their fields interfered badly. She
couldn't make them out well enough for a sure kill at this range, but, thanks
to Tarban, they weren't going to come any closer.
"Take them
now!" she ordered coldly over her com.
* * *
Tamman bit back a scream
as an energy bolt flashed through the edge of his stealth field. His physical
senses—boosted almost to max as he tried to work his team out of the trap—were
a flare of agony in the beam's corona. But it had missed him, and he flung
himself aside with the dazzling quickness of his enhanced reaction time.
Larry Clintock was less
lucky; at least three snipers had taken him for a target. He never even had
time to scream as energy blasts tore him apart . . . but Amanda did, and
Tamman's blood ran cold as he heard her.
He sheltered
automatically—and uselessly—behind a potted tree, and his enhanced vision caught
the energy flare at an upper window. His own energy gun tore the window frame
apart, spraying the street with broken bits of brick, and whoever had been
firing opted for discretion, assuming he was still alive.
Joe's grenade launcher
burped behind him, and a gaping hole appeared in another building front, but
the other side had warp grenades as well. A huge chunk of paving vanished,
water spurting like a fountain from a severed main, and Tamman hurled himself
to his feet. He should flee to join Joe and the others, but his feet carried
him forward to where Amanda's scream had ended in terrifying silence.
More bolts of disruption
slashed at him, splintering the paving, but his own people knew what was
happening. Their stealth fields were in phase with his, letting them see him,
and they spread out under whatever cover they could find while their weapons
raked the buildings fronting on the plaza. They were shooting blind, but they
were throwing a lot of fire, and he was peripherally aware of the grav gun darts
chewing at stonework, the shivering pulsations of warp grenades, and the
susuration of more energy guns trying to mark him down.
Amanda's left thigh was
a short, ugly stump, but no blood pulsed from the wound. Her Imperial commando
smock had fastened down in an automatic tourniquet as soon as she was hit, yet
she was no Imperial, and she was unconscious from shock—or dead. His mind
flinched away from the possibility, and he scooped her up in a fireman's carry
and sprinted back up the street.
Devastation lashed at
his heels, and he cried out in agony as an energy beam tore a quarter pound of
flesh from the back of one leg. He nearly went down, but his own
implants—partial though they were—damped the pain as quickly as it had come.
Tissues sealed themselves, and he ran on frantically.
A warp grenade's field
missed him by centimeters, the rush of displaced air snatching at him like an
invisible demon, and he heard another scream as an energy gun found Frank
Cauphetti. He spared a glance as he went by, but Frank no longer had a torso.
Then he was around the
corner, his surviving teammates closing in about him, and the four of them were
dashing through the night.
* * *
"Shouldn't we
follow them, 'Hansu?"
"Sure, Tarban, you
do that little thing! You and your damn gabble just cost us a complete kill!
Not to mention Hanshar—that bastard with the energy gun cut him in half. So,
please, go right ahead and follow them . . . I'm sure their cutter pilot will
be delighted to vaporize your worthless ass!"
There was silence over
the com, and Shirhansu forced her rage back under control. Maker, they'd come
so close! But at least they'd gotten two of them, maybe even three, and
that was the best they'd done yet against an actual attack force. Not that it
would be good enough to please Anu. Still, if they cleaned up their report a
little bit first . . .
"All right,"
she sighed finally. "Let's get out of here before the locals get too nosy.
Meet me at the cutter."
"How is she?"
Tamman looked up at
Colin's soft question. He sat carefully, one leg extended to keep his thigh off
his chair, and his face was worn with worry.
"They say she'll be
all right." He reached out to the young woman in the narrow almost-bed,
her lower body cocooned in the sophisticated appliances of Imperial medicine,
and smoothed her brown hair gently.
" 'All right,'
" he repeated bitterly, "but with only one leg. Maker, it's
unfair! Why her?!"
"Why anyone?"
Colin asked sadly. He looked at Amanda Givens' pale, plain face and sighed.
"At least you got her out alive. Remember that."
"I will. But if she
had the biotechnics she deserves, she wouldn't be in that bed—and she could
grow a new leg, too." He looked back down at Amanda. "It's not even
their fault, yet they give so much, Colin. All of them do."
"All of you
do," Colin corrected gently. "It's not as if you had anything to do
with the mutiny either."
"But at least I got
a child's biotechnics." Tamman's voice was very low. "She didn't get
even that much. Hector didn't. My children didn't. They live their lives like
candle flames, and then they're gone. So many of them." He smoothed
Amanda's hair once more.
"We're trying to
change that, Tamman. That's what she was doing."
"I know," the
Imperial half-whispered.
"Then don't take that
away from her," Colin said levelly. "Yes, she's Terra-born, just like
I am, but I was drafted; she chose to fight, knowing the odds. She's not
a child. Don't treat her like one, because that's the one thing she'll never
forgive you for."
"How did you get so
wise?" Tamman asked after a moment.
"It's in the genes,
buddy," Colin said, and grinned more naturally as he left Tamman alone
with the woman he loved.
* * *
Ganhar cocked back his
chair and rested one heel on the edge of his desk. He'd just endured a rather
stormy interview with Shirhansu, but, taken all in all, she was right—they'd
been lucky to get any of Nergal's people, and the odds were
against doing it twice. Tarban's blathering com traffic had given them away
this time, but now that the other side had walked into one trap, they damned
well wouldn't walk into another. They'd cover any attacking force with active
scanners powerful enough to burn through any portable stealth field.
He pondered unhappily,
trying to decide what to recommend this time. The logical thing was to withdraw
a few fighters from offensive sweeps and use them to nail any of Nergal's
cutters that came in with active scanners, but Ganhar had developed a lively
respect for Hector MacMahan—who, he was certain, was masterminding this entire
campaign. The equally logical response would be obvious to him: cover Nergal's
cutters with his own stealthed fighters to nail Ganhar's fighters when they
revealed themselves by attacking the cutter.
The very idea reeked of
further escalation, and he was sick of it. They couldn't match his resources,
but they knew where they were going to strike, and they could concentrate their
forces accordingly; he had to cover all the places they might
strike. He couldn't have overwhelming force anywhere, unless Anu would let him
back off on offensive operations and smother all possible targets with their
own fighters.
Which, of course, Anu
would never do.
He rubbed his closed
eyes wearily, and his thoughts moved like a dirge. It was no good. Even if they
managed to locate Nergal and destroy her and all her people, there was
still Anu. Anu and all of them—even himself—and their endless futility. Anu was
mad, but was he much better off himself? What did he think would happen if they
ever managed to leave this benighted planet?
Like Jantu, Ganhar had
reached his own conclusions about the Imperium's apparent disappearance from
the cosmos. If he was wrong, then they were all doomed. The Imperium would
never forgive them, for there could be no clemency for such as they—not for
mutineers, and never for mutineers who'd gone on to do the things they'd done
to the helpless natives of Earth.
And if there was no more
Imperium? In that far more likely case, their fate might be even worse, for
there would still be Anu. Or Jantu. Or someone else. The madness had infected
them all, for they'd lived too long and feared death too much. Ganhar knew he
was saner than many of his fellows, and look what he had done in the
name of survival. He'd worked with Kirinal despite her sadism, knowing
about her sadism, and when he replaced her, he'd devised this obscene plan
merely to stay alive a bit longer. She and Girru would have loved it, he
thought bitterly. This slaughter of defenseless degenerates . . .
No, not
"degenerates." Primitives, perhaps, but not degenerates, for it was
he and his fellows who had degenerated. Once there might even have been a bit
of glamour in daring to pit themselves against the Imperium's might, but not in
what they'd done to the people of Earth and their own helpless fellows.
He stared down at the
hands he had stolen, and his stomach knotted. He didn't regret the mutiny or
even the long, bitter warfare with Nergal's crew. Or perhaps he did
regret those things, but he wouldn't pretend he hadn't known what he was doing
or whine and snivel before the Maker for it. But the other things, especially
the things he had done as Operations head, sickened him.
But there was no way to
undo them, or even stop them. If he tried, he would die, and even after all
these years, he wanted to live. But the truly paralyzing thing was that even if
he'd been willing to die, his death would accomplish nothing except, perhaps,
to grant him a fleeting illusion of expiation. Even if he could bring himself
to embrace that—and he was cynically uncertain he could—it would leave Anu
behind. The madmen had the numbers, firepower, and tech base, and nothing Nergal
and her people might achieve in the short-term could alter that.
Head of Operations
Ganhar's hands clenched as he stared at them and wondered when he'd finally
begun to crack. He'd seen the awakening of guilt in a few others. It usually
happened slowly, and some had ended their long lives when it happened to them.
Others had been spotted by Jantu's zealous minions and made examples, but there
had never been many, and none had been able to do any more than Ganhar could.
He sighed and stood,
walking slowly from his office. The futility of it all oppressed him, but he
knew he would sit down at the conference table and tell Anu things were going
according to plan. He might be coming to the realization that he despised
himself for it, but he would do it, and there was no point pretending he
wouldn't.
* * *
Ramman sat in his small
apartment, gnawing his fingernails. His pastel-walled quarters were littered
with unwashed clothing and dirty eating utensils, and his nostrils wrinkled
with the smell of sour bedding. There were extra disadvantages in slovenliness
for the sensory-enhanced.
He knew he was under
surveillance and that his strange behavior, his isolation from his fellows, was
dangerously likely to attract the suspicion he could not afford, yet mounting
terror and desperation paralyzed his ability to do anything about it. He felt
like a rabbit in a snare, waiting for the trapper's return, and if he mingled
with the others, they must see it.
He rose and walked
jerkily about the room, the fingers of his clasped hands writhing together
behind him. Madness. Jiltanith and her father had to be insane. They would
fail, and their failure would betray the fact that someone had helped them by
giving them the admittance codes. The witch hunt might sweep up the innocent, but
would almost certainly trap the guilty, and he would be the guilty. He
would be found out, arrested . . . killed.
It wasn't fair!
But he'd been given his orders, and he had obeyed them. He'd planted the codes
where he'd been told to. If he told anyone . . . he shuddered as he thought of
Jantu and the unspeakable things perverted Imperial technology had been used to
do to other "traitors."
If he kept quiet, told
no one, he would at least live a little longer. At least until Nergal's
people launched their doomed attack.
He sank back down on the
edge of the bed and sobbed into his hands.
* * *
" 'Tis time for
Stalking-Horse," Jiltanith said quietly. "That fact standeth proved
by the fate which did befall Tamman's group. That and the slaughter which e'en
now doth gain in horror do set the stage and gi' us pretext enow to cease when
Stalking-Horse be added."
"Agreed,"
MacMahan said softly, and looked at Colin.
"Yes," Colin
said. "It's time to stop this insanity. Is it set up?"
"Yes. I've
scheduled Geb and Tamman to fly lead with Hanalat and Carhana as their
wing."
"Nay,"
Jiltanith said, and MacMahan glanced at her in surprise, taken aback by the
finality of her voice. "Nay," she repeated. "The lead is
mine."
"No!" The
strength of his own protest surprised Colin, and Jiltanith met his eyes
challengingly—not with the bitter, hateful challenge of old, but with a
determination that made his heart sink.
"Tamman hath been
wounded," she said reasonably.
"A flesh wound
sickbay and his biotechnics have already taken care of almost completely,"
MacMahan said in the cautious tone of a man who knew he was edging into
dangerous waters, if not exactly why they had become perilous.
"I speak not o' his
flesh, Hector. Certes, 'twould be reason enow t' choose anew, yet 'tis his heart
hath taken too sore a hurt. I ha' not seen him care for any as he doth for his
Amanda, not since Himeko's death."
"We've all been
hurt, 'Tanni," MacMahan protested.
"That's
sooth," she agreed, "yet 'tis graver far in Tamman's case."
" 'Tanni, you can't
go." Colin extended one hand to reach across the table. "You can't.
You're the backup commander for Dahak."
He could have bitten off
his tongue as he saw her dark eyes widen. But then they narrowed again and she
cocked her head. It was a small gesture, but it demanded explanation.
"Well, I had to
pick someone," he said defensively. "It couldn't be Horus or
one of the older Imperials—they were active mutineers; I couldn't take a
chance on how Dahak's Alpha Priorities might work out if I'd tried that! So it
had to be one of the children, and you were the logical choice."
"And thou didst not
think fit to tell me of't?" she demanded, a curiously intent light
replacing the surprise in her eyes.
"Well . . ."
Colin's face flamed, and he darted an appealing glance at MacMahan, but the
colonel only looked back impassively. "Maybe I should have. But it didn't
seem like a good idea at the time."
"Whyfor not? Yea,
and now I think on't, why didst thou not e'en tell a soul thou hadst named any
one of all our number to follow thee in thy command?"
"Frankly . . .
well, much as I wanted to trust you people, I didn't know I could when I
recorded Dahak's orders. That's one reason I insisted on doing it myself,"
he said, and felt a rush of relief when she nodded thoughtfully rather than
flying into a rage.
"Aye, so much I
well can see," she said softly. " 'Twas in thy mind that so be we
knew thou hadst named thine own successor, then were we treason-minded we had
slain thee and had done?"
"That's about
it," he admitted uncomfortably. "I don't dare contact Dahak again,
and he can't pick up my implants on passive instrumentation. If I'd been wrong
about you and you'd known, you could have offed me and told him I bought it
from the southerners." He met her eyes much more pleadingly than he had
MacMahan's. "I didn't really think you'd do it, but with the Achuultani
coming and everything else going to hell, I couldn't take the chance."
" 'Twas wiser in
thee than e'er I thought to find," she said, and he blinked in surprise as
she smiled in white-toothed approval. "God's Teeth, Colin—'twould seem we
yet may make a spook o' thee!"
"You do
understand!"
"I ha' not played
mistress to Nergal's spies these many years wi'out the gaining o' some
small wit," she said dryly. " 'Twas but prudence on thy part. Yet
still a question plagueth me. Whyfor choose me to second thee? And if thou must
make that choice, whyfor tell me not e'en now? Surely there can be naught but
trust betwixt us wi' all that's passed sin then?"
"Well . . ."
He felt himself flushing again. "I wasn't certain how you'd take it,"
he said finally. "We weren't exactly . . . on the best of terms, you
know."
" 'Tis true,"
she admitted, and this time she blushed. It was her turn to glance
sidelong at MacMahan, who, to his eternal credit, looked back with only the
slightest twinkle in his eyes. "Yet knowing that, thou wouldst still ha'
seen me in thy shoon?"
"I didn't intend to
give my 'shoon' to anyone," he said testily, "and I wouldn't've been
around to see it if it happened! But, yes, if it had to be someone, I picked
you." He shrugged. "You were the best one for the job."
" 'Tis hard to
credit," she murmured, "and 'twas lunacy or greater wit than I myself
possess to gi' such a gift to one who hated thee so sore."
"Why?" he
asked, his voice suddenly gentle. He met her gaze squarely, forgetting
MacMahan's presence for a moment. "You can understand the precautions I
felt I had to take—is it so hard to accept that I might understand the
reasons you hated me, 'Tanni? Or not blame you for them?"
"Isis spake those
self-same words unto me," Jiltanith said slowly, "and told me they
did come from thee, yet no mind was I to hear her." She shook her head and
smiled, the first truly gentle smile he had seen from her. "Thy heart is
larger far than mine, good Colin."
"Sure," he
said uncomfortably, trying to sound light. "Just call me Albert
Schweitzer." Her smile turned into a grin, but gentleness lingered in her
dark eyes. "Anyway," he added, "we're all friends now, aren't
we?"
"Aye," she
said firmly.
"Then there's an
end to't, as you'd say. And the reason you can't fly the lead in
Stalking-Horse. We can't risk losing you."
"Not so," she
said instantly, her eyes shrewd. "Thou art not dead nor like to be, and
'twould be most unlike thee not to ha' named some other to follow me. Tamman,
I'll warrant, or some other o' the children?"
He refused to answer,
but she saw it in his eyes.
"Well, then,
sobeit. Tamman is most unlike myself, good Colin. Thou knowest—far more than
most—how well my heart can hate, but my hate burneth cold, not hot. Not
so for him. He needeth still some time ere he may clear his mind, and
Stalking-Horse can be no task for one beclouded."
"But—"
"She's right,"
MacMahan said quietly, and Colin glared reproachfullly at him. The colonel
shrugged. "I should've seen it myself. Tamman hasn't left sickbay since he
carried Amanda into it. He'd go, but he needs time to settle down before he
goes back out. And 'Tanni is our best pilot—you know that better than
most, too. There's not supposed to be any fighting, but if there is, she's best
equipped to handle it. We'll give her Rohantha for a weaponeer. They'll
actually make a better team than Geb and Tamman."
"But—"
" 'Tis closed, Colin.
'Hantha and I will take the lead."
"Damn it, I don't want
her up there in a goddamned pinnace, Hector!"
"That doesn't
matter. 'Tanni and I are in charge of this operation—not you—and she's right.
So shut up and soldier . . . sir!"
* * *
The admittance chime to
Ganhar's private study sounded, and he looked up from the holo map he'd been
updating as he ordered the hatch to open. It was late, and he half-expected to
see Shirhansu, but it wasn't she, and his eyes narrowed in surprise as his caller
stepped inside.
"Ramman?" He
leaned back in his chair. "What can I do for you?"
"I . . ." The
other man's eyes darted about like those of a trapped animal, and Ganhar found
it hard not to wrinkle his face in distaste as Ramman's unwashed odor wafted to
him.
"Well?" he
prompted when the other's hesitation stretched out.
"Are . . . are your
quarters secure?" Ramman asked hesitantly, and Ganhar frowned in fresh
surprise. Ramman sounded serious, yet also oddly as if he were playing for time
while he reached some inner decision.
"They are," he
said slowly. "I have them swept every morning."
"Good." Ramman
paused again.
"Look," Ganhar
said finally, "if you've got something to say, why not say it?"
"I'm afraid,"
Ramman admitted after another maddening pause. "But I have to tell
someone. And—" he managed a lopsided, sickly smile "—I'm even more
afraid of Jantu than I am of you."
"Why?" Ganhar
asked tightly.
"Because I'm a
traitor," Ramman whispered.
"What?!"
Ramman flinched as if Ganhar had struck him, yet it also seemed he'd crossed
some inner Rubicon. When he spoke again, his flat, hurried voice was louder.
"I'm a traitor.
I—I've been in contact with . . . with Horus and his daughter, Jiltanith, for
years."
"You've been talking
to them?!"
"Yes. Yes! I was
afraid of Anu, damn it! I wanted . . . I wanted to defect, but they wouldn't
let me! They made me stay, made me spy for them!"
"You fool,"
Ganhar said softly. "You poor, damned fool! No wonder Jantu scares the
shit out of you." Then, as the shock faded, his eyes narrowed again.
"But if that's true, why tell me? Why tell anyone?"
"Because . . .
because they're going to attack the enclave."
"Preposterous! They
could never crack the shield!"
"They don't plan
to." Ramman bent towards Ganhar, and his voice took on an urgent cadence.
"They're coming in through the access points."
"They can't—they
don't have the admittance code!"
"I know. Don't you
see? They want me to steal it for them!"
"That's
stupid," Ganhar objected, staring at the dirty, cringing Ramman.
"They must know Anu doesn't trust you—or did you lie to them about
that?"
"No, I
didn't," Ramman said tightly. "And even if I hadn't told them, they'd
know from how long I've been left outside."
"Then they must
also know Jantu plans to change the code as soon as all the 'untrustworthy
elements' are back outside."
"I know,
damn it! Listen to me, for Maker's sake! They don't want me to
bring it out. I'm supposed to plant it for someone else. One of the
degenerates!"
"Breaker!"
Ganhar whispered. Maker damn it, but it made sense! If they'd gotten one of
their own degen-people inside, it made audacious, possibly foolhardy
sense, but sense. They were terribly outnumbered, but with surprise on their
side . . . And it made their whole offensive make sense, too. Drive them into
the enclave . . . steal the code . . . smuggle it out and hit them before Anu
and Jantu changed it. . . . It was brilliant!
"Why tell me
now?" he demanded.
"Because they'll
never get away with it! But if they try, Anu will know someone gave them the
code, and I'll be one of the ones who get killed for it!"
"And you think
there's something I can do about it? You're a bigger fool than I
thought, Ramman!"
"No, listen! I've
thought about it, and there's a way," Ramman said eagerly. "A way
that'll help both of us!"
"How? No, wait. I
see it. You tell me, I trap their courier, and we pass it off as a
counter-intelligence ploy, is that it?"
"Exactly!"
"Hmmmmmm."
Ganhar stared down at his holo map, then shook his head. "No, there's a
better way," he said slowly. "You could go ahead and make the drop.
We could give them the code, then wait for them with everybody in armor
and all our equipment on line and wipe them out—gut them once and for
all."
"Yes. Yes!"
Ramman said eagerly.
"Very neat,"
Ganhar said, trying to picture what would follow such an overwhelming triumph. Nergal's
people would be neutralized, but what would happen then? He'd be a hero, but
even as a hero, his life would hang in the balance, for Inanna knew how he
thought of the "Chief." Perhaps Anu knew, as well. And he remembered
his other thoughts, how his own actions had come to sicken him. And he still
didn't know what had prompted Nergal's people to start their
offensive, even if he knew how they meant to end it. But if he and Ramman
trapped them, they could end the long, covert war. He'd have no more need to
slaughter innocents . . . not that there weren't enough Kirinals and Girrus to
go on doing it for the fun of it. . . .
"When are you
supposed to make the drop?" he asked finally.
"I already
have," Ramman admitted.
"I see,"
Ganhar said, and nodded absently as he opened a desk drawer. "I'm glad you
told me about this. I'm finally going to be able to do something effective
about the situation on this planet, Ramman, and I couldn't have done it without
you. Thank you."
His hand came out of the
drawer, and Ramman gaped at the small, heavy energy pistol it held. He was
still gaping when Ganhar blew his head to paste.
Jiltanith and Rohantha
settled into their flight couches and checked their computers with
extraordinary care, for the stakes were higher this night than they had ever
been before, and not just for them.
They were not in a
fighter, but in a specially modified pinnace. Larger even than one of the
twenty-man cutters, the pinnace (one of only two Nergal carried) was
crammed with stealth systems, three times the normal missile load, and the
extra computers linked to the two cutters and matching pair of fighters beside
it in the launch bay. A third fighter sat behind them while Hanalat and Carhana
carried out their own pre-flight checks. Even if Stalking-Horse was a total
success, it was going to make a terrible hole in Nergal's equipment
list.
Jiltanith nodded,
satisfied with the reports of her own flight systems and the ready signals
flowing through her cross links to Rohantha's equipment, and opened a channel
to flight operations.
"Ready," was
all she said.
"Good
hunting," a voice responded, and she smiled down at her console, for the
response came not from Hector but from Colin MacIntrye. Since admitting he'd
chosen her to succeed him, he seemed to have been constantly at hand, almost
hovering there, and she knew he'd resigned himself to letting her fly this
mission without really accepting it. She thought about saying something back to
him, but their new relationship—whatever it was—remained too fragile, too
unexplored. There would be time for that later. She hoped.
Instead, she lifted the
pinnace off the hangar deck and led the procession of vehicles up the long,
sloping tunnel. Freedom was upon her once more . . . and the hunger. But it was
different this time. Her hunger was less dark and consuming, and there was no
simmering tension between her and her weaponeer.
More than that, she was
heavier, less fleet of wing. Slower and shorter-ranged than a fighter in
vacuum, the pinnace was actually faster in atmosphere where its drive, thanks
to its heavier generators, could bull through air resistance without being
slowed to the same extent. But it had no atmospheric control surfaces for use
in the stealth regime, and its very power made it slower to accelerate or
decelerate, less maneuverable . . . and harder to hide.
They floated up the
shaft, alert for any last-minute warning from Nergal's scan crews. But
there were no alarms, and the small craft slipped undetected into the open
atmosphere. Calm, cool thoughts flowed to the computers, and they turned to the
east.
Under the false
tranquillity of her surface thoughts, Jiltanith's mind whirred like yet another
computer, probing even now for any last-minute awareness of error. She expected
to find none, but she could not stop searching, and that irritated her. It
wasn't the mark of the confident person she liked to believe she was.
For all the equipment
committed to Stalking-Horse, there were only four people involved in the
mission. She and Rohantha in the pinnace; Hanalat and Carhana in the only
manned fighter. But that was all right . . .
assuming she and Hector had accurately gauged Anu's new dispositions. If
they hadn't . . .
The use of the pinnace
was the part that bothered her most, she admitted to herself, leading the
procession towards their target at just under mach one. Its designers had never
intended it for the cut and thrust of close combat. Its single energy gun was a
toy beside the powerful multiple batteries of a fighter, and though her
electronics were much more capable and her upgraded missile armament gave her a
respectable punch at longer range, she knew what would happen if she was forced
into short-range combat with a proper fighter.
Yet only a pinnace had
the power plant, speed, and cargo capacity they needed. She could only trust in
Rohantha and her stealth systems and pray.
She stiffened as a
warning tingled in her link to Rohantha. Hostile fighters—two of them—to the
south. They were higher and moving faster than her own formation, degrading the
performance of their stealth systems, and had she piloted a fighter of her own,
Jiltanith would have asked nothing better than to scream up after them in
pursuit. As it was, she stifled a sudden desire to cram on power and run and
held her breath as her mind joined with Rohantha's, following the enemy's
movements. They swept on upon their own mission and faded from the passive
scanners.
Jiltanith made herself
relax, trying to forget her dread of which new innocents they were to kill. She
altered course minutely, swinging north of Ottawa before turning back on a
south-southwest heading, and managed to push such thoughts to the back of her
mind. The need for purposeful concentration helped, and her navigation systems
purred to her, the controls of her pinnace caressed her like a lover, and the
target area swept closer with every moment. Soon. Soon . . .
* * *
Shirhansu yawned, then
took a quick turn around the camouflaged bunker. If Ganhar was right (and his
analysts had done a bang-up job so far), they might see some more action soon.
She hoped so. The shoot-out in La Paz, what there'd been of it, had been a
relief despite the frustration of knowing so many enemies had escaped, and this
time she'd left Tarban behind. Of course, there were always risks, but her own
position was well protected, and she had plenty of firepower on hand this time.
In fact, it would be—
"We're getting
something, 'Hansu!"
She stepped quickly to Caman's
side. He was leaning forward slightly, eyes unfocused as he listened to his
electronics, and she glanced at the display beside him. Caman had no need of
it, but it let her see what his scanners reported without tying into his
systems and losing herself in them.
Active scanner systems
were coming in from the north! So Ganhar had guessed right. The other
side had no intention of being mousetrapped again, so they were probing ahead
of their attack force. Now the question was whether or not they'd visualized
the next moves as well as Ganhar had.
She watched a tiny red
dot move above the small, perfectly detailed hills and trees of the holo
display. The computers classed it as a cutter, but no cutter would be so brazen
if it was unescorted. Their own scanners, operating in passive mode so far, had
yet to spot anything else, but they'd find the bastards when it mattered.
* * *
Jiltanith had taken over
Rohantha's weapon systems as well as the flight controls for the moment, and
her brain was poised on a hair-trigger of anticipation. The base in upstate New
York was no Cuernavaca, and, though it had been on Hector's list from the
beginning, it had been carefully avoided to this point. It was juicy enough to
merit attention—a major staging point for weapons and foreign terrorists aiming
at targets in the northeastern states and Canada combined with the presence of
southerner coordinators and a small quantity of Imperial technology—but it was
also close to home, relatively speaking. More importantly, it was bait; they'd
needed a target like this to set the stage for Stalking-Horse.
Rohantha was tense
beside her as she concentrated on her specially-programmed computers. At the
moment, she was "flying" both cutters and their fighter escorts via
directional radio links. It was risky, because it meant placing the pinnace in
a position to hit them with the radio beams, but far less risky than relying on
fold-space links. And her directional links had the advantage of being
indetectable unless somebody from the other side got into their direct path.
There were no words in
the pinnace. Despite her own preoccupation, a corner of Jiltanith's mind was
open to the flow of Rohantha's thoughts through their neural feeds as the lead
cutter moved closer to the target, active scanners probing industriously,
turning it into a beacon in the heavens.
* * *
"Got 'em,
Hansu!" Caman said exultantly. "See?"
Shirhansu nodded. A
second cutter had just blipped onto the display. Its coordinates were less
definite, for it was using no scanners, but the fold-space link between it and
the first vessel had burned briefly through its stealth field. So they had
sent in the first one on its automatics, had they?
She raised a small mike,
smiling. They'd used radio against her in La Paz and she hadn't been ready for
it, but this time she had a radio link, as well. They might be watching
for it, but even if they spotted it, they couldn't be certain it was being used
by Imperials.
"First Team,"
she said quietly in English. "Go."
There was no reply, but
far above the surface of the Earth, a pair of Imperial fighters swooped
downward at mach three while they took targeting data from Caman's scanners
over the primitive radio link.
* * *
"Missiles!"
The unneeded word was
dragged out of Rohantha, and Jiltanith nodded jerkily. The energy signatures of
Imperial missiles were unmistakable as they scorched down out of the heavens,
and 'Hantha's plotting systems were backtracking frantically.
Both cutters went to
pre-programmed evasive action as the missiles came in. It was useless, of
course. It was intended to be, but it would have been useless whether they'd
planned it that way or not. The missles shrieked home, and Jiltanith cringed as
thermonuclear flame ripped the night skies apart. The southerners were using heavy
missiles!
She paled as she
pictured the radiation boiling out from those fireballs. They were barely a
kilometer up, and Maker only knew what they were doing to any Terra-born in the
vicinity, but she knew what their EMP would do to Rohantha's directional
antennae! Imperial technology was EMP-proof, but they'd counted on lighter
weapons, with less ruinous effect on the electromagnetic spectrum, and she only
hoped the targeting data had gotten through . . . and that the maneuvers in the
drones' computers were up to their needs. If they had to open up a fold-link
while the southerners were watching . . .
Both cutters had
vanished in the holocaust, and Jiltanith banked away from the blast as Rohantha
reclaimed her onboard systems. She'd done all she could by remote control.
* * *
"Hard kills on both
cutters!" Caman shouted, and Shirhansu crouched over his shoulder, staring
triumphantly at the display.
That was one fucking
commando team that would never hit a target! But her triumph was not unmixed
with worry as her fighters clawed back upward, putting as much distance between
themselves and their firing positions as they could without breaking stealth. .
. .
"Missile sources!
Multiple launches!" Caman snapped, and Shirhansu smothered a curse.
Ganhar had been right
again, Breaker take it! But there was still a good chance for her fighter
crews. She watched the missiles climbing the holographic display, spreading as
they rose. They couldn't have a definite lock, but they'd obviously gotten something
from the tracks of the missiles that had killed the cutters.
"Team Two!"
She used a fold-space com, but the heavy EMP from Team One's warheads would
make it hard for even Imperial systems to spot it just now, and the need for
secrecy was past, anyway. There was not even any need to tell her second
fighter force what to do—they knew, and they were already doing it.
Shit! Erdana's fighter
was clear of the missiles seeking it, but those were self-guided homing
weapons, and at least three had locked onto Sima and Yanu! She watched Sima go
to full power, abandoning stealth now that he knew he'd been targeted. Decoys
blossomed on the display and jamming systems fought to protect the fighter, and
two of the missiles lost lock and veered away. One killed a decoy in a
three-kiloton burst of fury; the other simply disappeared into the night. But
the third drilled through every defense Yanu could throw out against it, and its
target vanished from the display.
Shirhansu swallowed a
sour gulp of fury, but there was no time for dismay. Caman's scanners had
picked out both of the firing fighters, and Team Two—not two, but four Imperial
fighters—charged after them, missiles already lashing out across the heavens.
* * *
Jiltanith watched
exultantly as one of the southern fighters disappeared in a ball of flame. That
was more than they'd hoped for, and she was impressed by how well their
unmanned fighters' computers had done.
Now they were doing the
rest of their job, and she angled the pinnace away, hugging the ground, covered
by Hanalet and Carhana as they flashed back into the north at mach two and
prayed their own stealth systems held. . . .
* * *
Shirhansu watched the
northerners react to her own incoming fighters. They went to full power, one
streaking away to the west towards Lake Erie, the other breaking east and
diving for the cover of the mountains. Decoys blazed in the night, dying in
salvos of nuclear flame, and the west-bound fighter evaded the first wave of
missiles racing after it. Not so the one headed east; three different missiles
took it from three different directions.
She concentrated on the
surviving fighter, praying that its crew would be frightened—and foolish—enough
to flee straight back to Nergal, but those Imperials were made of
sterner stuff. They turned back from the western shore of the lake, hurling
their own missiles in reply, and she smothered an unwilling admiration for
their guts as they took on all four pursuers in a hopeless battle rather than
reveal their base's location.
What followed was swift
and savage. The single enemy fighter was boxed, and its crew were obviously
more determined than skilled. Its weapons sought out all its attackers,
splitting its fire instead of seeking to blast a single foe out of the way to
flee, and its violent evasive maneuvers had a fatalistic, almost mechanical
air. Her own flight crews' defensive systems handled the incoming fire, and
Changa's fighter flashed in so close he actually took the target out with his
energy guns instead of another missle.
The molten,
half-vaporized wreckage spilled into the cold, waiting waters of Lake Erie, and
the victors reformed above the steam cloud and flashed away to the south.
Shirhansu let her shoulders unknot and straightened, only then realizing that
she'd been crouched forward. She wiped her forehead, and her hand came away
damp.
Done. The whole thing
had taken less than five minutes, and it was done.
"Get me
Ganhar," she told Caman softly, and her assistant nodded happily.
Shirhansu drew a deep
breath and crossed her arms, considering what to say. It was a pity about Sima
and Yanu, but they'd taken out both cutters, the raiding force, and both
stealthed escorts, for the loss of a single fighter of their own. That was a
third of Nergal's fighter strength, plus at least five of their
remaining Imperials. Probably at least six, since there would have been one
Imperial in the raiding force, as well, and possibly seven if they'd been
foolish enough to use a live pilot in the lead cutter.
She let herself smile
thinly. Not a single survivor—and no indication of a message home to tell Nergal
what had happened, either. Their entire attack force had been gobbled up, and
it was unlikely they'd even know how it had happened. It was the worst they'd
ever been hurt. Proportionately, it made Cuernavaca meaningless, and she
had been in command. She'd commanded both successful interceptions!
"I've got Ganhar,"
Caman said, and Shirhansu let her smile broaden as she took over the com link.
"Ganhar? 'Hansu. We
got 'em all—clean sweep!"
* * *
Jiltanith and Rohantha
let themselves relax, knowing Hanalat and Carhana were doing the same aboard
their fighter.
Their equipment losses
had been severe, but that had been planned, and there had been no loss of life.
Not theirs, anyway, Jiltanith reminded herself, and tried to turn her mind away
from the Terra-born who must have been caught in the fireballs and radiation of
the cross-fire. At least the area was thinly populated, she thought, and knew
she was grasping at straws.
But the southerners
couldn't know the northerners had lost none of their own personnel, which meant
that they would believe Nergal's losses had been staggering enough to
frighten them into suspending offensive operations.
They might actually pull
it off, and she looked forward to returning to Nergal to report the
mission's success. Hector would be pleased at how well it had gone, she
thought, but her lips curved in a small, secret smile, hidden from Rohantha as
she admitted a surprising truth to herself.
It was Colin's face she
truly wished to see.
General Gerald Hatcher
stood beside his GEV command vehicle on a hill overlooking what had once been a
stretch of pleasantly wooded countryside and listened to the radiation
detectors snarl. The wind was from behind him and the levels were relatively
low here, but that was cold comfort as he looked down into the smoldering mouth
of Hell.
Smoke fumed up from the
forest fires, but they were still far away and the Forestry Service and fire
departments and volunteers from the surviving locals along the fringe of the
area were fighting to bring them under control. Most of those people didn't
have dosimeters, either, and Hatcher shook his head slowly. Courage came in
many guises, and it never ceased to amaze and humble him, but this carnage went
beyond anything courage could cope with. Hatcher's bearing was as erect and
soldierly as ever, but inside himself he wept.
Red and blue flashers
blinked atop emergency vehicles further out into the smoking wasteland, and the
night sky was heavy with helicopters and vertols that jockeyed through the
treacherous thermals and radiation. They would not find many to rescue out
there . . . and this was only one of the nuked areas.
He turned at the whine
of fans as another GEV swept up the slope, blowing a gale of downed branches and
ash from under its skirts, and settled beside his own. The hatch popped, and
Captain Germaine, his aide, climbed down. His battle dress was smutted with
dirt and ash and his face was drawn as he removed his breathing mask and walked
heavily over to his commander.
"How bad is it,
Al?" Hatcher asked quietly.
"About as bad as it
could be, sir," Germaine said in a low voice, waving a hand out over the
expanse of ruin. "The search teams are still working their way towards the
center, but the last body count I heard was already over five hundred and still
climbing."
"And that doesn't
include the flash-blinded and the ones who'll still die," Hatcher said
softly.
"No, sir. And this
is one of the bright spots," Germaine continued in bitter, staccato
bursts. "One of the goddamned things went off right over a town to the
south. Sixteen thousand people." His mouth twisted. "Doesn't look
like there'll be any survivors from that one, General."
"Dear God,"
Hatcher murmured, and even he could not have said whether it was a prayer or a
curse.
"Yes, sir. The only
good thing—if it's not obscene to call anything about this bitched-up mess
'good'—is they seem to've been mighty clean. The counters show a relatively
small area of lethal contamination, and the wind's out of the southeast, away
from the big urban areas. But God knows what it's going to do to the local gene
pool or what the Canadians are going to catch from all this shit."
The last word came out
of him in a half-strangled shout as his attempted detachment crumbled, and he
half-turned from his general, clenching his fists.
"I know, Al. I
know." Hatcher sighed and shook himself, his normally sharp eyes sad as he
looked out over the battlefield. And battlefield it had been, even if none of
the United States' detection systems had picked up a thing before or after the
explosions. At least they'd had satellites in place to see what happened during
the battle . . . not that the records made him feel any better.
"I'm heading back
to the office, Al. Stay on it and keep me informed."
"Yes, sir."
Hatcher gestured, and
his white-faced young commo officer stepped to his side. Her auburn hair was
cut a bit longer than regulations prescribed, and it blew on the winds the
fires ten kilometers away were sucking into their maw.
"Get hold of Major
Weintraub, Lieutenant. Have him meet me at HQ."
"Yes, sir."
The lieutenant headed for the command vehicle's radios, and Hatcher rested a
hand on Germaine's shoulder.
"Watch your
dosimeter, Al. If it climbs into the yellow, you're out of here and back to
base. The major and I'll want to talk to you, anyway."
"Yes, sir."
Hatcher squeezed the
taut shoulder briefly, then walked heavily to his GEV. It rose on its fans and
curtsied uncomfortably across the rough terrain, but Hatcher sat sunken in
thought and hardly noticed.
It wasn't going well.
Hector's people had started on a roll, but they were getting the holy howling
shit kicked out of them now, and the rest of the human race with them.
The first wave of
counter-attacks had puzzled Hatcher. A handful of attacks on isolated segments
of the aerospace effort, a few bloody massacres of individual families. They'd
seemed more like pinpricks than full-scale assaults, and he'd tentatively
decided the bad guys, whoever they were, were going after those few of Hector's
people they could identify, which had been bad enough but also understandable.
But within twelve hours,
another and far bloodier comber of destruction had swept the planet like a
tsunami. The Point, Sandhurst, Klyuchevskaya, Goddard . . . Eden Two.
Clearly the other side
had opted for the traditional terrorist weapon: terror. Coupled with the
reports from La Paz, which could only have been a direct clash between the
extra-terrestrial opponents, and this new obscenity in New York, it sounded
terribly as if the momentum was shifting, and his preliminary examination of
the satellite tapes seemed to confirm it.
The first warning anyone
had was the burst of warheads, but the cameras had watched it all. Clearly one
side had gotten the shit kicked out of it, and judging by the warheads each had
used, it hadn't been the bad guys. Hector's people had used only small-yield
nukes, when they'd used them at all, but their enemies didn't give a shit who
they killed. They went in for great big bangs and hang the death toll, and his
satellite people put the winning side's yields in the twenty kiloton range,
maybe even a bit higher.
Hatcher sighed
unhappily. Other bits and pieces had come together as his analysts tried to
figure out what was going on, and one thing had become clear: the nature and
pattern of Hector's people's operations all suggested meticulous planning,
economy of force, and conservation of resources, whereas their opponents were
operating on a far vaster scale, their actions wider-spread and more often
simultaneous rather than sequenced. All of which indicated the balance of force
was against Hector's side, probably by a pretty heavy margin.
History was replete with
examples of out-numbered forces that had triumphed over clumsier enemies or
those less technologically advanced than themselves, but right off the top of
his head, Hatcher couldn't recall a single case in which a weaker force had
defeated one that was equally advanced, more numerous, and knew what the hell
it was doing. Especially not when the stronger side were also the barbarians.
His command vehicle
reached the highway and turned north, heading for the vertol waiting to carry
him back to his HQ, and he rubbed his eyes wearily. He and Weintraub had to get
their heads together, though God only knew what good it was going to do. So
far, all anyone had been able to do was beef up civil defense and keep their heads
down. They were too outclassed for anything else, but if Hector's people went
down, it was Hatcher's duty to do what he could.
Even if it hadn't been,
he would have tried, for there was one thing upon which Gerald Hatcher was
savagely determined. The bastards who didn't care how many innocent people they
slaughtered were not going to take over his world without a fight, however
advanced they were.
* * *
"Oh, Jesus!"
Hector MacMahan whispered. His strong, tanned face was white as he listened to
the reports flowing over the government and civilian emergency radio nets, and
Colin reached over to lay a hand upon his shoulder.
"It wasn't our
doing, Hector," he said quietly.
"Oh yes it
was." MacMahan's bitter voice was as savage as his eyes. "We didn't
use those fucking monsters, but we provoked them into doing it! And do
me a favor and don't tell me we didn't have any choice!"
Colin met his eyes for a
moment, then patted the colonel's shoulder once, gently, and leaned back in his
own chair. Hector's bitterness wasn't directed at him, though he would have
preferred for MacMahan to have an external focus for his self-loathing. Yet
even in his pain, Hector had put his finger on it. They hadn't had a choice . .
. and Colin wondered how many commanders over the ages had tried to assuage
their consciences with thoughts like that.
"All right,"
he said finally. He reached out through his implant to shut off the emergency
workers' voices, and MacMahan looked at him angrily, as if he resented the
interruption of his self-imposed auditory penance. "We know what happened.
The question is whether or not it worked. 'Tanni?"
"I can but say it
should," Jiltanith said softly, and managed a ghost of the triumphant
smiles they'd shared before the casualty reports started coming in. "Had
they spied our other craft, then would they ha' sought the death of all. So far
as they may tell, they slew our force entire."
"Horus?"
" 'Tanni's right.
We've done all we can. I pray the Maker it was enough." The old Imperial
looked down at his hands and refused to look back up. Isis hugged him gently,
and when she looked up to meet Colin's eyes her bright tears stopped him from
asking her opinion. He glanced at MacMahan, instead.
"Oh, sure,"
the colonel said savagely. "My wonderful fucking plan worked just fine.
All those extra bodies'll be a big help, too, won't they?"
"All right,"
Colin said again, his own voice carefully neutral. "In that case, we'll
suspend all further offensive operations immediately. There's nothing we can do
but wait, anyway." Heads nodded, and he rose. "Then I recommend we
all get something to eat and some rest."
He extended his hand to
Jiltanith without even thinking about it, and she took it. The warmth of her
grip made him realize what he'd done, and he looked over at her quickly. She
met his gaze with a small, sad smile and tightened her clasp as she stood
beside him. They were almost exactly the same height, Colin noted, and for some
no longer quite so obscure reason that pleased him even in their shared pain.
Horus and Isis rose more
slowly, but MacMahan remained seated. Colin looked down at him and started to
speak, but Jiltanith squeezed his hand and gave her head a tiny shake. He
hesitated a moment longer, then thought better of it, and they walked
wordlessly from the conference room.
The hatch closed behind
them, but not quickly enough to cut off the mutter of ghostly, angry, weeping
voices as MacMahan turned the radios back on.
* * *
"So much for those
smart-assed bastards!" Anu gloated as Ganhar finished his report.
"Caught them with their pants down and kicked them right in the ass, by
the Maker! Good work, Ganhar. Very good!"
"Thank you,
Chief." It was becoming harder for Ganhar to hold himself together, and he
wondered what was really happening deep inside him.
"What next?"
Anu demanded, and his hand-rubbing glee nauseated the Operations head.
"Got any more targets picked out?"
"I don't think we
need them, Chief," Ganhar said carefully. He saw Anu's instant
disappointment, like the resentment of a little boy denied a third helping of
dessert, and made himself continue.
"It looks like
we've hurt them worse than the numbers alone suggest. They haven't mounted a
single attack in the thirty-six hours since Shirhansu's people pulled out.
Either they're rethinking or they've already rethought, Chief. Whichever it is,
they're not going to lock horns with us again after this. That being the case,
do we really want to do any more damage than we have to? Anything we smash is
going to have to be rebuilt before we can get our other projects back on
line."
"That's true,"
Anu said unwillingly. He looked at his head of security. "Jantu? You've
been damned quiet. What'd you think?"
"I think we should
give them a few more licks for good measure," Jantu said, but his voice
was less forceful than of old. He hadn't realized how much he'd actually come
to enjoy his affair with Bahantha. Her death had shaken him badly, but the blow
to his ambitions was even worse, and Ganhar's and Inanna's alliance had come as
a terrible shock.
"Ganhar's right,
Chief." Inanna eyed the Security chief coldly, as if to confirm his
thoughts. "The real problem's always been Nergal's people. Killing
more degenerates is pointless, unless we want to take over openly."
"No," Anu
said, shaking his head. "It's bad enough they know we're here; if we come
out into the open, there's too much chance of losing control."
"I agree,"
Ganhar said quietly, locking eyes with Jantu. "Right now, the degenerates
don't have any idea where to look for us, but that could change if we get too
open, and our tech advantage doesn't mean we're invulnerable. There's more than
one way someone can get at us."
Jantu winced as Anu
joined the other two in glaring at him. In retrospect, it was obvious from the
surveillance reports that Ramman had acted unnaturally ever since his return to
the enclave, and if Jantu had been less shaken by the realization that Ganhar
and Inanna were leagued against him he probably would have noticed it and
hauled the man in for questioning. As it was, he'd let matters slip so badly it
had been Ganhar, his worst rival, who'd noticed something and dragged Ramman in
to confront him.
The Operations head was
damned lucky to be alive, Jantu thought viciously. Somehow Ramman had gotten
his hands on an energy pistol despite his suspect status—something Jantu still
couldn't understand—and only the fact that Ganhar had out-drawn him had saved
his life. Damn Ramman! The least he might have done was kill the
son-of-a-bitch!
Unfortunately, he
hadn't, and Ganhar had not only preserved his own life, but uncovered the worst
security breach in the enclave's history: a self-confessed spy who'd admitted
he was working for Horus. And the fact that Horus had gotten to Ramman without
being detected was Jantu's failure, not Ganhar's. His failure to spot
Ramman, coupled with the fact that it was his bitterest rival Ramman had
almost killed, had seemed dangerously close to collusion rather than
carelessness, and Jantu knew Anu thought so.
"Maybe you're
right," he admitted now, the words choking in his throat. "But if so,
what else should we do?"
"We ought to make
sure we're right about their reaction," Ganhar said positively. "Our
important degenerates have been safe inside the shield, but Nergal's bunch've
blown the crap out of our outside networks. Let's start rebuilding while the
rest of the degenerates are still disorganized. There's no way the other side
could miss our doing that. If they've still got the guts to face us, they'll go
after our degenerates as soon as they spot them."
"Sounds
reasonable," Anu agreed. "Which batch do you want to throw out
first?"
"Let's sit tight on
our people in government and industry." Ganhar had personally run the
background checks on too many of those people for it to be likely Ramman's
courier was among them. "They're too valuable to risk."
"If we hang on to
them too long, they'll lose credibility," Inanna pointed out.
"Especially the ones in government. Some of them're already going to lose
their jobs for running when things got hot."
"A few more days
won't make much difference, and the delay's worth it to keep them alive if
we've guessed wrong. Remember, the very fact that we hid them has marked them
for Nergal's bunch. If they do have the guts to go on, they'll know
exactly who to gun for." Ganhar wanted to marshal weightier arguments, but
he dared not. Inanna was his ally for now, but if she guessed what he was
really up to . . .
"You're right
again, Ganhar," Anu said expansively. "By the Maker, it's almost a pity
Kirinal didn't get herself killed earlier. If you'd been running things, we
probably wouldn't have been taken by surprise this way."
"Thanks,
Chief," the words were like splintered bone in Ganhar's throat, "but
I stand by what I said. There was simply no way to predict what they were going
to pull. All we could do was see which way the wind blew and then hit back
hard."
He saw a trace of
approval in Inanna's eyes, for she, better than any, would know it was the
right note to strike. Anu was feeling expansive just now, but soon he would
settle back into his usual behavior patterns, and it could be more dangerous to
be overly competent than incompetent then.
"Well, you did a
good job," Anu said, "and I'm inclined to follow your advice now.
Start with the combat types—they're easier to replace anyway."
He nodded to indicate
the meeting was adjourned, and the other three rose and left.
* * *
Ganhar felt the hatch
close behind him with a vast sense of relief, then nodded to Inanna, gave Jantu
a cold, dangerous smile, and stalked off. For the moment, his position was
secure, and unless he missed his guess, he'd only need for it to stay that way
a very little while longer.
The cold wind of
mortality blew down his spine, and he'd put it there himself, but he still didn't
know exactly why he had. The events he'd set in motion—or, more accurately,
allowed to remain in motion—terrified him, yet there was a curious
satisfaction in it. One way or another, it would bring the eternal, intricate
betrayal and counter-betrayal to an end, and perhaps it could go some way
towards expiating the sickness he'd felt ever since he had replaced Kirinal and
his had become the hand that personally managed the organized murder of the
people of Terra.
And it would also be the
gambit that ended the long, futile game. The consummate, smoothly-polished
stratagem that set all the other plotting, scheming would-be tyrants at naught.
There was a certain sweetness in that, and—who knew?—he might even survive it
after all.
It was very quiet on Nergal's
hangar deck. The command deck was too small for the crowd of people who had
gathered here, and Colin let his eyes run over them thoughtfully. Every
surviving Imperial was present, but they were vastly outnumbered by their
Terra-born descendants and allies, and perhaps that was as it should be. It was
fitting that what had started as a battle between Anu's mutineers and the
loyalists of Dahak's crew should end as a battle between those same
butchers and the descendants of those they had betrayed.
He sat beside Jiltanith
on the stage against the big compartment's outer bulkhead and wondered how the
rest of Nergal's people were reacting to the outward signs of their
changing relationship. There were dark, still places in her soul that he
doubted he would ever understand fully, and he had no idea where they were
ultimately headed, but he was content to wait and see. Assuming they won and
they both survived, they would have plenty of time to find out.
Hector MacMahan,
immaculate as ever in his Marine uniform, entered the hangar deck beside a
dark-faced, almost-handsome young man in the uniform of a US Army master
sergeant, and Colin felt a stir rustle through the gathering as they found
chairs to Jiltanith's left. Only a few of them had yet met Andrew Asnani, but
all of them had heard of him by now.
Horus waited until they
were seated, then stood and folded his hands behind him. He had abandoned his
ratty old Clemson sweatshirt for this meeting and, at Colin's insistence, wore
the midnight blue of the Fleet for the first time in fifty thousand years. His
collar bore the single golden starburst of a fleet captain, not his old
pre-mutiny rank, in a gesture that spoke to all of his fellow mutineers, even
if they did not understand its full implications, and Colin had seen one or two
of the older Imperials sit a bit straighter, their eyes a bit brighter, at the
change.
"We've waited a
long time for this moment," Horus said quietly, looking out over the
silent ranks, "and we and, far more, the innocent people of this planet,
have paid a terrible price to reach it. Many of us have died trying to undo
what we did; far more have died trying to undo something someone else
did. Those people can't see this day, yet, in a way, they're right here with
us."
He paused and drew a
deep breath.
"All of you know
what we've been trying to do. It looks—and I caution you that appearances may
be deceiving—but it looks like we've succeeded."
A sound like wind
through grass filled the hangar deck. His words were no surprise, but they were
a vast relief—and a source of even greater tension.
"Hector will brief
you on our operations plan in just a moment, but there's something else I want
to say to our children and our allies first." He looked out, and his
determined old eyes were dark.
"We're sorry,"
he said quietly. "What you face is our fault, not yours. We can never
repay you, never even thank you properly, for the sacrifices you and your
parents and grandparents have made for us, knowing that we are to blame for so
many terrible things. Whatever happens, we're proud of you—prouder, perhaps,
than you can ever know. By being who you are, you've restored something to us,
for if we can call upon the aid of people as extraordinary as you have proven
yourselves to be, then perhaps there truly remains something of good in all of
us. I—"
His voice broke and he
cleared his throat, then stopped with a little headshake and sat. There was
silence, but it was a silence of shared emotions too deep for expression, and
then all eyes switched to Colin as he rose slowly. He met their assembled gazes
calmly, acutely aware of the way the paired stars of his own Fleet rank
glittered upon his collar, then looked down at Horus.
"Thank you,
Horus," he said softly. "I wish I could count myself among those
extraordinary people you just referred to, but I can't unless, perhaps, by
adoption."
He held Horus's eyes a
moment, then swung back to face the hangar deck.
"You all know how I
came to hold the position I hold, and how much more deeply some of you merited
it. I can't change what happened, but everything Horus just said holds true for
me, as well. I'm honored to have known you, much less to have the privilege,
however it came my way, of commanding you.
"And there's
another thing. I insisted Horus wear the Fleet's uniform today. He argued with
me, as he's done a time or two before—" that won a ripple of laughter, as
he'd known it would "—but I insisted for a reason. Our Imperials stopped
wearing that uniform because they felt they'd dishonored it, and perhaps they
had, but Anu's people have retained it, and therein lies the true dishonor. You
made a mistake—a horrible mistake—fifty thousand years ago, but you also
recognized your error. You've done all that anyone could, far more than anyone
could have demanded of you, to right the wrong you did, and your children and
descendants and allies have fought and died beside you."
He paused and, like
Horus, drew a deep breath. When he spoke again, his voice was very formal,
almost harsh.
"All of that is
true, yet the fact remains that you are criminals under Fleet Regulations. You
know it. I know it. Dahak knows it. And, if the Imperium remains, someday Fleet
Central will know it, for you have agreed to surrender yourselves to the
justice of the Imperium. I honor and respect you for that decision, but on the
eve of an operation from which so many may not return, matters so important to
you all, so fundamental to all you have striven for, cannot be left unresolved.
"Now, therefore, I,
Senior Fleet Captain Colin MacIntyre, Imperial Battle Fleet, Officer
Commanding, Dahak Hull Number One-Seven-Two-Two-Nine-One, by the
authority vested in me under Fleet Regulation Nine-Seven-Two, Subsection Three,
do hereby convene an extraordinary court martial to consider the actions of
certain personnel serving aboard the vessel presently under my command during
the tenure of Senior Fleet Captain Druaga of Imperial Battle Fleet, myself
sitting as President and sole member of the Court. Further, as per Fleet
Regulation Nine-Seven-Three, Subsection One-Eight, I do also declare myself
counsel for the prosecution and defense, there being no other properly empowered
officers of Battle Fleet present.
"The crew of
sublight battleship Nergal, Hull Number
SBB-One-Seven-Two-Two-Nine-One-One-Three stands charged before this Court with
violation of Articles Nineteen, Twenty, and Twenty-Three of the Articles of
War, in that they did raise armed rebellion against their lawful superiors; did
attempt to seize their vessel and desert, the Imperium then being in a state of
readiness for war; and, in commission and consequence of those acts, did also
cause the deaths of many of their fellow crewmen and contribute to the
abandonment of others upon this planet.
"The Court has
considered the testimony of the accused and the evidence of its own
observations, as well as the evidence of the said battleship Nergal's
log and other relevant records. Based upon that evidence and testimony, the
Court has no choice but to find the accused guilty of all specifications and to
strip them of all rank and privilege as officers and enlisted personnel of
Battle Fleet. Further, as the sentence for their crimes is death, without
provision for lesser penalties, the Court so sentences them."
A vast, quiet
susurration rippled through the hangar deck, but no one spoke. No one could
speak.
"In addition to
those individuals actively participating in the mutiny, there are among Nergal's
present crew certain individuals, then minor children or born to the core crew
and/or descendants of Dahak's core crew, and hence members of the crew
of the said Dahak. Under strict interpretation of Article Twenty, these
individuals might be considered accomplices after the fact, in that they did
not attempt to suppress the mutiny and punish the mutineers aboard the said Nergal
when they came of age. In their case, however, and in view of the
circumstances, all charges are dismissed.
"The Court wishes,
however, to note certain extenuating circumstances discovered in Nergal's
records and by personal observation. Specifically, the Court wishes to record
that the guilty parties did, at the cost of the lives of almost seventy percent
of their number, attempt to rectify the wrong they had done. The Court further
wishes to record its observation that the subsequent actions of these mutineers
and their descendants and allies have been in the finest traditions of the
Fleet, far surpassing in both duration and scope any recorded devotion to duty
in the Fleet's records.
"Now, therefore,
under Article Nine of the Imperial Constitution, I, Senior Fleet Captain Colin
MacIntrye, as senior officer present on the Planet Earth, do hereby declare
myself Planetary Governor of the colony upon that planet upon the paramount
authority of the Imperial Government. As Planetary Governor, I herewith
exercise my powers under Article Nine, Section Twelve, of the Constitution, and
pronounce and decree—" he let his eyes sweep over the taut, assembled
faces "—that all personnel serving aboard the sublight battleship Nergal,
Hull Number SBB-One-Seven-Two-Two-Nine-One-One-Three, are, for extraordinary
services to the Imperium and the human race, pardoned for all crimes and, if
they so desire, are restored to service in Battle Fleet with seniority and rank
granted by myself as commanding officer of Dahak, Hull Number
One-Seven-Two-Two-Nine-One, to date from this day and hour. I now also direct
that the findings of the Court and the decree of the Governor be entered
immediately in the data base of the said battleship Nergal and
transferred, as soon as practicable, to the data base of the said
ship-of-the-line Dahak for transmission to Fleet Central at the earliest
possible date.
"This Court,"
he finished quietly, "is adjourned."
He sat in a ringing
silence and turned slowly to look at Horus. It had taken weeks of agonized
thought to reach his decision and mind-numbing days studying the relevant
regulations to find the authority and precedents he required. In one sense, it
might not matter at all, for it was as apparent to the northerners as to anyone
in the south that the Imperium might well have fallen. But in another, far more
important sense it meant everything . . .
and was the very least he could do for the people Horus had so rightly
called "extraordinary."
"Thank—" Horus
broke off to clear his husky throat. "Thank you, sir," he said
softly. "For myself and my fellows."
A sound came from the
hangar deck, a sigh that was almost a sob, and then everyone was on his or her
feet. The thunder of their cheers bounced back from the battle steel bulkheads,
battering Colin with fists of sound, but under the tumult, he heard one voice
in his very ear as Jiltanith gripped his arm in fingers of steel.
"I thank thee,
Colin MacIntyre," she said softly. "Howsoe'er it chanced, thou'rt a
captain, indeed, as wise as thou'rt good. Thou hast gi'en my father and my
family back their souls, and from the bottom of my heart, I thank thee."
* * *
It took time to restore
calm, yet it was time Colin could never begrudge. These were his people,
now, in every sense of the word, and if mortal man could achieve their purpose,
his people would do it.
But a whispering quiet
returned at last, and Hector MacMahan stood at Colin's gesture.
MacMahan would never
forget the guilt and grief of Operation Stalking-Horse's civilian casualties.
There were fresh lines on his face, fresh white in his dark hair, but he was
not immune to the catharsis that had swept the hangar deck. It showed in his
eyes and expression as he faced the others.
"All right,"
he said quietly, "to business," and there was instant silence once
more.
He touched buttons on
the Terran-made keyboard wired into the briefing console, and a detailed holo
map glowed to life between the stage and the front row of seats. It hovered a
meter off the deck, canted so that its upper edge almost touched the deckhead
to give every observer an unobstructed view.
"This,"
MacMahan said, "is the southern enclave. It's absolutely the best data
we've had on it yet, and we owe it to Ninhursag. We only asked her for the
access code; obviously she figured out why and ran the considerable risk of
compiling the rest of this for us. If we make it, people, we owe her big.
"Now, as you can
see, the enclave is a cavern about twelve kilometers across with the armed
parasites forming an outer ring against its walls right here." He touched
another button, and the small holographic ships glowed crimson. "They
aren't permanently crewed and won't matter much as long as they stay that way;
if they lift off, Dahak should be able to nail them easily.
"These, on
the other hand"—another group of ships glowed bright, forming a second,
denser ring closer to the center of the cavern—"are transports, and
they're going to be a problem. Most of their heavy combat equipment is in them,
though Ninhursag was unable to determine how it's distributed, and most of
their personnel live aboard them, not in the housing units.
"That means the
transports are where their people will be concentrated when they realize
they're under attack and that the heaviest counter-attacks are going to come
from them. The simplest procedure would be to break into the enclave, pop off a
nuke, and get the hell out. The next simplest thing would be to go for the
transports with everything we've got and blow them apart before any nasty
surprises can come out of them. The hardest way to do it is to try to
take them ship-by-ship."
He paused and studied
his audience carefully.
"We're going to do
it the hard way," he said quietly, and there was not even a murmur of
protest. "For all we know, many of the people in stasis aboard them
would've joined us from the beginning if they'd had the chance. Certainly
Ninhursag did, and at the risk of a pretty horrible death if she'd been caught.
They deserve the chance to pick sides when the fighting's over.
"But more than
that, we're going to need them. There are close to five thousand
trained, experienced Imperial military personnel in stasis aboard those ships,
and the Achuultani are coming. We can't count on the Imperium, though we'll
certainly try to obtain any help from it that we can. But in a worst-case
scenario, we're on our own with little more than two years to get this planet
into some kind of shape to defend itself out of its own resources, and we need
those people desperately. By the same token, we need the tech base and medical
facilities that are also aboard those transports, so mass destruction weapons
are out of the question.
"By Ninhursag's
estimates, our Imperials are outnumbered almost ten-to-one, and anyone as
paranoid as Anu will have automatic weapons in strategic locations. We're
taking in a force of just over a thousand people, almost all of them
Terra-born, but our own Imperials are going to have to be in the van. Our
Terra-born are all trained military people, and they'll have the best mix of
Terran and Imperial weaponry we can give them, but they won't be the equal of Imperials.
They can't be, and, at the absolute best, the fighting is going to be close,
hard, and vicious. Our losses—" he swept the watching eyes without
flinching "—will be heavy.
"They're going to
be heavy," he repeated, "but we're going to win. We're going to
remember every single thing they've ever done to us and to our planet and we're
going to kick their asses, but we're also going to take prisoners."
There was a formless
protest at his words, but his raised hand quelled it.
"We're going to
take prisoners because Ninhursag may not be our only ally inside—we'll explain
that in a moment—and because we don't know what sort of booby-traps Anu may
have arranged and we'll need guides. So if someone tries to surrender, let
them. But remember this: our Senior Fleet Captain has other officers now. We
can, and will, convene courts-martial afterward, and the guilty will be
punished." He said the last three words with a soft, terrible
emphasis, and the sound that answered chilled Colin's blood, but he would not
have protested if he could have.
"There's another
point, and this is for our own Imperials," MacMahan said quietly. "We
Terra-born understand your feelings better than you may believe. We honor you
and we love you, and we know you'll be the other side's primary targets. We
can't help that, and we won't try to take this moment away from you, but when
this is over, we're going to need you more than we ever needed you before.
We'll need every single one of you for the fighting, including Colin and all
the children, but we also need survivors, so don't throw your lives away!
You're our senior officers; if anything happens to Colin, command of Dahak
will devolve on one of you, and taking out the southerners is only the first
step. What really matters is the Achuultani. Don't get yourselves killed on
us now!"
Colin hoped the old
Imperials heard the raw appeal in his voice, but he also remembered his
earliest thoughts about Horus, his fear that the northern Imperials were no longer
entirely sane themselves. He'd been wrong—but not very. It wasn't insanity, but
it was fanaticism. They'd suffered a hell on earth for thousands of years to
bring this moment about. He knew, beyond a shadow of a doubt, that even if they
heard and understood what Hector was saying, they were going to take chances no
cool, calm professional would ever take, and it was going to get all too many
of them killed.
"All right,"
MacMahan said more normally, "here's what we're going to do.
"We're leaving Nergal
right where she is with a skeleton crew. There will be one Imperial, chosen by
lot, to command her in an emergency, backed up by just enough trained
Terra-born to get her into space. I hate asking any of you to stay behind, but
we have no choice. If it all comes apart on us in the south, we'll take the
bastards out with a nuclear demolition charge inside the shield, but that's
going to mean none of us will be coming back."
He paused to let that
sink in, then went on calmly.
"In that case, the
remaining crew members are going to have to take Nergal out to
rendezvous with Dahak. Dahak will be expecting you and won't fire as
long as you stay clear of Senior Fleet Captain Druaga's kill zone. You will
therefore stop at ten thousand kilometers and transmit Nergal's entire
memory to Dahak, which will include the findings of Senior Fleet Captain
MacIntrye's court-martial and his decree of pardon as Planetary Governor. Once
that's been received by Dahak, you will once more be members of Dahak's
crew and the Imperial Fleet. Nergal's memory contains the best
projections and advice Colin and the Council have been able to put together,
but what you actually do after that will be up to you and Dahak.
"But that's an
absolute worst case. Think of it as insurance for something we truly don't
think will happen.
"The rest of us
will take every cutter and ground combat vehicle we can muster and move south
under stealth. We will take no fighters; they'd be useless inside the enclave,
but more importantly, we'll need every Imperial we have to run our other
equipment.
"We'll be going in
through the western access point, here." Another portion of the holo map
glowed as he spoke. "We have the codes from Ninhursag, and there's no
indication they've been changed. We'll advance along these axes—" more
lines glowed "—with parties detailed to each transport. Each attack party
will be individually briefed on its mission and as much knowledge of the
terrain as Ninhursag was able to give us. You'll also have Ninhursag's personal
implant codes. Make damned sure you don't kill her by mistake. She's one lady
we want around for the victory party.
"If you can get
inside on the first rush, well and good. If you can't, the assault parties will
try to prevent anyone from leaving any of the transports while the reserve
deals with each holdout in turn. Hopefully, if any of them try to lift out to
escape, they won't all lift at once. That means Dahak may only have to
destroy one or two of them before the others realize what's happening. With us
inside and an active Dahak outside, they'll surrender if they have a
grain of sanity left.
"All right. That's
the bare—very bare—bones of the plan. My staff will break it down for each
group individually, and we'll hold a final briefing for everyone just before we
push off. But there's one other thing you all ought to know, and Sergeant
Asnani is the one to tell you about it. Sergeant?"
Andrew Asnani stood,
wishing for a moment that he was still Abu al-Nasir, the tough, confident
terrorist leader accustomed to briefing his men, as he felt their avid eyes and
tried to match the colonel's calm tone.
"What Colonel
MacMahan means," he said, "is that there were some unexpected
developments inside the enclave. Specifically, your agent Ramman tried to
betray you."
He almost flinched at
his audience's sudden ripple of shock, but he continued in the same calm voice.
"No one's entirely
certain what happened, but there were rumors all over the enclave, especially
among their Terra-born. The official line is that he was caught out by Ganhar,
their chief of operations, admitted he'd been passing you information for
decades to earn the right to defect, and tried to shoot his way out, but that
Ganhar out-drew and killed him. That's the official story, but I don't
think it's the truth. Unfortunately, I can't know the truth. I can only
surmise."
He inhaled deeply. He'd
seen the southerners, been one of their own, in a sense, and he was even more
aware than his listeners of the importance of his evaluation.
"It's
possible," he said carefully, "that Ramman succeeded in giving his
information to Ganhar before he was killed. He hadn't been told any more than
Ninhursag, but if she could figure out what was coming, so could he. If that
happened, then they may be waiting for us when we come in." His audience
noted his use of the pronoun "we," and one or two people smiled
tightly at him.
"But I don't
believe they will be. If they planned an ambush, they'd've watched the drop
site, and if they did, they know no one went near it. Of course, they may
realize there could have been a backup, but I watched closely after the news
broke. I believe the Imperials themselves believe the official story. And,
while it may be that their leadership chose to put out disinformation, I don't
think they did.
"I think," he
went on, speaking more precisely than ever, "Ganhar told Anu and the
others exactly what they told the rest of their people. I think he knows
we're coming and deliberately helped clear the way for us."
He paused again, seeing
disbelief in more than one face, and shrugged.
"I realize how
preposterous that sounds, but there are reasons for my opinion. First, Ganhar
was in serious trouble before they began their counter-attacks. Jantu, their
security head, had his knife out, and from all I could gather, everyone
expected him to stick it in. Second, Ganhar only inherited their operational
branch after Kirinal was killed; he's new to the top slot, and I think actually
being in charge did something to him. I can't put my finger on it exactly, but
Abu al-Nasir was important enough to attend several conferences with him, and
he let his guard down a bit more with their 'degenerates' than with their own
Imperials. That's an unhappy man. A very unhappy man. Something's eating him up
from the inside. Even before the news about Ramman broke, I had the impression
his heart just wasn't in it anymore.
"You have to
understand that their enclave is like feeding time in a snake house. The
difference between them and what I've seen here—well, it's like the difference
between night and day. If I were in the position of any of their leaders, I'd
be looking over my shoulder every second, waiting for the axe to fall. Mix a
little guilt with that kind of long-term, gnawing anxiety, and you could just
have a man who wants out, any way he can get out.
"I certainly can't
guarantee any of that. It's possible we'll walk right into a trap, and if we
do, it's my evaluation that is taking us into it. But if they let us through
the access point at all, we'll be inside their shield, and Captain MacIntyre
has accepted my offer to personally carry one of your one-megaton nuclear
demolition charges."
He met their eyes, his
own stubborn and determined in the silence.
"I can't guarantee
it isn't a trap," he said very, very quietly, "but I can and will
guarantee that that enclave will be taken out."
* * *
General Gerald Hatcher
opened his office door in the underground command post and stopped dead. He
shot a quick glance back at the outer office, but none of the officers and
noncoms bent over their desks had looked up as if they expected to see his
surprise.
He inhaled through his
nostrils and stepped through the door, closing it carefully behind him before
he walked to his own desk. He'd never seen the twenty-five-centimeter-long
rectangular case that lay on his blotter, and he examined it closely before he
touched it. It was unlikely anyone could have smuggled a bomb or some similar
nastiness into his office. On the other hand, it should have been equally
difficult to smuggle anything into it.
He'd never seen anything
quite like it, and he began to question his first impression that it was made
of plastic. Its glossy, bronze-colored material had a metallic sheen,
reflecting the light from the improbable, three-headed creature that crowned it
like a crest, and he sank tensely into his chair as the implications of the
starburst between the dragon's forepaws registered. He reached out and touched
the case cautiously, smiling in wry self-mockery at his own tentativeness.
Metal, he decided, running
a fingertip over it, though he suspected it was an alloy he'd never
encountered. And there was a small, raised stud on the side. He drew a deep
breath and pressed it, then relaxed and exhaled softly as the case's upper edge
sprang up with a quiet click.
He lifted the lid
cautiously, laying it back to lie flat on the desk, and studied the interior.
There was a small, lift-up panel in what had been the bottom and three buttons
to one side of it. He wondered what he was supposed to do next, then grinned as
he saw the neatly-typed label gummed over one button. "Press," it
said, and its prosaic incongruity tickled his sense of humor. He shrugged and
obeyed, then snatched his hand back as a human figure took instant shape above
the case.
Somehow, Hatcher wasn't
a bit surprised to see Hector MacMahan. The colonel wore Marine battledress and
body armor, and a peculiar-looking, stubby weapon with a drum magazine hung
from his right shoulder. He was no more than twenty centimeters tall, but his
grin was perfectly recognizable.
"Good evening,
General," Hector's voice said in time to the moving lips of the image.
"I realize this is a bit unusual, but we had to let someone know what was
happening, and you're one of the few people I trust implicitly.
"First, let me apologize
for my disappearance. You told me to make myself scarce—" another tight
grin crossed his leprechaun-sized face while Hatcher stared at him in
fascination "—so I did. I'm aware I made myself a bit scarcer than you had
in mind, but I'm certain you understand why. I hope to apologize and explain
everything in person in the near future, but that may not be possible, which is
the reason for this message.
"Now, about what's
been happening in the last few weeks. For the moment, just understand that
there are two separate factions of . . . well, call them extra-terrestrials,
although that's not exactly the best term for them. At any rate, there are two
sides, and they've been fighting one another clandestinely for a very, very
long time. Now the fighting's come out into the open and, with any luck, it
will come to an end very soon.
"Obviously, I'm a
supporter of one side. I apologize for having used you and your resources as we
did, but it was necessary. So"—Hector's face turned suddenly
grim—"were all the casualties. Please believe that you cannot regret those
deaths any more than we do and that we did our best to keep them as low as
possible. Unfortunately, our adversaries don't share our own concern for human
life.
"This message is to
tell you that we're about to kick off an operation that we hope and believe
will prove decisive. I realize your own reports—particularly those from New
York—may've led you to conclude we're losing. Hopefully, our opponents have
reached the same conclusion. If they have, and if our intelligence is correct,
they're about to become our late opponents.
"Unfortunately, a
lot of us are also going to die. I know how you hate terms like 'acceptable
casualties,' Ger, but this time we really don't have a choice. If every one of
us is killed, it'll still be worth it as long as we take them out, too. But in
the process, there may be quite a ruckus in points south, and I'm sorry to say
we really aren't positive how thoroughly their people may have
infiltrated Terran governments or even your own command. I think USFC is
clean, and you'll find a computer disk in the bottom of this case. I ask you to
run it only on your own terminal and not to dump it to the main system, because
it contains the names and ranks of eight hundred field grade and general
officers in your own and other military forces in whom you may place total
confidence.
"The point is that
when we attack, your own bad guys may go ape on you. I have no idea what
they'll do if they realize their lords and masters have been taken out and,
frankly, we don't have the numbers or the organization to deal with all the
things they may do. You, working with our allies on the disk, do. We ask
you to stand by to do whatever you can to control the situation and prevent any
more loss of life and destruction than can possibly be avoided.
"Watch your
communications. You'll find instructions on the disk for reaching the others
via a commo net I'm almost certain is secure. Until you've talked to them,
don't use normal channels. Above all, don't talk to any civilians until
your plans are in place.
"Our attack will
kick off approximately eighteen hours from the time you get this. I know it's
not much time, but it's the best I can do. When you talk to the others on the
disk, don't mention the attack. To succeed, we need total surprise, and
they already know what's coming down. They'll be waiting to discuss 'general
contingency plans' with you.
"I'm sorry to dump
this on you, Ger, but you're a good man. If I don't make it back, it's been an
honor to serve under you. Give my love to Sharon and the kids, and take care of
yourself. Good luck, Ger."
The tiny Hector MacMahan
vanished, and General Gerald Hatcher sat staring at the flat, open case. He
never knew exactly how long he sat there, but at last he reached out to press
the button again and replay the message. Then he stopped himself. In the wake
of that message, every moment was precious.
He lifted the panel and
took out the computer disk, then swiveled his chair and switched on his
terminal.
Nergal's hangar deck
was crowded once more. The Imperials stood out from their allies in the
soot-black gleam of combat armor, limbs swollen and massive with jump gear and
servo-mech "muscles." They were festooned with weapons, and their
faces were grim in their opened helmets.
The far more numerous
Terra-born wore either the close-fitted blackness of Imperial commando smocks
or the battledress of a score of nations. There were only so many smocks, and
the people who wore them wore no body armor, for they were better protection
than any Terran armor. The other Terra-born wore the best body protection Earth
could provide—pathetic against Imperial weapons, but the best they could do.
And there were still many Terra-born inside the enclave; it was highly probable
they would face Terran weapons, as well.
Their own weapons were
as mixed as their uniforms. Cut-down grav guns hung from as many shoulders as
possible, while the very strongest carried lightweight energy guns, like the one
Tamman had used in Tehran and La Paz, and a few teams carried ten-millimeter
grav guns mounted on anti-grav generators as crew-served weapons. Most,
however, carried Terran weapons. There were quite a few battle rifles (and the
proliferation and improvement of body protection meant those rifles had a lot
more punch than the infantry weapons of even a few decades back), but grenade
launchers, squad and heavy machineguns (the latter also fitted with anti-grav
generators), and rocket launchers were the preferred weapons. Goggles hung
around every neck, the fruit of Nergal's fabrication shops. They
provided vision almost as good as an Imperial's and, equally important, would
"read" any Imperial implants within fifty meters.
Horus was absent, for,
to his unspeakable disappointment, the lot for who must remain to command Nergal
had fallen to him. He'd wanted desperately to argue, but he hadn't. The assault
vehicles would carry maximum loads, but even so, too many people who wanted to
be there could not. His own crew would consist entirely of the oldest and least
combat-ready adult Terra-born, with Isis as his executive officer. Children and
those with no combat or shipboard training had been dispersed to
carefully-hidden secondary locations, protected by the combat-trained adults
who couldn't cram into the assault craft. His people were going to war, and he
could no more shirk his responsibilities than could any of the others.
Even now, he and his
bridge crew were watching their sensor arrays and completing last-minute
equipment checks while Colin and Hector MacMahan stood on the launch bay stage.
"All right,"
Colin said quietly, "we've been over the plan backward and forward. You
all know what you're supposed to do, and you also know that no plan survives
contact with the enemy. Remember the objectives and keep yourselves alive if
you possibly can. As Horus would say, this time we're going banco, but if
anybody in this galaxy can pull it off, you can. Good luck, good hunting, and
God protect you all."
He started to turn away,
but MacMahan's suddenly raised voice stopped him.
"Attention on
deck!" the colonel rapped, and every one of those grim-faced warriors
snapped to attention in the first formal military courtesy since Colin had
boarded Nergal. Every right hand whipped up in salute, and his chest
suddenly seemed too small and tight. He tried to think of some proper response,
but he could not even trust his voice to speak, and so he simply brought his
hand up in response, then snapped it down.
There were no cheers as
they followed him to the waiting assault craft, but he felt like a giant as he
climbed into the shuttle he would pilot.
* * *
Night cloaked the
western hemisphere of the planet, and a full, silvery moon rode high and
serene. But deep within that moon, passive instrumentation watched the world
below. Dahak knew, as Anu did not, precisely where to watch, and now he noted
the brief, tiny, virtually indetectable flares of energy as Nergal's
auxiliaries floated out into the night.
It was happening, he
realized calmly. For better or worse, his captain had launched his attack, and
energy pulsed through the web of his circuitry, waking weapons that had been
silent for fifty-one millennia.
* * *
The attack force headed
south, and a vast storm front covered much of the southern Pacific, smashing at
the assault craft with mighty fists. Colin was grateful for it. He led his
warriors into its teeth, scant meters above the rearing, angry wave crests, and
the miles dropped away behind them.
They moved scarcely
above mach two, for they dared not come in at full bore. There were still
southern fighters abroad in the night; they knew that, and they hid in the maw
of the storm under their stealth fields, secure in the knowledge that Dahak
would be watching over them from above. All five of Nergal's other
assault shuttles followed Colin, but there were far too few of them to
transport all of his troops. Cutters and both pinnaces carried additional
personnel, and all six of Nergal's heavy tanks floated on their own
gravitonics, able to keep pace at this slow speed. The tanks were a mixed
blessing, for each used up two of his scant supply of Imperials, but their
firepower was awesome, and very little short of a direct nuclear hit could stop
them. Which was the point Horus and he had carefully not discussed with their
crews; those six tanks protected twelve of Nergal's eighteen Imperial
children.
The tingle of active
scanner systems reached out to them from the south, still faint but growing in
intensity, as he checked his position for the thousandth time. Another twenty
minutes for the tanks, he estimated, but they'd be picked up by those scanners
within ten. He drew a deep breath, and his voice was crisp over the com link.
"Shuttle
pilots—go!" he said, and the heavily armed and armored assault boats
suddenly screamed ahead at nine times the speed of sound.
* * *
Alarms clangored aboard
the sublight battleship Osir, and the man who had been Fleet Captain
(Engineering) Anu shot upright in bed.
He blinked furiously,
banishing the rags of sleep, and his face twisted in a snarl. Those gutless,
sniveling bastards were daring to attack him! His neural feed
dropped data into his brain with smooth efficiency, and he saw six assault
shuttles shrieking towards his enclave. It was incredible! What did they think
they were doing?! He'd blow them away like insects!
A command snapped out to
the automated perimeter weapon emplacements, another ordered his distant
fighters to abandon stealth and rally to the defense of the enclave, and a
third woke every alarm within the shield.
* * *
"Here they
come!" Colin muttered, wincing as missiles and energy beams suddenly
shredded the darkness. This was the riskiest moment of the approach but it was
also something assault shuttles were designed for, and those automated
defenders were outside the main shield.
Decoys and jammers went
to work, fighting the defensive computers, and Tamman's weapon systems sprang
to life beside him. Colin felt him bending forward as if to urge his electronic
minions to greater efforts, but he had little attention to spare. He was too
busy wrenching the shuttle through every evasive maneuver he could devise, and
the night was full of death.
He bit off a groan as
one of the shuttles took a direct hit and blew apart in a ball of fire. Hanalat
and Carhana, he thought sickly, and sixty Terra-born with them. A missile
exploded dangerously close to a second shuttle, and his heart was in his throat
as Jiltanith clawed away from the fireball. Energy guns snarled, and his own
craft shuddered as something smashed a glancing blow against her armor.
But then Tamman had his
own solution, and a salvo of mass missles screamed away, too fast, too close,
for defensive systems to stop. They were ballistic weapons, impervious to
decoys, and they struck in a blast that wracked a continent and flooded the
American Highland plateau with dreadful light. Other shuttles were firing,
their missiles crossing and criss-crossing with the ones charging up to destroy
them, and energy guns raved back at the ground. Explosions and smoke,
pulverized stone and vaporized ice and killing beams of energy—that was all the
world there was as Nergal's people thundered into the attack. . . .
* * *
Anu crowed in triumph as
the first assault shuttle exploded, then cursed savagely as the others struck
back. He struggled into his uniform as the enclave trembled to the fury of the
assault. Breaker! Breaker take them all! His defenses were designed to
stop the all-out attack of an eighty-thousand-ton battleship, not an assault
landing, and fire stations were being blown into oblivion—not one-by-one, but
in twos and threes and dozens! They'd gotten in by surprise, too close for his
heavy anti-ship weapons, and his lightly-protected outer defenses crumbled and
burned as he cursed.
It had been too long
since he'd seen the Imperium wage war; he'd forgotten what it was like.
* * *
Ninhursag stumbled out
of her shower, dragging wet hair frantically from her eyes, and shot down the
apartment block transit shaft like a wet, naked otter. The sub-basement was
built to withstand anything short of a direct hit with a nuke or a warp charge,
and she had no business in what was about to happen out there. Not when she was
as likely to be killed by a friend—or an accident—as by an enemy!
She was closing the
reinforced blast door before it caught up with her. They were here! They'd
done it!
* * *
"Shuttle Two, on my
wing!" Colin snapped, and Jiltanith plummeted out of the flame-sick
clouds. The two of them charged straight into the weakening defenses while
their companions continued to savage Anu's weaponry. There! The access point
beacon!
Colin MacIntrye drew a
deep breath. At this speed, there would be no time to alter course if the
shield stayed up, not even with a gravitonic drive. His implant triggered the
code Ninhursag had stolen.
* * *
"NO!!"
Anu bellowed the protest
in a burst of white-hot fury as he felt the shield open. How? HOW?!
There was no way they could have the code! Ramman had died, and no other
Imperial had left the enclave!
But they had it. The
gates of his fortress yawned wide as two night-black shuttles screamed down the
western tunnel, and its rock walls glowed with the compression heat of their
passage.
* * *
"In!"
Colin screamed to his passengers, and Tamman's exultation was a fire cloud
beside him. The shuttles bucked and heaved, bare meters from destruction
against the tunnel walls or one another, but neither Colin nor Jiltanith spared
a thought for that. They hurtled onward, and their heavy, nose-mounted
batteries of energy guns bellowed, destroying the very air in their path. Colin
rode the thunder of his guns, blazing and invincible, and the inner portal of
Imperial battle steel blew open like a gate of straw.
They crashed through
into the enclave, drives howling in torment as they threw full power into
deceleration. Even Imperial technology had its limits, and they were still
moving at over a hundred kilometers per hour when they smashed through the
trees in the central park and plowed into the apartment blocks. The hapless
Terra-born traitors in their path had mere seconds to realize death had come as
the buildings exploded outward and the shuttles slammed to a halt amid the
wreckage, no more than thirty meters apart. Their passengers were battered and
bruised, but assault shuttles were built for just such mistreatment. The
hatches opened, and the waiting troops charged out.
One or two fell, but
only a spattering of fire met them. It was no trap, Colin thought exultantly.
No trap!
He activated his jump
gear, vaulting over a heap of smoking rubble, his own energy gun snarling. Only
a handful of armed security men confronted him, and he bared his teeth as he
blew the first unarmored enemy apart.
A tremendous boom of
displaced air burst out of the tunnel as the next pair of shuttles shot into
the enclave, and then the true madness began.
* * *
Anu dashed onto Osir's
command deck, cursing his henchmen for the unrealiability that had spawned his
distrust and made him order the other warships deactivated. Not even Osir's
crew was permitted to live on board, but she was his command post, and he
skidded to a halt beside the captain's console, activating his automatic
defensive systems. They were intended to deal with an uprising among his own,
not a full-scale invasion, but maybe they could buy his minions time to get
into action.
Concealed weapons roused
to life throughout the enclave. There was no time to give them precise
directions even had Anu wanted to; they opened fire on anything that moved.
* * *
Ganhar tumbled from his
bed as the alarms shrieked, and his eyes lit. Doubt, fear, and anguished
uncertainty vanished in a blaze of triumph, and he laughed wildly. There,
maniac! Let's see you deal with these people!
He dragged out his own
combat armor. He was going to die, he thought calmly, and unless there truly
was an afterlife, he would never know why he'd permitted this to happen, but it
no longer mattered. He'd done it, and it wasn't in him to leave any task
half-done.
* * *
The last surviving
shuttle crashed into the wreckage and disgorged its troops, and Nergal's
people began to die. Energy beams raked the park, attracted by movement, and
the Terra-born could detect neither the targeting systems nor the weapons that
killed them. But their Imperials' armor scanners could find both, and they
moved to engage them.
Colin wanted to weep as
Rohantha vaulted onto a wreckage-bared structural beam, exposing herself
recklessly, energy gun ripping two heavy weapons from the cavern wall before
they could rake her team of Terra-born. She almost made it back into cover
herself, and Nikan, her cabin mate and lover, blew the gun that killed her to
rubble.
Colin spun on his own
toes, dodging as an energy bolt whipped past him and tore a twenty-centimeter
hole through an Israeli paratrooper. His own weapon silenced the Israeli's
automated executioner, and he dashed on, racing for the battleships while a
corner of his mind tried to remember the dead man's name.
* * *
Three of Anu's stealthed
fighters abandoned concealment, screaming through the heavens under maximum
power as they stooped upon the clumsy gaggle of cutters and pinnaces and tanks
still streaming towards the enclave. Their tracking systems found targets, but
the lead pair vanished in cataclysmic balls of flame before they could fire.
The third flight crew had a moment to gape at one another in horror as their
instruments told them what had happened. Hyper missiles—shipboard
missiles!—which could only have been launched from vacuum!
They died before they
could warn their commander that Dahak was not dead.
* * *
Anu grimaced in hate and
triumph. Even the computers could give him only a confused impression of what
was happening, but he felt armory lockers being wrenched open aboard the
transports while his weapons spewed death outside them.
Yet his triumphant snarl
faded as the intensity of the fighting grew and grew. The attackers weren't
human! They were demons out of Breaker's darkest hell, and they soaked up his
fire and kept right on coming!
* * *
A surge of Nergal's
raiders swept up the boarding ramp of the transport Bislaht, and a trio
of French Marines set up a fifty-caliber machine-gun in the lock. Their
teammates rushed past them behind Nikan, racing for the armory before Bislaht's
mutineers could find their weapons.
They almost won their
race. Barely half a dozen defenders were in armor when they crashed out of the
transit shaft. Nikan roared in fury as he cut two of them down and charged the
others, his energy gun on full automatic, filling the air with death. A third
armored mutineer went down, then a fourth, but the fifth got his weapon up in
time. Nikan exploded in a fountain of blood and a crackling corona of ruptured
energy packs, and the SAS commando behind him hosed his killer with a grav gun.
Smoke and the stink of
blood filled the armory, and the Terra-born commandos, now with no Imperial to
lead them, crouched for cover just inside the hatch and killed anything that
moved.
* * *
Ganhar stepped out of
the transit shaft inside Security Central aboard the transport Cardoh.
Security men shoved past or bounced off his armor as they funneled towards the
transit shaft, heading for the armory below, and he waded through them like a
Titan. Jantu's outer office was deserted, and he felt a momentary surge of
disappointment. But then the inner hatch licked open, and Jantu stood in the
opening, an energy pistol clutched in his hand.
Ganhar smiled through
his armored visor, savoring the wildness of Jantu's eyes. It was worth it, he
thought coldly. It was all worth it, if only for this moment.
He lifted his grav gun
slightly, and Jantu's crazed eyes narrowed with sudden comprehension as his
implants recognized Ganhar's. The Operations head saw it all in that fleeting
instant, saw the recognition and understanding, the sudden, intuitive grasp of
what had really happened when Ramman came to him.
"You lose," he
said softly, and his gun hissed.
* * *
Colin went flat on his
face as an armored form tackled him from behind, and he rolled over, snatching
out his sidearm before he recognized Jiltanith. The reason she'd hit him became
instantly clear as an energy bolt whipped above him, and he raised himself on
one elbow, sighting back along its path. The unarmored security man was lining
up for a second shot when Colin's grav gun ripped him to shreds.
* * *
Dahak felt almost cheerful,
despite a gnawing anxiety over Colin. His scanners showed that the northerners
had breached the enclave. One way or the other, that shield would soon fall.
In the meantime, he
busied himself locating all of Anu's deployed fighters as they abandoned
stealth mode to streak back south. He tracked each of them precisely, allocated
his hyper missiles with care, and fired a single salvo.
Twenty-nine more
Imperial fighters died in a span of approximately two-point-seven-five Terran
seconds.
The huge cavern was
hideous with smoke and flame as more southerners found weapons and armor,
emerging as isolated knots of warring figures that sought to link with one
another amid the nightmare that had burst upon them. They were badly
outnumbered, but they were all Imperials. Even without combat armor, they were
more than a match for any Terra-born opponent. Or would have been, had they
understood what was happening.
Most of Anu's automatics
were silent now, for both sides were equally at risk from them, and both had
been taking them out from the start. But they'd blunted the first rush while
more of his people got themselves armed. It was helping, but they'd yielded a
dangerous amount of ground. So far he'd lost touch completely only with Bislaht,
but fighting raged aboard three other transports, and six more were surrounded,
their hatches under intense fire.
Breaker! Who would have
thought degenerates could fight like this? There were only a handful of
old, worn out Imperials among them, but they were like madmen!
He winced as his
scanners watched a quintet of Terra-born suddenly pop up out of a tangle of
wreckage. They formed a gantlet, with three of his own Imperials between them.
Two of the degenerates went down, but the others swept his armored henchmen
with an unbelievable mix of Imperial and Terran weapons. Grav gun darts
exploded inside armored bodies, a flamethrower hosed them with liquid fire, and
a Terran anti-tank rocket blew the last survivor six meters backward. The
surviving degenerates ducked back down under cover and went scuttling off in
search of fresh prey.
This couldn't be
happening—he saw it with his own eyes, and he still couldn't believe it!
But then came the report
he'd hoped for. Transhar's people had finally gotten some of their
vehicles powered up, and he grinned again as the first light tank floated
towards the hatch on its gravitonics.
* * *
Andrew Asnani slid to a
halt, sucking in air as he scrubbed sweat from his face. He'd become separated
from the rest of his team, and the deafening bellow and crash of battle pounded
him like a fist, but for all its horror, it was the sweetest sound he'd ever
heard. It proved he hadn't led the colonel and his people into a trap, and he'd
been able to shuck off his demolition charge.
He drew another breath
and took a firmer grip on his assault rifle as he eased around the rubble of a
broken wall. He was in the section that had housed Anu's terrorists, and he
still wasn't certain how he'd gotten here. Habit, perhaps. Or possibly
something else. . . .
He dropped suddenly as
shapes loomed in the dust-heavy smoke. Terra-born, not Imperials, for his
goggles saw no signature implants. But neither were they his people, he
thought grimly, hunkering deeper into the shadow of his broken wall. There were
at least twenty of them, all armed, though he had no idea how they'd gotten
their hands on weapons. It didn't matter. The odds sucked, and with a little
luck, he'd just let them slip . . .
But he had no luck. They
were coming straight towards him, and the copper taste of fear filled his
mouth. Unfair! To have come so far, risked so much, and blunder into contact
with—
His mind froze, panic
suddenly a thing of the past, and he stopped trying to ease further back out of
sight. Abgram! The man leading that group was Abgram, and that
changed everything, for it had been Abgram whose operation had planted a truck
bomb in New Jersey five years before.
For eleven months,
Asnani had known who had killed his family, yet he could do nothing without
blowing his own cover and Colonel MacMahan's op. But the thunder and screams
were in his ears, and his own life was no longer essential to success.
He ejected his partially
used magazine, replacing it with a fresh one, checking his safety, gathering
his legs under him. The terrorists were coming closer, dodging in and out of
shadows even as he had. He couldn't leave his cover without being seen, but
they'd see him anyway in another twenty seconds. Ten meters. He'd let them come
another ten meters. . . .
Sergeant Andrew Asnani,
United States Army, exploded from concealment with his weapon on full auto.
Six men died almost
instantly, and the man called Abgram went down, screaming, even as his fellows
poured fire into the apparition that had erupted in their midst. He stared up
in agony, watching bullets hammer body armor and flesh, seeing blood burst from
the man who had shot him.
It was the last thing
Abgram ever saw, for only one purpose remained to Andrew Asnani, and his last,
short burst blew Abgram's head apart.
* * *
"Shit!"
Colin killed his jump
gear and slithered to a halt in a tangle of smashed greenery as the light tank
let fly. A solid rod of energy ripped through two of Anu's madly fleeting Terran
allies and what had once been a fountain before it struck an armored figure.
Rihani, he thought, one of Nergal's engineers, but there was too little
left to ever know. He watched the tank settle onto its treads for added
stability as grenades and rockets exploded about it. Its thick armor and
invisible shield shrugged off the destruction as the turret swiveled, seeking
fresh prey. The long energy cannon snouted in his direction, and he grabbed
Jiltanith's ankle and hauled her down beside him, not that—
A lightning bolt
whickered out of the shattered portal, and the southern tank exploded with a
roar. Its killer rumbled into sight, squat and massive on its own treads,
grinding out onto the cavern floor, and Colin pounded the dirt beside him in
jubilation.
Nergal's heavy tank
moved forward confidently, cannon seeking, anti-personnel batteries flashing,
heavy grav guns whining from its upper hull.
* * *
Anu roared in fury as Transhar's
tank was killed, but his fury redoubled as the enemy tank took up a firing
position that covered Transhar's vehicle ramp. Another tank tried to
come down it, and Nergal's heavy blew it to wreckage with a single,
contemptuous shot.
A warp grenade bounced
and rolled, bringing up against the edge of its shield, but nothing happened.
Both sides had their suppressers out, smothering the effect of a grenade's tiny
hyper generator. Normally that favored the defense, but now he watched a second
enemy tank charge out of the portal—and a third!—and nothing but a nuke
or a warp warhead was going to stop those things. That or a proper warship
giving ground support. But he had only one active battleship, and the rest of
her crew had not yet arrived.
It was a race, he
thought grimly. A race between Osir's personnel and whatever horror Nergal's
people would produce next.
* * *
Ganhar leapt lightly
down from Cardoh's number six personnel lock, letting his jump gear
absorb the twelve-meter drop. Osir was over that way, he thought, still
queerly calm, almost detached, and that was where Anu would be.
* * *
"There!" Colin
shouted, pointing across two hundred meters of fire-swept ground at the
battleship Osir. "Feel it, 'Tanni? Her systems are live! Anu must
be aboard her!"
"Aye,"
Jiltanith agreed, then broke off to nail a fleeing southerner with a snapshot
from her energy gun. In her armor her strength was the equal of any full
Imperial's, and her reflexes had to be seen to be believed.
"Aye," she
said again, "yet 'twill be no lightsome thing to cross yon kill zone,
Colin!"
"No, but if we can
get in there . . ."
"We've none t'guard
our backs and we 'compass it," she warned.
"I know."
Colin scanned the smoking bedlam, but they'd outdistanced their own people, and
few of the southerners seemed to be in the vicinity. It was the automatics
sweeping the area that made the approach so deadly.
"Look over there,
to the left," he said suddenly. Some of the robotic weapons had been
knocked out, leaving a gap in the defenses. "Think we can get through
there before they fry us?"
"I know not,"
Jiltanith replied, "yet may we assay it."
"I knew you'd like
the idea," he panted, and then they were off.
* * *
Hector MacMahan ducked,
then swore horribly as an enemy grav gun spun Darnu's shattered armor in a
madly whirling circle. The Imperial crashed to the ground, and Hector hosed a
stream of darts at the spot he thought the fire had come from.
An armored southerner
lurched up and fell back into death, but it was hardly a fair trade, MacMahan
thought savagely, leading the surviving members of his team forward. Darnu had
been worth any hundred southerners, and he was far from the first Imperial Nergal
had lost this bloody night.
But they were pushing
the bastards back. The tanks were making the difference—that and the teams
who'd gotten aboard the other transports and kept their armored vehicles from
ever being manned. They had a chance, a good chance, if they could only keep
moving. . . .
The last of Nergal's
cutters swept out of the tunnel and exploded in mid-air. MacMahan swore again,
and his men went forward in a crouching run.
* * *
Ganhar darted a look
over his shoulder. He didn't recognize the implants on either of those two
armored figures. Breaker! There was a third unknown looming up behind them! It
was always possible that if they'd known he'd let them through the door they
would have greeted him as an ally, but they couldn't know that, could they?
Besides, he was closer to Osir than they were.
He reached a ramp and
hurled himself up it, seeking the cover of the battle steel hull while beams
and grav gun darts lashed at his heels. He landed on a shoulder and rolled in a
clatter of armor, coming up onto his feet and running for the transit shaft.
Anu would be on the command deck.
* * *
Jiltanith and Colin went
up the main ramp under a hurricane of fire from the automatics, but none of the
surviving weapons could depress far enough to hit them. The hatch was open, and
Colin crashed through it first, dodging to the right. Jiltanith followed,
spinning to the left, but the lock was empty and the inner hatch stood open as
well. They edged forward as cautiously as they dared in their need for haste.
It was quieter in here,
and the clank of an armored foot was loud behind them. They wheeled, but it was
one of their own—Geb, his armor as smoke and soot-smutted as their own.
Something had hit him in the chest, hard enough to crack even bio-enhanced
ribs, but the dished-in armor had held, though Colin didn't like the way the
old Imperial was favoring his left side.
"Glad to see you,
Geb," he said, suppressing a half-hysterical giggle at how inane the
greeting sounded. "Feel like a little walk?"
"As long as it's
upstairs," Geb panted back.
"Good. Watch our
backs, then, will you?" Geb nodded and Colin slapped Jiltanith's armored
shoulder. "Let's go find Anu, 'Tanni," he said, and led the way
towards the central transit shaft.
* * *
Ganhar stepped out of
the transit shaft twelve decks below the command deck, for the shaft above was
inactive. So, a security measure he hadn't known about, was it? There were
still the crawl ways, and he pressed the bulkhead switch to open the nearest of
them.
"Hello,
Ganhar." He froze at the soft voice and did a quick
three-hundred-sixty-degree scan. She was unarmored, but her energy gun was
trained unwaveringly on his spine.
"Hello,
Inanna." He spoke quietly, knowing he could never turn fast enough to get
her with the grav gun. "I thought we were on the same side."
"I told you before,
Ganhar—I'm a bright girl. I had my own bugs in Jantu's outer office."
Ganhar swallowed. So
she'd seen it all, and she knew why he was here.
"My quarrel's with
Anu," he said. "If I can take him out, maybe they'll let us
surrender."
"Wrong idea,
Ganhar," Inanna said calmly. "I told you that before."
"But why,
Inanna?! He's a fucking maniac!"
"Because I love
him, Ganhar," she said, and fired.
* * *
Colin and Jiltanith rode
the transit shaft as high as they could, but someone had deactivated it above
deck ninety. They stepped out of it, looking for another way up, and Colin
gasped in sudden alarm as the blast of an energy gun echoed down the passageway
behind him. He was trying to turn towards it when a second beam from the same
weapon slashed across the open bore of the shaft. It missed him by a centimeter
as he heard Jiltanith's weapon snarl and looked up to see an unarmored figure
tumble to the deck.
"Jesus!" he
muttered. "That one was too fucking close!"
"Aye,"
Jiltanith replied, then paused. "Methinks our way lieth thither wi' all
speed, Colin. Unless mine eyes deceive me, there lie two bodies 'pon yonder
deck. I'll warrant well the first o' them did seek out Anu as do we."
"Methinks you're
probably right," he grunted, stepping back across the transit shaft.
Jiltanith's shot had caught the unarmored woman in mid-torso, and the gruesome
sight made him look away quickly. He had no time to examine her, anyway, yet an
odd sense of familiarity tugged at a corner of his brain. He glanced at her
again, but he'd never seen her before and he turned his attention to the
half-opened crawl way, stepping over the mangled, armored figure lying before
it.
"Wonder who the
hell he was?" he muttered, opening the hatch fully.
* * *
Geb came out of the
transit shaft and paused for breath as Jiltanith eeled into the crawl way after
Colin. His ribs must be pretty bad, he decided. His implants were suppressing
the pain, but it was hard to breathe, and they were using enough painkillers to
make him dizzy. Best not to squeeze into quarters that narrow. Besides, they'd
need someone here to watch their retreat.
He squatted on his
heels, trying not to think about how many friends were dying beyond this quiet
hull, and glanced at the dead, armored figure beside him, wondering, like Colin
and Jiltanith, who he'd been and why his fellow mutineer had killed him. Then
he glanced at the dead woman and froze.
No, he thought. Please,
Maker, let me be wrong!
But he wasn't wrong. He
knew that face well, had known it millennia ago when it belonged to a woman
named Tanisis. A beautiful young woman, married to one of his closest friends.
He'd thought her dead in the mutiny and mourned her, as had her husband . . .
who had named a Terran-born daughter "Isis" in her memory.
And now, so many years
later, Geb cursed the Maker Himself for not making that the truth. She'd lived,
he thought sickly, slept away the dreamless millennia in stasis, alive, still
young and beautiful . . . only to be obscenely murdered, butchered so that one
of Anu's ghouls could don her flesh.
He rose slowly, blinded
by tears, and adjusted his energy gun to wide-angle focus, breathing a prayer
of thanks that Jiltanith either had not remembered her mother's face or else
had not looked closely at the body. Nor would she have the chance to, for there
was one last service Geb could perform for his friend Tanisis. He pressed the
firing stud and a fan of gravitonic disruption wiped the mangled body out of
existence.
* * *
Hector MacMahan looked
about cautiously. All six of Nergal's tanks were in action now, and only
one southern heavy had gotten free of its transport hold to challenge them. Its
half-molten wreckage littered two hundred square meters of cavern floor,
spewing acrid, choking smoke to join the fog shrouding the hellish scene.
An awful lot of their
Imperials were dead, he thought bitterly. Their own hatred, coupled with their
need to protect their weaker Terra-born, had cost them. He doubted as many as
half were still alive, even counting the tank crews, but their sacrifice had
given Nergal's raiders control of the entire western half of the enclave
and four of the seven transports on the eastern side. They were closing in on
pockets of resistance, Terra-born moving cautiously under covering fire from
the tanks.
Unless something went
dreadfully wrong in the next thirty minutes, they were going to win this thing.
* * *
Colin let his armor's
"muscles" take the strain of the climb, questing ahead with his
Dahak-modified implants as he neared the humming intensity of the command deck.
They were only one deck below it when he felt the automatic weapons. They were
covered by a stealth field, but it needed adjustment, and even in its prime it
hadn't been a match for his implants.
"Hold it," he
grunted to Jiltanith.
"What hast thou
spied?"
"Booby traps and
energy guns," he replied absently, examining the intricate field of
interlocking fire. "Damn, it's a bitch, too. Well . . ."
He plucked his grav gun
from its webbing. The energy gun might have been better, but the quarters were
far too cramped for it.
"What dost
thou?"
"I'm going to open
us a little path," he said, and squeezed the trigger.
A hurricane of needles
swept the crawl way, drilling half their lengths even into battle steel before
they exploded. Scanner arrays, trip signals, and targeting systems shredded
under his fire, and the weapons went mad. The shaft above him became a
crazy-quilt of exploding energy beams and solid projectiles.
* * *
Anu's head jerked up as
bedlam erupted in one of the crawl ways. His automatic defenses had been
triggered, but there was something wrong. They weren't firing under proper
control—they were tearing themselves apart!
* * *
The carnage lasted a
good thirty seconds, and Colin probed the smoking wreckage carefully.
"That's got it. On
the other hand, we just rang the doorbell. Think we should keep going?"
" 'Twould seem we
ha' scant choice."
"I was afraid you'd
say that. C'mon."
* * *
Anu turned away from his
console, and his face was almost relaxed.
It would take a while
yet, but the sheer audacity of the attack had been decisive. Those heavy tanks
had hurt, but it was surprise that had done in the enclave. The dreams of fifty
thousand years were crumbling in his fingers, and it was all the fault of those
crawling traitors from Nergal. Their fault, and the fault of his own
gutless subordinates.
But if he'd lost, he
could still see to it they lost, too. He walked calmly across the command deck
to the fire control officer's couch, insinuating his mind neatly into the
console. He really should have provided a proper bomb, but this would do.
He initiated the arming
sequence, then paused. No, wait. Let whoever was in the crawl way get here
first. He wanted to watch at least one of the bastards know what was
going to happen to his precious, putrid world.
* * *
Colin helped Jiltanith
out of the crawl way, then paused, his face white. Jesus! The son-of-a-bitch
was arming every warhead in the magazines!
"Come on!" he
shouted, and hurled himself toward the command deck. His gauntleted hand
slapped the emergency over-ride, and he charged through as the hatch licked
open. His energy gun was ready, swinging to cover the captain's console, but
even as he burst onto the command deck, he knew he'd guessed wrong. The heavy
hand of a grab field smashed at him, seizing him in fingers of iron. He stopped
instantly, not even rocking with the impetus of his charge, unable even to fall
in the armor that had become a prison.
"Nice of you to
drop by," a voice said, and he turned his head inside his helmet. A tall man
sat at the gunnery console with an energy pistol in one hand. He didn't look
like the images of Anu from the records, but he wore the midnight blue of
Battle Fleet with an admiral's insignia.
"It's over,
Anu," Colin said. "You might as well give it up."
"No," Anu said
calmly, "I don't think I'm the surrendering kind."
"I know what kind
you are," Colin said contemptuously, keeping his eyes on Anu while his
implants watched Jiltanith creeping closer and closer. She was belly-down on
the deck, trying to work her way under the plane of the grab field, but her enhanced
senses were less keen than his. Could she skirt it safely, or not?
"Do you, now?"
Anu mocked. "I doubt that. None of you ever had the wit to understand me,
or you would have joined me instead of trying to pull me down to your own
miserable level."
"Sure," Colin
sneered. "You've done a wonderful job, haven't you? Fifty thousand years,
and you're still stuck on one piddling little planet."
Anu's face tightened and
he started to trigger the warheads, then stopped and uncoiled from the couch
like a serpent.
"No," he
murmured. "I think I'll watch you scream a bit first. I'm glad you're in
armor. It'll take a while to burn through with this little popgun, and you'll feel
it so nicely. Let's start with an arm, shall we? If I start with a leg, you'll
just fall over, and that won't be any fun."
He came nearer, and
sweat beaded Colin's forehead. If the bastard came another three meters closer,
Jiltanith would have a shot through the hatch—but he'd be able to see her, and
she was flat on her belly. He wracked his brain as Anu took another step. And
another. There had to be a way! There had to! They'd come so far. . . .
Wait! Anu had been so
damned confident, he might not have changed—
Anu took another step,
and Jiltanith raised her grav gun. Her armor scuffed the deck so gently normal
ears would not have heard it, but Anu was an Imperial. He whirled snake-quick,
his eyes widening in shock, and the energy pistol swung down and fired like
lightning.
It was all one blinding
nightmare. Anu's pistol snarled. Its energy bolt hit Jiltanith squarely in the
spine and held there. Smoke burst from her armor, but she pressed the trigger
and an explosive dart hit blew his right leg into tatters an instant before a
sparkling corona of ruptured power packs glared above her armored body.
Colin heard her scream
over his com link. Her grav gun fell from her hand and her armored body
convulsed, and his world vanished in a boil of fury.
Anu hit the deck,
screaming until his implants took control. They damped the pain, sealed the
ruptured tissues, drove back the fog of shock, but it took precious seconds,
and Colin's implants—his bridge officer implants—reached out and demanded
access to Osir's computers.
There was a flicker of
electronic shock, and then, like Nergal, Osir recognized him, for
Anu hadn't changed the command codes; it hadn't even occurred to him to try. He
stared at Colin in horror, momentarily stunned as even the loss of his leg had
not stunned him, unable to believe what he was seeing. There were no
bridge officers! He'd killed them all!
Colin's mind flooded
into Osir's computers, killing the grab field. But hate and madness
spurred Anu's own efforts, and his command licked out to the fire control
console. He enabled the sequenced detonation code.
Colin raced after it,
trying to kill it, but he was in the wrong part of Osir's brain. He
couldn't get to it, so he did the only other thing he could. He slammed down a
total freeze of the entire command network, and every single system in the ship
locked.
Anu screamed in
frustration, and Colin staggered as the pistol snarled again. Energy slammed
into his chest, but his armor held long enough for him to hurl himself aside.
Anu swung the pistol, trying to hold it on his fleeing target, but he hadn't
counted on the adjustments Dahak had made to Colin's implants. He misjudged his
enemy's reaction speed, and Colin slammed into a bulkhead in a clangor of armor
and battle steel. He richocheted off like a bank shot, bouncing himself back
towards Anu, and Anu screamed again as an armored foot reduced his pistol hand
to paste. He tried to roll away, but Colin was on him like a demon. He reached
down, jerking him up in a giant's embrace, and his hands twisted.
Anu shrieked as his arms
shattered, and for just an instant their eyes met—Anu's mad with terror and
pain, his own equally mad with hate and a pain not of his flesh—and Colin knew
Anu's life was his.
But he didn't take it.
He tossed his victim aside, cold in his fury, and the mutineer bounced off a
bulkhead with another wail of agony. He slid to the deck, helpless in his
broken body, and Colin ignored him as he flung himself to his knees beside
Jiltanith. He couldn't read her bio-read-outs through her badly damaged armor,
and he lifted her in his arms, calling her name and peering into her helmet visor
in desperation.
Her eyes opened slowly,
and he gasped in relief.
" 'Tanni! How . . .
how badly are you hurt?"
"Certes, 'twas like
unto an elephant's kick," she murmured dazedly, "yet 'twould seem I
am unhurt."
"Thank God!"
he whispered, and she smiled.
"Aye, methinks He
did have more than summat t'do wi' it," she replied, her voice a bit
stronger. " 'Twas that, or mine armor, or mayhap a bit o' both. Yet having
saved me, it can do no more, good Colin. I must come forth if I would move. That
blast hath fused my servo circuits all."
"You're out of your
mind if you think I'm letting you out of there yet!"
"So, thou art a
tyrant after all," she said, and he hugged her close.
"Rank hath its
privileges, 'Tanni, and I'm getting you out of here in one piece, damn
it!"
"As thou
wilt," she murmured with a small smile. "Yet what of Anu?"
"Don't worry,"
Colin said coldly.
He eased her dead armor
into a sitting position where she could see the crippled mutineer, then
returned his attention to the computers. He activated a stand-alone emergency
diagnostic system and felt his cautious way down the frozen fire control
circuits to the detonation order, then sought the next circuit in the sequence.
He disabled it and withdrew, then reactivated the core computers and swung to
face Anu, and his face was cold.
"How?" the
mutineer moaned. Even his implants couldn't fully deaden the agony of his
broken limbs, and his face was white. "How could you do that?"
"Dahak taught
me," Colin said grimly, and Anu shook his head frantically.
"No! No, Dahak's
dead! I killed it!" The agony of failure, utter and complete,
filled Anu's face, overshadowing his physical pain.
"Did you,
now?" Colin asked softly, and his smile was cruel. "Then you won't
mind this a bit."
He bent over the broken
body and snatched it up, careless of Anu's wail of anguish.
"What wouldst thou,
Colin?" Jiltanith asked urgently.
"I'm giving him
what he wanted," Colin said coldly, and crossed the command deck. A hatch
hissed open at his command to reveal the cabin of a lifeboat, and he dumped Anu
into the lead couch. The mutineer stared at him with desperate, hating eyes,
and Colin smiled that same cold, cruel smile as his neural feed programmed the
lifeboat with a captain's imperative, locking out all attempts to change it.
"You wanted Dahak,
you son-of-a-bitch? Well, Dahak wants you, too. I think he'll enjoy the meeting
more than you will."
"No!" Anu
shrieked as the hatch began to close. "Nooooooooo! Ple—"
The hatch cut him off,
and Osir twitched as the lifeboat launched.
* * *
The gleaming minnow
arced upward through the enclave's shield, fleeing the planet its mother ship
had come to so long before. It altered course, swinging unerringly to line its
nose on the white, distant disk of the moon, and its passenger's terrified mind
hammered futilely at the commands locked into its computers. The lifeboat paid
no heed, driving onward toward the mighty starship it had left millennia ago.
Tracking systems aboard that starship locked upon it, noting its origin and
course, and a fold-space signal pulsed out before it, identifying its single
passenger to Dahak.
The computer watched it
come, and Alpha Priority commands within his core programming tingled to life.
Dahak could have fired the instant he identified the target, but he held his
fire, waiting, letting the lifeboat bear its cargo closer and closer, and the
human emotion of anticipation filled his circuitry.
The lifeboat reached the
kill zone about the warship, and a single, five-thousand-kilometer streamer of
energy erupted from beneath the crater men had named Tycho. It lashed out, fit
to destroy a ship like Osir herself, and the silver minnow vanished.
There were tiny sounds
aboard the leviathan called Dahak. The targeting systems shut themselves
down with a quiet click. The massive energy mount whined softly as it powered
down, its glowing snout cooling quickly in the vacuum of its weapon bay. Then
there was only silence. Silence and yet another human emotion . . . completion.
Two months to the day
after the fall of the enclave, Senior Fleet Captain Colin MacIntyre, Imperial
Battle Fleet, commanding officer of the ship-of-the-line Dahak and
Governor of Planet Earth and the Solarian System, stepped out of the hoverjeep
and breathed deep of the crisp, clear morning of a Colorado autumn. The usual
frenzy of Shepard Space Center was stilled, and he felt his NASA driver staring
at the bronze-sheened tower of alloy thrusting arrogantly heavenward before
them. The sublight battleship Osir had been sitting here for a week,
waiting for him, but a week hadn't been long enough for NASA to get used to
her.
He adjusted his cap and
moved to join the small group at the foot of Osir's ramp. He was
grateful that those same people had let him have a few moments of privacy to
stand alone with the permanent honor guard before The Cenotaph. That was the
only name it had, probably the only name it ever would have, and it was enough.
The polished obsidian shaft reared fifty meters into the air in front of White
Tower, glittering and featureless, and its plain battle steel plinth bore the
name and birth-planet of every person who had died fighting the southerners.
It was a long list. He'd
stepped close, scanning the endless names until he found the two he sought.
"SANDRA YVONNE TILLOTSON, LT. COL., USAF, EARTH" and "SEAN
ANDREW MACINTYRE, US FORESTRY SERVICE, EARTH." His brother and his friend
were in good company, he thought sadly. The best.
Now he tried to put the
sorrow aside as he reached the waiting group. Horus stood with General Gerald
Hatcher, Sir Frederick Amesbury, and Marshal Vassily Chernikov—the three men
who, most of all, had held the planet together in the wake of the preposterous
reports coming out of Antarctica. Once the truth of those fantastic tales
registered, virtually every major government had fallen overnight, and Colin
still wasn't quite certain how these men had managed to hang on to a semblance
of order, even with the support of Nergal's allies within the military.
"Horus," Colin
nodded to his friend. "It looks like I'm leaving you in good hands."
"I think so,
too," Horus replied with a small, slightly wistful smile.
Only eleven of Nergal's
senior Imperials had lived through the fighting, and they had chosen to remain
behind with the planet on which they'd spent so much of their long lives. Colin
was glad. They'd far more than earned their right to leave, but it would have
seemed wrong, somehow. In a very real sense, they were the surviving godparents
of the human race, Terran branch. If anyone could be trusted to look after
Earth's interests, they could.
And Earth's interests
would need looking after. A second line of automated stations had gone off the
air, which meant the Achuultani's scouts were no more than twenty-five months
away. He had that long to reach the Imperium, find out why no defense was being
mounted, summon assistance, and get back to Sol. It was a tall order, and he
frankly doubted he could do it. Nor was the fact reassuring that no one had yet
answered the non-stop messages Dahak had been transmitting ever since they
recovered the hypercom spares from the enclave.
It looked like the only
way they could find help—if there was any to find—was to go out and get it in
person, and only Dahak could do that. Which meant Earth would be on her
own until Dahak could return.
The situation wasn't
quite as hopeless as it might have been. Assuming Dahak's records of previous
incursions were any guide, the Achuultani scouts would be anywhere from a year
to eighteen months ahead of the main incursion, and Earth would not be fangless
when they arrived. Except for Osir herself, all of Dahak's
sublight warships had been debarked, along with the vast majority of the old
starship's fighters and enough combat and ground vehicles to conquer the planet
five times over. They would remain behind to form the nucleus of Sol's defense.
Two of Dahak's
four Fleet repair units, each effectively a hundred-fifty-thousand-ton
spaceborne industrial complex in its own right, had also been debarked. Their
first task had been the construction of the gravity generator Dahak would leave
in his place to avoid disturbing such things as the Lagrange point habitats,
not to mention little items like Earth's tides. Since completing that
assignment, they had split their capacity between replicating themselves and
producing missiles, mines, fighters, and every other conceivable weapon of war.
The technological and industrial base Anu had hoarded for fifty millennia was
coming into operation, as well, with every Terrestrial assistance a badly
frightened planet could provide.
No, Earth would not be
helpless when the Achuultani arrived. But a strong hand would be needed to lead
Colin's birth-world through the enormous changes that awaited it, and that hand
would belong to Horus.
Colin had declared
himself Governor of Earth, but he'd never meant to claim the title seriously.
He'd seen it only as a means to make his pardon of Nergal's Imperials
"official," yet it had become clear his temporary expedient was in
fact a necessity. It would be a long time before Terrans really trusted any
politician again, and Hatcher, Amesbury, and Chernikov agreed unanimously with
Horus: Earth needed a single, unquestioned source of authority, or her people
would be too busy fighting one another to worry about the Achuultani.
So Colin had declared
peace and, backed by Dahak's resources, made it stick with very little
difficulty. When he then proclaimed himself Planetary Governor in the name of
the Imperium (once more with Dahak's newly-revealed potential hovering
quietly in the background) and promised local autonomy, most surviving
governments had been only too happy to hand their problems over to him. The
Asian Alliance might still make problems, but Horus and his new military aides
seemed confident that they could handle that situation.
Once they had, all
existing militaries were to be merged (and Colin was profoundly grateful he
would be elsewhere while his henchmen implemented that decision), and
he'd named Horus Lieutenant Governor and appointed all ten of his surviving
fellows Imperial Councilors for Life to help him mind the store while "the
Governor" was away.
All of which, he
reflected with an inner smile, would certainly keep Horus's
"retirement" from being boring.
The thorniest problem,
in many ways, had been the surviving southerners. Of the four thousand nine
hundred and three mutineers from stasis, almost all had declared their
willingness to apply for Terran citizenship and accept commissions in the local
reserves and militia. Colin had re-enlisted a hundred of them for service
aboard Dahak (on a probationary basis) to help provide a core of
experienced personnel, but the rest would remain on Earth. Since they had been
sitting under an Imperial lie detector at the time they declared their loyalty
anew, he felt reasonably confident about leaving them behind. Horus would keep
an eagle eye on them, and they would furnish him with a nucleus of trained,
fully-enhanced Imperials to get things rolling while the late Inanna's medical
facilities began providing biotechnics to Earth's Terra-born defenders.
But that left over three
hundred Imperials who had joined Anu willingly or failed the lie detector's
test, all of them guilty, at the very least, of mutiny and multiple murder.
Imperial law set only one penalty for their crimes, and Colin had refused to
pardon them. The executions had taken almost a week to complete.
It had been his most
agonizing decision, but he'd made it. There had been no option . . . and deep
inside he knew the example—and its implicit warning—would stick in the minds he
left behind him, Terra-born and Imperial alike.
So now he was leaving. Dahak's
crew was tremendously understrength, but at least the ship had one again. The
survivors of Hector MacMahan's assault force, all fourteen of Nergal's
surviving children, and his tentatively rehabilitated mutineers formed its
core, but it had been fleshed out just a bit. A sizable chunk of the USFC and
SAS, and the entire US Second Marine Division, Russian Nineteenth Guards
Parachute Division, German First Armored Division, and Japanese Sendai Division
would provide the bulk of his personnel, along with several thousand
hand-picked air force and navy personnel from all over the First World. All
told, it came to barely a hundred thousand people, but with so many parasites
left behind it would suffice. They'd rattle around like peas in the vastness of
their ship, but taking any more might strain even Dahak's ability to provide
biotechnics and training before they reached the borders of the
Imperium.
"Well, we'll be
going then," Colin said, shaking himself out of his thoughts. He reached
out to shake hands with the three military men, and smiled at Marshal
Chernikov. "I expect my new Chief Engineer will be thinking of you,
sir," he said.
"Your Chief
Engineer with two good arms, Comrade Governor," Chernikov replied warmly.
"Even his mother agrees that his temporary absence is a small price to pay
for that."
"I'm glad,"
Colin said. He turned to Gerald Hatcher. "Sorry about Hector, but I'll
need a good ops officer."
"You've got one,
Governor," Hatcher said. "But keep an eye on him. He disappears at
the damnedest times."
Colin laughed and took
Amesbury's hand.
"I'm sorry so much
of the SAS is disappearing with me, Sir Frederick. I hope you won't need
them."
"They're good
lads," Sir Frederick agreed, "but we'll make do. Besides, if you run
into a spot of bother, my chaps should pull you out again—even under Hector's
command."
Colin smiled and held
out his hand to Horus. The old Imperial looked at it for a moment, then reached
out and embraced him, hugging him so hard his reinforced ribs creaked. The old
man's eyes were bright, and Colin knew his own were not entirely dry.
"Take care of
yourself, Horus," he said finally, his voice husky.
"I will. And you
and 'Tanni take care of each other." Horus gave him one last squeeze, then
straightened, his hands on Colin's shoulders. "We'll take care of the
planet for you, too, Governor. You might say we've had some experience at that."
"I know."
Colin patted the hand on his right shoulder, then stepped back. A recorded
bosun's pipe shrilled—he was going to have to speak to Dahak about this
perverse taste for Terran naval rituals he seemed to have developed—and his
subordinates snapped to attention. He returned their salutes sharply, then
turned and walked up the ramp. He did not look back as the hatch closed behind
him, and Osir floated silently upward as he stepped into the transit
shaft.
His executive officer
looked up as he arrived on the command deck.
"Captain," she
said formally, and started to rise from the captain's couch, but he waved her
back and took the first officer's station. The gleaming disk of Dahak's
hull, no longer hidden by its millennia-old camouflage, floated before him as
the visual display turned indigo blue and the first stars appeared.
"Sorry you missed
the good-byes?" he asked quietly.
"Nay, my
Colin," she said, equally softly. "I ha' said my farewells long
since. 'Tis there my future doth lie."
"All of ours,"
he agreed. They sped onward, moving at a leisurely speed by Imperial standards,
and Dahak swelled rapidly. The three-headed dragon of his ensign faced
them, vast and proud once more, loyal beyond the imagining of humans. Most
humans, at any rate, Colin reminded himself. Not all.
The starship grew and
grew, stupendous and overwhelming, and a hatch yawned open on Launch Bay
Ninety-One. Osir had come full circle at last.
The battleship threaded
her way down the cavernous bore, and Dahak's voice filled her bridge with the
old, old ritual announcement of Colin's own navy.
"Captain,
arriving," it said.